PodcastsThe Dragon is on Fire – Episode 038July 14, 2018Podcasts / Words of JenIn this episode, I read to you a piece of writing I wrote in 2009. It is about something that happened while I was working at my very first summer job – at an amusement park – in the late 1980’s. I read “The Dragon is on Fire” in episode 038 of Words of Jen. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you! https://media.blubrry.com/bookofjen/p/content.blubrry.com/bookofjen/woj038.mp3Podcast: Play in new window | DownloadSubscribe: Android | RSS... The Dragon is on FireJuly 14, 2018Podcasts / Words of JenI wrote this piece in 2009 on the blog of a podcast that I used to do (and that no longer is online). This piece of writing is about real events that happened decades ago, at my first job. The amusement park I worked at hired teenagers, and didn’t put much effort into training them before handing them the keys to one of the rides. This amusement park closed a long time ago – and then reopened under a new owner. I read “The Dragon is on Fire” in episode 038 of my Words of Jen podcast. My very first job was at a local amusement park that had a secular Christmas theme. There were Christmas trees, and a spinning ride where the carts were made to look like snowballs. Kids could get their picture taken with Santa at “Santa’s House” in the middle of summer. I was fifteen years old, which meant I was old enough to have a work permit, but too young to run an amusement park ride unsupervised. There were several different areas of the park that hired local teenagers. I cannot remember why I thought working as a ride operator would be cool. The experience I had as a ride operator at this amusement park was enough to scar me for life. Since then, I am afraid to go on rides at carnivals or amusement parks, because I’ve seen what can happen when (mostly) untrained (mostly) teenage workers are left to run rides that haven’t been properly maintained. Things caught fire. Not everything, of course. The bumper cars were notorious for catching fire, and forcing whatever unfortunate person was in that car to evacuate. Doing so meant dodging around the oncoming bumper cars while fleeing toward safety. It happened on a daily basis. When I turned sixteen years old, after about a month or so of working at the amusement park, the law no longer required me to work under supervision. The managers didn’t give anyone much training before leaving them to run a ride by themselves all day long. Training often consisted of: “Here’s the keys. The keys go in there, and you turn the key this way to turn on the ride. That button is the brake. Make sure ya time it right.” Some of the rides no longer had functioning brakes. Managers would sometimes point that out to workers, but not always. I distinctly remember a manager telling me that a ride, that was designed for toddlers and small children, no longer had brakes. The ride had cars that lifted off the ground while spinning in a circle. There were no seatbelts on this ride. If it looked like a little kid was about to stand up, while the ride was moving, I was instructed to block one of the cars with my body and try and slow it down. I was about five feet tall, and and weighed about 100 lbs. One day, I was assigned to run the dragon roller coaster. It was one of those small roller coasters designed for little kids to go on. The ride was large enough to accommodate adults, and parents could ride it with their children. The dragon went over a circular track that sort of went up a little bit here, and down a little bit there, before returning to the start. Once you got the people on, and started the ride, you were supposed to let it go around a few times before stopping it. Ride operators had to time it correctly to get the coaster to stop in front of the part where people could get on and off. Trying to time it was important because the brakes weren’t entirely reliable. Sometimes, the brakes would activate when you hit the button. Sometimes, the breaks wouldn’t work at all, so you let the people on the ride go around a few more times and then make a second try at engaging the brakes. Often, the brakes would function, but were slow, and the coaster would stop close enough to the landing zone. We called that “good enough” and started directing people to get off the ride. So, I was running the dragon coaster ride, all by myself, in the hot sun during a muggy midwestern summer. The majority of my day was spent by myself, guessing about whether or not the brakes would activate this time. There was a moment of panic as I waited to see what would happen after I hit the “stop” button. One time, the breaks didn’t activate at all… until they tried to. Part of the coaster was situated just fine, which allowed some people to get off the ride. The front part, however, was past the landing zone. Sitting in the first seat were two five-year-old kids, who didn’t appear to have any adults with them at all. They were basically stuck on the ride. Trying not to freak out the kindergarteners, I tried to give them some instructions. “Um… just stay put for right now,” I told them. “Don’t try and get off the ride.” The two little kids stared at me, with an astonished look on their faces. Then, they turned to look at each other… and cheered! I breathed a sigh of relief. These two little kids were having a blast and weren’t scared at all about temporarily being stuck on the dragon roller coaster. I didn’t have to worry about them trying to jump off it and maybe breaking a leg. The next thing I needed to do was call my manager. This was a nearly impossible task. We didn’t have walkie-talkies or any other means of communicating with anyone when we were running a ride. The best I could do was leave the ride, run into the gift shop that was nearby, and ask a worker to use the gift shop phone to call their manager. My hope was that the gift shop manager, after being told what happened, would have the sense to call the rides manager. The girl working behind the register rolled her eyes at me, sighed, and called her manager. In the snottiest tone ever, she told the gift shop manager what happened with the dragon roller coaster. After hanging up, she abruptly told me that the gift shop manager was going to contact the rides manager. I was getting glared at by a register jockey who got to be inside with the air conditioning all day long. Part of me wanted to punch her, but I didn’t have time for that. I dashed back to the dragon roller coaster. When I returned to the ride, just a couple of minutes later, I faced a line of angry people. Some demanded that I let their kids on the ride – right now – since those two little kids were still on the ride. Many others yelled at me about how long they had to wait in line. Nodding my head at these people, I scooted around them and went back up the stairs to the dragon roller coaster. Meanwhile, the front part, that was shaped like the head of a dragon, had started to smoke. Not knowing what else to do, I climbed onto the ride, and helped the two five-year-olds over the seat they were sitting on. Little by little, I moved each kid over the next few seats, until they could safely reach the platform. Immediately after I got the kids off the ride, and down the stairs, flames started shooting out of the dragon roller coaster. This was when my manager arrived – and he was not pleased. After glaring at me, he turned around and attempted to dispel the crowd. The air was thick with smoke, and the flames coming out of the dragon had gotten higher. Despite this, there were people who were arguing with the rides manager and demanding to get on the ride. As if the time they spent waiting in line was going to magically extinguish the fire. The manager stormed past me and marched up the stairs to the dragon roller coaster. I quickly put up the chain that blocked people from getting on the ride. It would at least stall them, I figured, knowing full well that someone was going to show up and be completely mystified about why the ride was out of service. When I turned around, the rides manager started yelling at me. “This is your fault! You didn’t follow my directions about properly timing the brakes!” I responded, equally loudly, “Maybe you should have stuck around to actually teach me that. You knew that the brakes on the dragon don’t work all the time!” Surprisingly, this did not get me fired. It was not unusual for rides to have brake problems, to malfunction, or to start smoking. He knew I was right, but wouldn’t admit it. Instead of fighting with me, the rides manager got on his walkie-talkie and called a second rides manager. The only thing I could do now was get out of the way. The second rides manager arrived and stared dumbly at the roller coaster. He probably wasn’t expecting to see the dragon actually breathing smoke and fire. Eventually, amidst lots of cursing, the two rides managers were able to get the dragon roller coaster to stop burning. The ride was closed for the rest of the day. Why did this happen? It was because the brakes didn’t work and no one knew how to fix them. The brakes on the dragon roller coaster consisted of two pieces of metal that closed over the track when you hit the stop button. Or, at least, that’s what they should have done. When I hit the stop button, one side of the brakes did what it was supposed to do, while the other side failed to close over the track. So, the dragon was trying to stop, and keep going, at the same time. On this hot and humid day, in the middle of a muggy midwestern summer, the dragon breathed fire. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Jen’s Lore Corner: Andariel – Episode 004July 7, 2018Jen's Lore Corner / PodcastsWelcome to Jen’s Lore Corner, a podcast about the lore of the Diablo video game series. This podcast started as a segment on the Shattered Soulstone podcast. I decided to re-release those segments in their own podcast, with new episodes to follow. In episode 004, I discuss the lore of Andariel. She is one of the Lesser Evils, whose work connects well with the awful things her “twin” is doing. Andariel is the Maiden of Anguish and enjoys inflicting emotional pain on her victims. Before I recorded this episode, I put together a detailed blog post that includes everything I could find out about Andariel. This includes what players can find out in-game, as well as what the Book of Cain says about her. It also includes screenshots of where the player encounters Andariel in Diablo III. Overall, Andariel is a much more dangerous demon than one might think. This episode connects with the next one, where I will be discussing the lore about Andariel’s “twin”. You can find more of my Diablo-related blogs on Book of Jen. They are all in the category called Diablo III. If you enjoyed this episode of Jen’s Lore Corner, please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you! https://media.blubrry.com/bookofjen/p/content.blubrry.com/bookofjen/JLC004_Andariel.mp3Podcast: Play in new window | DownloadSubscribe: Android | RSS... Desperately Seeking Mario – Episode 037June 21, 2018Podcasts / Words of JenIn this episode, I read to you a piece of writing I wrote on April 6, 2015. It is about what happened after I got my very first smartphone. Strangers started calling me in an effort to reach someone named Mario. I read “Desperately Seeking Mario” in episode 037 of Words of Jen. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you! https://media.blubrry.com/bookofjen/p/content.blubrry.com/bookofjen/woj037.mp3Podcast: Play in new window | DownloadSubscribe: Android | RSS... Desperately Seeking MarioJune 21, 2018Podcasts / Words of JenI wrote this piece on April 6, 2015, not long after I got my very first smartphone. Before this, I was using a flip phone, because it seemed easier. Shawn had to talk me into switching to a iPhone. I didn’t try to transfer my old phone over to the new phone because I wanted a fresh start. That turned out to be a mistake. I read “Desperately Seeking Mario” in episode 037 of my Words of Jen podcast. One of the problems that comes with a new (or, used but new to you) smartphone is that you may need to be assigned a new phone number. In some cases, it is possible for people to transfer their old phone number from one phone to another. I didn’t transfer my old number over for many reasons, one of which was I wanted a fresh start. As a result, I have gotten a number of calls, texts, and messages from people who were desperately seeking to connect with someone named Mario. I’ve never met Mario, and have absolutely no idea who he is. Even so, I’ve ended up learning a bit about his life thanks to all the people who wanted to contact him. If, by random chance, Mario is reading this… please give your friends and family your new phone number. I’d like them to stop calling me. In general, no one calls me. I don’t belong to a family that feels the need to make an effort to stay in touch. I get a few random emails from them every once in a while and, sometimes, a Christmas card. I’m self-employed as a freelance writer and I get my work via email (not by phone). Most of my friends are also my husband Shawn’s friends too, and it’s just easier for them to contact him when they want to talk to both of us. So it came as a surprise that, from the moment I got my iPhone 6, people have been calling (and texting, and using iMessage). The phone was new to me, but was actually a used phone. None of these calls were for me, though. Instead, my phone was receiving messages for the previous owner. The first week, my phone received daily calls from what appeared to be a school district in Los Angeles, California. I live in California, but not near LA. The caller left voice messages in Spanish every day and then hung up the phone. She was trying to tell Mario that his child was absent from school that day, and the next day, and so on. Eventually, I happened to be awake and near my phone when this person called. The woman who answered started speaking English immediately after hearing me say “hello”. She asked to speak with Mario. I explained that I’d just gotten this phone, and that I had no idea who Mario was. The woman, who I suspect might have been a school secretary, actually thanked me for letting her know that this phone number no longer belonged to Mario. After spending about five years as a substitute teacher (and another year as a teacher’s aide in one, specific, classroom), I can understand why the woman appreciated me letting her know that Mario’s number was no longer correct. Parents are asked to give their child’s school a phone number by which they can be contacted. Some parents forget to update that information after they get a new phone number. Or, they have the same phone number and simply refuse to respond to the calls that come from their child’s school. The school secretary can now cross off Mario’s phone number, make a note that it is no longer his number, and stop wasting her time trying to contact him there. I’m certain she’s got plenty of other parents she needs to try and get a hold of. In the meantime, I’ve also gotten calls from Mario’s doctor, who wanted to remind him of an upcoming appointment. Mario’s pharmacist called more than a couple of times, trying to let Mario know that his prescription is ready to be picked up. The doctor stopped calling on his own. The pharmacist kept trying to contact Mario until I answered the phone and explained that this was no longer Mario’s number. A random caller left a message (in English) from someone who appeared to be a buddy of Mario’s. The caller didn’t use the person’s name, so I assumed it was a message for Mario. The guy called to see if his friend wanted some avocados. It seems this guy took a bunch of his avocados to Farmers’ Market, but they didn’t all sell. He wanted to give the remaining avocados to someone who would eat them right away (before they went bad). I haven’t gotten any more calls from this person. As a writer, I was trying to put together these pieces of Mario’s life into a cohesive story. What happened to Mario? His kid has been absent from school for at least a week or two. He’s missed a doctor’s appointment, and never picked up his prescription from the pharmacy. Mario missed out on a wonderful opportunity to get a bunch of free, very ripe, avocados. Somewhere along the way, Mario lost his phone number. Mario’s life was a mystery that I couldn’t solve. The most interesting part about all these calls, that were for Mario, was that dealing with them forced me to learn how to use my phone to answer calls. I was getting lots of practice with that. Shawn taught me how to put the iPhone 6 on speakerphone, and I found that to be really helpful. There was a day when another stranger called for Mario. I answered the phone in English – “Hello?” and heard a man respond in a mix of Spanish and broken English. He wanted to talk to Mario. Shawn was in the other room at the time, watching TV. He heard me start talking, so he muted the TV to find out what I wanted. When he heard me speaking Spanish, he realized that I was on the phone, and he went back to watching TV. (Shawn doesn’t speak Spanish). This phone call is an example of how handy it is to be able to speak more than one language. Between my fairly-decent Spanish, and the caller’s broken English, we were able to communicate. He now knows that this phone number isn’t Mario’s number anymore. I haven’t gotten any more calls from this person since then. Thanks to Mario, I’ve also learned how to respond to texts. One text was sent to a woman. I forget the name, but it might have been something like “Emily”. I can’t recall who sent the text, but they wanted “Emily” to know that they were willing to forgive her debt. It seems “Emily” signed up for some kind of law course, and… didn’t finish paying for it, I assume. The text gave me directions. It said to text back “STOP” to make them stop texting me. To do it, I had to learn how to find the virtual keyboard on the phone, and how to pick out the letters that spell “STOP”. I expected this would cause the law school to stop texting me. Instead, I instantly got one more text… letting me know that they understand that I want them to stop texting me. One more text appeared, weeks later. It was from something called “BOSS Revolution”. What is that? I decided to use my newly learned skill to respond to their text with “STOP” and leave it at that. Once again, I got a text right back from them that states that they understand that I have opted out of getting any more texts from them. I didn’t bother to look up what “Boss Revolution” was until I started writing this blog. I’m not going to link to it, because I’m of the impression it might not be completely legit. You can download their app for free – and they give you $1.00 for doing so (if you are a new account). They suggest that you will be able to call your friends and family for free. The website can be viewed in either English or Spanish. Before I got my iPhone 6, I was using iMessage on my home computer. It is useful when Shawn goes downtown and wants to know if I want him to bring back anything. The phone and the computer iMessage are linked. I can respond either through my phone or computer to a message I am sent. The other day, I got a one word iMessage that appears to have been sent from an iPhone that is near me. It has my area code as the first part of the phone number of whomever sent the message. The word that got sent was: “honey”. Obviously, I didn’t respond. I’ve got no clue who sent that message, but one thing is certain. They likely didn’t intend to send it to me. I’ve also started to get calls from someone in Tyler, Texas. This person didn’t leave a message. I haven’t given out this phone number to anyone but Shawn, so there is no way that call was actually for me. So far, the random calls, texts, and messages from strangers, seeking Mario (not me) is the most frustrating thing about my new iPhone 6. Today, May 20, 2015, I had several voicemails on my phone from people who were looking for Mario. The first one was from a woman who was calling for Mario from a liquor licensing agency. It seems Mario applied for a liquor license and gave the agency my phone number. I was able to reach a real person at the agency, to tell them that this phone number no longer belongs to Mario, and to have them stop calling me. The second caller was also a woman. She was calling for Mario from a credit and collections agency. When I called back, I got some guy who must be from their call center. I tried to explain that someone from his company called me, asking for Mario, and that I had no idea who Mario is. The guy had no idea what to do about that. He asked what Mario’s last name was. I told him that I didn’t know. Everyone calls asks for “Mario”, but nobody has used Mario’s last name. We were at an impasse. So, he suggested that I listen to the voicemail that was left (again) and call back with the correct information about who called me. That worked. I wrote down the name of the woman who called (looking for Mario) and the name of what she believed was Mario’s restaurant. I called back, and got a different person from the call center, this time, a woman. I gave her the name of the woman who called me, and left a voice message, and who was looking for Mario. Eventually, after I gave her the name of the restaurant she mentioned in the voice mail, she agreed to remove my phone number from their information. The last voice mail was from the “avocado guy” who called before. He left a message for Mario to let Mario know that he had some more avocados for him. I called him back and tried to explain that this phone number no longer belonged to Mario. The “avocado guy” apologized and said he would try and get a hold of Mario’s new phone number. Interestingly, the “avocado guy” explained that he was hoping to give Mario some avocados because Mario owns a restaurant – that is located in the town that I live in. Desperately Seeking Mario is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Diablo IIIGuardian (Season 13)June 16, 2018Diablo III / Diablo SeasonsSeason 13 was the very first time I made it to the Guardian part of the Season Journey. I was playing on softcore and participating in the Solo Self Found League. Would I be able to complete Guardian all by myself? I wasn’t sure – but was willing to give it a try. Guardian has a total of six objectives to complete. To my surprise, I already had two of them completed when I unlocked it. Watch Diablo III Season 13 Starting Guardian.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Level 40 Seasonal Cubist: Extract 40 Legendary powers using Kanai’s Cube. I wasn’t surprised that this was one of the Guardian objectives that I’d already completed. For whatever reason, I became obsessed with filling up Kanai’s Cube in Season 13. The “Achievement Toast” for this objective flashed by, earlier in my attempt to finish the Season Journey, and I promptly forgot all about it. A Little More: Reach Greater Rift Level 70 Solo. I remember completing a Greater Rift Level 70 Solo, but forgot that it was actually a Guardian objective. At the time, I was working my way towards the Divinity Conquest – which requires players to complete a Greater Rift 75 solo. Greater Rift 70 completed at 8:52:049 Tier 70 – 8:52:049 – 5/24/18 – 4:41:51 AM Imperium: Kill Maghda at level 70 in under 10 seconds on Torment XIII difficulty. I completed Imperium entirely by accident – and wasn’t streaming at the time. I was running some Bounties to get more crafting materials so I could put more stuff into Kanai’s Cube. I was playing on Torment XIII because I figured I’d get more Crafting Materials that way. The Imperium “Achievement Toast” popped up, and I had no clue what it was. It went by pretty fast, and I failed to take a screenshot of it. Watch Diablo III SSF Season 13 Gem Fatale.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Gem Fatale: Level three Legendary Gems to level 70. It isn’t too difficult to level 3 Legendary Gems to level 70. You can choose whatever Legendary Gems you want – all of them will count towards the objective. The problem is that this objective is in the last part of the Season Journey, and it can be time consuming. Here I was, working on this during the end of Season 13, and worrying that I would spend too much time on this one objective. It was my first time trying Guardian, and I tend to avoid looking up video game related things online. As such, I had no idea what I would need to do in order to complete Guardian. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Paragon 660.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I hit Paragon 660. It was the highest Paragon I had ever gotten during a Season. This has absolutely nothing to do with the objectives for Guardian – but it was significant to me. One of the most difficult, frustrating, time consuming objectives in the Guardian part of the Season Journey was “Domination!”. I have lost count of how many attempts it took me to successfully complete it. I was absolutely determined to do it solo, so I just kept trying (and failing). It had to work out eventually…. right? Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Domination.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Of course, the one Nephalem Rift that turned out to be a success was the one that I failed to start recording at the very beginning of it. Fortunately, I remembered to check that and hit the record button when I realized that this particular Nephalem Rift could be the one! Domination!: Finish a level 70 Nephalem Rift on Torment XIII difficult within 4 minutes. At this point, I had completed everything before the Guardian part of the Season Journey of Season 13 entirely Solo. With a lot of effort, I managed to finish five out of six objectives of Guardian solo. And then… things got tricky. The last Guardian objective required players to complete a third Conquest. I was running out of choices! Players had to complete one Conquest in the Destroyer part of the Season Journey, and I picked “The Thrill”. The Thrill: Reach Greater Rift Level 45 Solo without any Set items equipped. This is what my Necromancer was wearing when I completed the Conquest called “The Thrill”. Easy: Complete 1 Conquest this Season. Conquests are difficult challenges with Leaderboards associated with them. You can find a list of this Season’s Conquests in the What’s New or the Leaderboard menus. The Conqueror part of the Season Journey required players to complete a second Conquest. I was able to do the “Divinity” Conquest. Divinity: Reach Greater Rift level 75 Solo. Greater Rift Level 75 completed at 11:19:816 Tier 75 – 11:19:816 – 5/25/18 – 12:40:55 AM Solo Necromancer – Tier 75 Greater Rift at 11:19:816 All I Do Is Win: Complete 2 Conquests this Season. One of the remaining objectives required players to do a “Speed Run” through all five Acts of Diablo III in an hour (or less). I gave it my best try, and switched out gear, skills, runes, and what I was using in Kanai’s Cube – but my Necromancer just wasn’t fast enough. This left two potential options. One required players to kill 350 (or more) monsters on a Cursed Chest at Torment X or higher. People told me that there was a Cursed Chest in Act V that was the best one for the Conquest. But…. I couldn’t find it. What was left was a long shot. One of the remaining Conquests required a player to Master 8 Set Dungeons. Each class has a total of four sets, and I had collected all of the Necromancer ones. I had already Mastered one Necromancer Set Dungeon – so that left three. The more difficult part was what I would have to do next. My plan was to level up a Barbarian, somehow gather all the pieces for all four Barbarian sets – and then Master all four Barbarian set dungeons. I was certain I had the skill to do this – but I was running out of time before Season 13 ended. Here is a quick look at the Necromancer Set Dungeons that I Mastered in Season 13: I Mastered the Grace of Inarius Set Dungeon when I was working on the Champion part of the Season Journey of Season 13. Say Grace: Master the Grace of Inarius Set Dungeon by Completing all objectives within the time limit. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Set Dungeon of the Bones of Rathma.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I Mastered the Bones of Rathma Set Dungeon. I failed to take any screenshots of this accomplishment. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Dungeon of the Pestilence Master’s Shroud.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I Mastered the Pestilence Master’s Shroud Set Dungeon. Apprentice No Longer: Master the Pestilence Master’s Shroud Set Dungeon by completing all objectives within the time limit. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Trag’oul’s Avatar Set Dungeon.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I Mastered the Trag’Oul’s Avatar Set Dungeon. Bad Blood: Master the Trag’Oul’s Avatar Set Dungeon by completing all objectives within the time limit. Necromancer Acendancy: Complete I Primary Objective and kill the initial amount of enemies in all Necromancer Set Dungeons. Necromancer Mastery: Master all Necromancer Set Dungeons by completing all objectives within the time limit. The first part of my plan worked out really well. It wasn’t difficult to level a Barbarian, but felt like I was moving too slowly. When I realized it was about 5:00 in the morning, on the day that Season 13 would end, I realized that this plan was doomed to fail. I was able to get my “Season Rebirth” Barbarian up to Level 60 before I realized my plan wouldn’t work out. There wasn’t time to find all the pieces of all four Barbarian sets and Master all four Barbarian Set Dungeons before Season 13 ended. I was exhausted, and somewhat disappointed that I couldn’t finish the Season Journey doing Solo Self Found. From this, I learned that it is a good idea to level up two characters, of different classes, instead of just one, when playing Solo Self Found. If I had done that at the start of Season 13, I would have been able to give myself plenty of time to find all four Barbarian sets and to Master the Barbarian set dungeons. My Necromancer had a total of 663 Paragon points while I was playing as part of the Solo Self Found League in Season 13. Later, after I had gotten some sleep, I decided that the only way I would be able to complete my Season Journey in Season 13 would be to break away from the Solo Self Found League and get into a group. I had gotten pretty far on my own, and completed everything except for one objective in Guardian. Not too bad! On June 7, 2018, Leviathan posted a video on his YouTube Channel with the results of the Leaderboards for the Solo Self Found League for Season 13. To my surprise, I was number 9 on the Necromancer leaderboard. Of course, I did not know this when I decided to break away from the Solo Self Found League in the hopes of finding a way to complete the Season Journey. Finding a group was super easy. I went to the Shattered Soulstone Discord and happened to find Deadgreed and Rowna in it. Both were playing Diablo III, and both of them just so happened to be the people who gave me the most, and the best, advice about Necromancers during Season 13. I asked if they would help me finish a Conquest, and they were happy to help. It turns out that the best way to complete the third challenge is to go for the one that requires players to kill 350 (or more) monsters that spawn from a Cursed Chest. Each player in the group starts his or her own game, and checks what Bounties come up for Act V. Ideally, one called The Cursed Peat will appear. If it isn’t there, then each player leaves his or her game, starts a new one, and checks again. That’s the process I was using when I tried to find the Cursed Chest for the Conquest – but the Bounty never appeared for me. Players who are working together as a group (but in individual games) have an advantage. There’s a better chance that one of their games will have The Cursed Peat Bounty come up. Together, we killed 376 enemies before the timer expired, completed The Cursed Peat Bounty, and completed the Curses! Conquest. (It’s possible that Rowna and Deadgreed had completed this Conquest already.) I could not have done it without their help. CURSES!: Kill 350 or more monsters in a Cursed Chest event at level 70 on Torment X difficulty or higher. Completing that third Conquest meant I earned the Flawless Victory objective in the Guardian part of the Season Journey. Flawless Victory: Complete 3 Conquests this Season. Finishing Flawless Victory meant that I had completed Guardian – for the first time ever! Guardian (Season 13) is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Conqueror (Season 13)May 28, 2018Diablo III / Diablo SeasonsSeason 13 turned out to be my most productive Season, ever. Typically, my goal is to complete Chapter I, Chapter II, Chapter III, and Chapter IV. Doing so gives a player a full set and some goodies (such as a special portrait, a pet, and sometimes some wings). The most attractive thing about Conqueror (at least, for me) is that players who complete it receive extra Stash space. My off-season Stash is very full of items, even after I weeded some of it out. I was extremely motivated to earn some additional Stash space. Conqueror has a total of 8 objectives. I completed one of them before I was able to unlock Conqueror. That notification went by so fast that I was unable to fully read it. After I completed Destroyer and unlocked Conqueror, I got a better look at what that was. Take U There: Reach Greater Rift Level 60 Solo. Greater Rift keystones can be obtained from any Nephalem Rift guardian. The next Conqueror objective I decided to work on was one that required a player to reforge a Legendary item in Kanai’s Cube. Unfortunately, I didn’t have enough Crafting Materials to do that – so I had to spend time running Bounties to collect more. In general, I don’t mind doing Bounties. I’ve done tons of them in Season 13 specifically to obtain Crafting Materials so I could put as many items as possible into Kanai’s Cube. I don’t want to run into the problem of dragging too much stuff back with me out of Season and have absolutely nowhere to put it in my non-season stash. If I would have known that I’d need at least 5 of every Crafting Material in order to complete a Conqueror objective, I would have saved some. But, I didn’t know because I’d never done Conqueror before and because I rarely ever look up game-play stuff online. We were reaching the end of Season 13 and I had to spend precious time running Bounties. It was kind of frustrating. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Cubic Configuration from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Cubic Reconfiguration: Use Kanai’s Cube to reforge a Legendary item. The next objective I worked on was unnecessarily confusing. Power Amplification requires players to use Kanai’s Cube to Augment an Ancient item. The information on the recipe says you need one Legendary Gem, and one Ancient item. The level of the Legendary Gem varies depending on what kind of Ancient item you want to Augment. I decided to Augment my Ancient Reaper’s Wraps (which is a bracer). I’d been using it for most of Season 13, and it seemed like a good choice. This meant I needed to have a Legendary Gem that was Level 50. I did not have one of those yet. Players also need 3 Flawless Royal gems (of whichever kind they choose). A good friend who was watching my stream at the time I was working on this objective was able to provide some excellent advice. Without his help, I’m not sure if I would have figured out how to do this objective. Or, I would have had to go out of game, search the internet for more information, and then go back in-game to try again. My friend suggested I create 3 Flawless Royal Topaz gems, because those have Intelligence and I was playing a Necromancer. I learned that it takes time to level up enough Gems to get what I needed for the objective. So, there are at least two time consuming objectives in Conqueror. It also costs a lot of gold to level the amount of Gems I needed – so this objective is both a time sink and a gold sink. So far, (with my friend’s advice) I was able to follow the recipe and level up some Gems. Problems arose when I ran out of Topaz gems before I was able to get 3 Flawless Royal Topaz. My friend pointed out that players can convert Gems in Kanai’s Cube. In other words, put in a Gem type that you don’t need and change it into a type of Gem that you do need. The recipe is called Darkness of Radament. It requires 9 of any Gem, and one of the following items: Essence of Amethyst, Essence of Emerald, Essence of Ruby, Essence of Topaz, or Essence of Diamond. The recipe doesn’t have any clues about where to obtain those. I remembered that Squirt the Peddler (a vendor in Act II) sells the Essence items. It was no problem to take the Waypoint to where Squirt is located. But, which one did I need? I wanted to change Ruby Gems into Topaz Gems. Was I supposed to use an Essence of Ruby, or an Essence of Topaz? There is nothing in the game that clearly explains that. My friend, having done this before, knew that I needed an Essence of Topaz. (I bought both before I read his advice in my Twitch chat). I asked him how he figured out how to Augment an Ancient item – and he said he had looked it up online. The Essence items are expensive. I was fortunate to have enough gold to buy what I needed (and one I didn’t actually need). What if I lacked the amount of gold that was required? Then the objective would take even longer to complete as I went about obtaining more gold. Add that to however long it would take if my friend didn’t happen to visit my Twitch Channel at that moment and provide me with the instruction that Blizzard didn’t include in-game. In my opinion, if players have to go out of game to figure out how to do something – this is a failure on the part of the company that made the game. I wasn’t trying to do something strange just for kicks – I needed to Augment an Ancient item in order to complete the Conqueror part of the Season Journey. Blizzard didn’t provide enough explanation for someone new to this part of the Season Journey to intuitively figure this out the first time they encounter it. After learning what Essence I needed to put into Kanai’s Cube – I had to spend more time at the Jeweler leveling the Ruby Gems up until I could make 9 Royal Rubies. The next step was to put those 9 Royal Rubies into Kanai’s Cube and convert them to a Royal Topaz. Then, it was back to the Jeweler to convert the Royal Topaz into one more Flawless Royal Topaz. Doing so would give me the three that I needed to Augment an Ancient item in Kanai’s Cube – and complete the Power Amplification objective. By this point, I had forgotten what objective I was working on or what else it required. After all that, I re-read the objective and was reminded that I also needed a Legendary Gem that was level 50 – that I didn’t mind destroying in order to use it for the Augment. I’d been messing around with Gems for so long that I forgot I needed a level 50 Legendary Gem to do the objective! Earlier in the Season, I leveled a Legendary Gem to 35 – and later learned that it wasn’t the best choice for my Necromancer to use. So, after all the confusion and frustration involved in leveling up Gems, converting gems, and figuring out which Essence item I needed – I now had spend time doing Greater Rifts to get this Legendary Gem to 50. My suspicion is that Blizzard intentionally put two time consuming objectives into Conqueror because they wanted to make it extra difficult for players to finish it. The reason I wanted to work on Conqueror was because players who complete it get an additional Stash tab. It seems like Blizzard really wanted players to have to work hard for that Stash tab! Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Power Amplification from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv The next thing I needed to do was run some Greater Rifts and level up a Legendary Gem to Level 50. I started with on that was Level 35, and ran a Greater Rift 50 a few times. To make things go a little bit faster, I paid some gold so I could get extra chances to level up a Legendary Gem. Eventually, I needed to move up to a slightly higher Greater Rift to get the Legendary Gem to 50. Power Amplification: Use Kanai’s Cube to augment an Ancient Legendary item with a Level 50+ gem. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Guardian of Sanctuary from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I completed the Guardian of Sanctuary objective. After finishing some very time consuming objectives, it was really nice to be able to complete one that was quick. Guardian of Sanctuary: Finish a level 70 Nephalem Rift on Torment XII difficulty within 5 minutes. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Gem of My Life from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Gem of My Life: Level three Legendary Gems to level 55. I hit Paragon 600 – for the first time ever – at the same moment I turned in a Greater Rift 70. My goal for Season 13 was to hit Paragon 500, which I thought was a reasonable goal for me while playing in the Solo Self Found League. I never expected to hit Paragon 600 this Season. Players that hit Paragon 600 get a special Portrait Frame. You can’t be stopped! Seriously, we’ve been trying. In order to finish the Destroyer part of the Season Journey, players had to complete one Conquest. Conqueror required players to have completed two Conquests (total). The Conquest I picked for Conqueror required players to complete Greater Rift 75 solo. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – All I Do is Win from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Greater Rift 75 completed at 11:19:816 Tier 75 – 11:19:916 – 5/25/816 – 12:40:55 AM All I Do is Win: Complete 2 Conquests this Season. Divinity: Reach Greater Rift Level 75 Solo. There were two Conqueror objectives left. One of them was something I was certain I could complete. The other one… was a bit confusing. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Walking into Spiderwebs from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Walking Into Spiderwebs: Kill Cydaea at level 70 in under 30 seconds on Torment XIII difficulty. It didn’t take long for me to kill Cydaea. I got this objective completed on the first try. The last objective was confusing, but it wasn’t intended to be. It turned out that I was overthinking it. To complete the Money Ain’t a Thang objective, a player had to kill Greed. The only way to get to Greed was through a portal. I had heard that it was possible for a Puzzle Ring to spawn a portal to The Vault. Season 13 is nearing its end, and that gave me plenty of opportunity to collect a few Puzzle Rings. So, I grabbed one, and put it into Kanai’s Cube the same way I put other Legendary items in it. The Puzzle Ring was now inside Kanai’s Cube, and I could select it. This is not how to get a portal to the Vault. What I was supposed to do was much easier. Take the Puzzle Ring. Put it into Kanai’s Cube without any Crafting Materials. It goes in all by itself. Hit “Transmute”. A glittery portal to The Vault will appear near the location of Kanai’s Cube. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Money Ain’t a Thang from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Money Ain’t A Thang: Slay Greed on Torment XIII difficulty. Treasure Goblins outside of Nephalem Rifts will sometimes open portals to Greed’s domain, The Vault. I have completed the Conqueror part of the Season Journey for the first time – ever! It is going to be wonderful to have some additional Stash space for my non-Season Softcore characters to fill up. The loot I collected in Season 13, and the amount of stuff I put in Kanai’s Cube, will make it possible for me to get rid of some more of the items that are in my non-season Stash. In addition to getting more Stash space, players who complete Conqueror get a special Portrait Frame. Season 13 featured the Imperius Portrait Frame. You have driven your enemies before you. Not to mention the lamentation… There was still some time left before Season 13 would come to an end. My next goal is to complete Guardian – the final part of the Season Journey. Conqueror (Season 13) is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Destroyer (Season 13)May 24, 2018Diablo III / Diablo SeasonsI’ve played every Season in Diablo III. Season 13 was the first time I completed Destroyer. In this blog, I have Twitch videos, screenshots, and some commentary about my experience through the Destroyer portion of the Season Journey for Season 13 in Diablo III. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Destroyer – Regards from the Realm of Madness from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I began working on the Destroyer part of the Season Journey in Season 13. I discovered that I had already completed one Destroyer objective – Level 20 Seasonal Cubist: (put) 20 Legendary Powers into Kanai’s Cube. I completed a second Destroyer objective – Regards from the Realm of Madness: Craft a Hellfire Amulet during the season. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Never Reap Alone from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I earned the “Never Reap Alone” Seasonal Achievement – for the first time ever! The Achievement is not part of the Destroyer Season Journey. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Whimsydale! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I killed a Rainbow Goblin and it left me a portal to Whimsydale. I got really lucky and ended up with the Spectrum sword. None of this counts for the Destroyer part of the Season Journey – but it was fun! Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Kulle Duel and filling Kanai’s Cube from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I ran some Bounties because I wanted to get stuff out of my Stash and into Kanai’s Cube. I earned the “Kulle Duel” Seasonal Achievement. It is not part of the Destroyer Seasonal Journey. Kulle Duel: Kill Zoltun Kulle at level 70 without killing either of his Eternal Guardians on Torment II difficulty or higher. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Greater Rift 44 and 45 – Leveling Legendary Gems to 45 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I started working on two of the Destroyer objectives. One required players to level three Legendary gems to 45. It doesn’t matter which Legendary gems you choose to level up. The other objective required players to complete a Greater Rift 50 solo. The solo part would be easy, because I was playing in the Solo Self Found League for Season 13. Greater Rift Level 44 at 10:52:199 This is not a very impressive Greater Rift completion time, but it worked. I was able to finish it before the timer ran out. Doing so gave me the opportunity to start leveling some Legendary gems. Greater Rift 45 at 10:09:366 Again, not a very good completing time. But, I was able to finish it before the timer ran out, and to level up some Legendary Gems. I decided to give Greater Rift 45 another try, in the hopes of getting a better time (and being able to level gems). It’s nice that players can work on these two Destroyer objectives at the same time. Greater Rift 45 at 9:59:650 Tier 45 – 9:59:650 – 5/1/18 – 2:24:15 AM That was my best time (so far) for a Greater Rift Level 45. By the time I completed this Greater Rift, I was five Greater Rift levels away from 50, and I had two out of three Legendary Gems leveled up to 45. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – More Greater Rifts and attempts to level a Legendary Gem from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I continued working on Greater Rifts and leveling Legendary Gems. Greater Rift 46 at 9:37:033 Tier 46 – 9:37:033 – 5/1/18 – 2:38:35 AM Greater Rift 47 at 10:30:583 This was my best time on a Greater Rift 47 (so far). The other attempts I made on Greater Rift 47 didn’t go as well. I still needed to get one more Legendary Gem to level 45. The farthest I got was level 41. I was playing while tired, and forgot to click the button on my streaming software that enables me to record my gameplay. So, I don’t have a video of me leveling the final Legendary Gem to Level 45. A screenshot of the completed Destroyer objective will have to do. Insane in the Gembrane: Level three Legendary Gems to level 45. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Greater Rift 50.mp4 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I completed a Greater Rift 50 solo for the first time, ever! This one counts towards the Destroyer objectives. The Longest Road: Reach Greater Rift Level 50 Solo. Greater Rift keystones can be obtained from any Nephalem Rift guardian. Greater Rift 50 Completed at 10:50:816 Tier 50 – 10:50:816 – 5/7/18 – 3:42.08 AM Next, I started working on the Easy objective in Destroyer. It wasn’t actually easy, so I’m guessing the title of the objective is intended to be sarcastic. To earn this one, a player has to choose a Conquest – and complete it. Half of the Conquests are for Softcore, and the other half are identical Conquests that are for Hardcore. I’m playing Softcore this Season. My first choice was to do a Conquest that required players to do a speed run through all five Acts in an hour (or less). This resulted in multiple failed attempts. My Necromancer is just not fast enough – not even when I put the game on Normal difficulty. So, I decided to try the Conquest that required players to complete a Greater Rift 45 without using any set pieces. I swapped out my set pieces for Ancients that were Legendaries (and not part of a set). I learned that it is definitely worthwhile to hang on to Ancients. The result was that my Necromancer had a very different look than before! I failed to click the right button on my streaming software, so I don’t have a video of me completing the Conquest. Screenshots of the results will have to do. I completed Greater Rift 45 at 13:08:200. That’s not a very good time, but that’s ok. The objective did not specify a time limit (other than killing the Rift Guardian before the timer went out.) From this experience, I learned just how powerful sets can be! The difference between using a full set – and using no set pieces at all – was immediately obvious. As you can see, to took me longer than usual to finish the Greater Rift 45. If you look at the top of that screenshot, you can see that my armor took a ton of damage! Easy: Complete 1 Conquest this Season. Conquests are difficult challenges with Leaderboards associated with them. You can find a list of this Season’s Conquests in the What’s New or the Leaderboard menus. I was absolutely thrilled to have completed the Easy objective! Things got more exciting when a bunch of other “Achievement Toasts” popped up on the screen. The Thrill: Reach Greater Rift Level 45 Solo without any Set items equipped. Alone Tonight: Reach Greater Rift Level 15 Solo without any Set items equipped. 20/20 Vision: Reach Greater Rift Level 20 Solo without any Set items equipped. Quarter Rift Crisis: Reach Greater Rift Level 25 Solo without any Set items equipped. Under My Skin: Reach Greater Rift Level 30 Solo without any Set items equipped. Swagger Like Us: Reach Greater Rift Level 35 Solo without any Set items equipped. Legendary: Reach Greater Rift Level 40 Solo without any Set items equipped. This was the point where a good friend gave me some excellent advice about what to do to improve my Necromancer. Long story short, he suggested I use the Rathma’s set (instead of the Inarius set I had been using). He helped me figure out what gems to use, and which skills to switch, and then showed me how with this worked with his Necromancer. The result was I ended up with a stronger, faster, more powerful Necromancer than before. After taking some time to get used to the Rathma’s set, I started streaming on Twitch and running some Greater Rifts. In the video above, I completed a Greater Rift 50 at a much faster time than I did in my previous attempt. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Greater Rift 50 using Rathma’s from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Greater Rift level 50 completed at 4:43:583 Tier 50 – 4:43:583 – 5/21/18 – 6:43:53 PM One of my goals for Season 13 was to hit Paragon 500. I wasn’t sure if I could reach that goal while playing Solo Self Found. The Rathma’s set was definitely a factor that made it possible for me to reach that goal before Season 13 ended. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Paragon 500! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Paragon 500! Paragon 500 Portrait – A stunning achievement! Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Greater Rift 66 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I completed a Greater Rift level 66. This is the highest Greater Rift I’ve ever completed. Greater Rift 66 completed at 4:55:583 Tier 66 – 4:55:583 – 5/22/18 – 3:27:23 AM Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – 6 Minutes to Save the World from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv There were three Destroyer objectives left to complete. One of them required a player to complete a Nephalem Rift on Torment XII in 6 minutes or less. This took several attempts before I was able to complete it. I wish there was some sort of in-game timer that would allow players to see how close they were getting to completing a Nephalem Rift within a certain amount of time. I found it stressful to have no idea how close I was to finishing the objective. It was also very disappointing to turn in the Nephalem Rift and have…. nothing happen because I hadn’t done it in 6 minutes (or less). Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Completing Destroyer from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv The last remaining Destroyer objectives required players to kill Zoltun Kulle on Torment XIII, and to kill Malthael on Torment XIII. When I started working on Destroyer, it felt like those objectives were out of my reach. By the time I got around to trying them, I discovered that my Necromancer was ready for those challenges. Destroyer (Season 13) is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Champion – Completed! (Season 13)April 23, 2018Diablo III / Diablo SeasonsI’ve played every Season of Diablo III, but this is the first time I’ve completed Champion. I was super excited when I finally finished the last objective. It took so many attempts! There were times when I wanted to give up, because I got really frustrated. I’m glad that I made myself keep trying. This blog post is a continuation of the one titled “Champion – Halfway There (Season 13)“. You might want to check that one out before scrolling through this one. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Killed Urzael and Azmodan! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv One of the objectives in Champion requires players to kill Urzael, and another objective requires players to kill Azmodon. In the video above, I finally managed to kill them both! The work I did getting my Necromancer more Paragon points, along with the changes I made to her gear and the skills I was using, made this possible. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Paragon 300! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv I hit Paragon 300! This is the first time I’ve done that during a Season of Diablo III. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Playing with Variables from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I started to feel like I wasn’t making very much progress. So, I started playing around with variables. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Time for one Greater Rift run from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I had just enough time to run through a Greater Rift and try and level up some Legendary gems. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Stream Full of Distractions from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv The one in which background noises create constant distractions. Even so, I managed to level up a Legendary Gem. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF The Sound of Cockatiels from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv When I first started streaming on Twitch, I would play at 2:00 in the morning. Later, I decided to see if I could find a more “normal” time to stream. In the video above, I streamed in the afternoon. The result was a stream that included commentary from my cockatiels. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Leveling Godok of Swiftness to 25 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I finish leveling my Godok of Swiftness Legendary Gem to 25. My hope was that this would be what I needed in order to make more progress through the Champion objectives. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Bounties and Level 20 Seasonal Cubist from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, my plan was to run some Bounties so I could get more Crafting materials. The goal was to clear more stuff out of my Stash by putting it into Kanai’s Cube. In doing so, I accidentally got the Level 20 Seasonal Cubist objective (which isn’t part of Champion). Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Prime Cut with extra Skeletal Mages! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I figured out how to get more Skeletal Mages than I had been using before. I also unexpectedly got an Achievement called Prime Cut. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Running some Bounties from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I ran some more Bounties and put more stuff into Kanai’s Cube. I really don’t want to carry all this stuff back with me when Season 13 ends. Watch Diablo III: Season 13 SSF Nephalem Rift on the Wrong Difficulty from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I thought I was running a Nephalem Rift on Torment X (but it was actually on Torment VIII). Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Disco Party of the Damned from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I still hadn’t realized that I was on the wrong difficulty level. Somewhere in the Nephalem Rift, I got stuck behind a doorway that was filled with Skeletal Mages (on my side) and a bunch of blue monsters on the other side. “Disco Party of the Damned”. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Another Nephalem Rift attempt on Torment X from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I make another attempt at completing a Nephalem Rift on Torment X in 6 minutes or less. I’ve made a lot of changes to my gear, skills, and strategy – but am not quite fast enough yet. Eventually, if I just keep trying, I’ll get there. The question becomes: Can I do that before Season 13 ends? Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Good Eye Seasonal Achievement from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv I decided to run some Bounties so I could collect crafting materials and put more items into Kanai’s Cube. Accidentally earned the “Good Eye” Achievement. It is part of the Seasonal Achievements that I never bothered to work on in previous Seasons. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Paragon 400! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv This was the point where things changed for the better. I hit Paragon 400! It was the first time I’ve gotten that many Paragon points during a Season. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – The Realm of Terror and Sad Machine from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I finally was able to complete two of the three Champion objectives that I needed. I earned “The Realm of Terror” and “Sad Machine” – and it was exciting, and stressful, and fun! Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Destroyer of Rifts from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv The last objective I needed to complete was called “Destroyer of Rifts”. It required players to complete a Nephalem Rift on Torment X difficulty in 6 minutes or less. I had a hard time with this one – and was super excited when I completed it. Destroyer of Rifts: Finish a level 70 Nephalem Rift on Torment X difficulty within 6 minutes. I have now completed the Champion part of the Season Journey in Season 13. This is a big deal for me, because the farthest I’ve gotten before this Season was Slayer. Champion – Completed! (Season 13) is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Champion – Halfway There (Season 13)March 29, 2018Diablo III / Diablo SeasonsSeason 13 was the very first time I attempted to complete any of the objectives in the Champion part of the Season Journey. The experience was both exciting, and frustrating, at times. It required a lot of problem solving to figure out what I needed to do to get my Necromancer ready for Torment X. This blog post contains the Twitch videos I recorded as I worked towards the halfway point of the Champion part of the Season Journey in Season 13. One of the first Champion objectives I completed was the one that requires players to Master a Set Dungeon. I think I completed at least one Set Dungeon previous to Season 13. This was the first time Mastered a Set Dungeon. I Mastered the Grace of Inarius Set Dungeon. There are two Primary objectives: Rip bones from 100 enemies with Bone Armor, and Kill 200 enemies that are afflicted by a Bone Armor tornado. There are three Completing Tiers. Basic: Complete one objective and kill 170 monsters within the time limit; Mastery: Complete both primary objectives and kill all monsters within the time limit. Target time: 5:00. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Starting Champion from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv I decided to pick at the Champion objectives and worry about one at a time. In the video above, I completed the objective that requires players to Master a Set Dungeon. I also completed the Conversion Incursion objective. Then, I started working on Greater Rifts for another objective, and completed Greater Rift 34. The Blessed Priests: Complete 1 Primary Objective and kill the initial amount of enemies in the Grace of Inarius Set Dungeon. Say Grace: Master the Grace of Inarius Set Dungeon by completing all objectives within the time limit. I started Season 13 with my Banner decorated with Necromancer stuff. The Blessed Priests Achievement gives players the sigil. This is what the Banner Sigil reward looks like. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Whimseydale Rift and more Rifts – Champion from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I got a Nephalem Rift that had ponies and Cuddle Bears from Whimseydale in it. After that, I completed a Greater Rift 35 and a Greater Rift 37. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Rifts and More Rifts from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I worked on more Greater Rifts. I completed a Greater Rift 37. Still have a way to go before I can attempt Greater Rift 40. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Greater Rift 40 Yosolo objective from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above I completed a Greater Rift 40 – for the first time ever! Greater Rift Level 40 completed at 8:00:299 Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Trying to improve my build from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I make some changes and try a few things in an effort to improve my build. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Not Ready for Greater Rift 40 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I make another attempt at Greater Rift 40, hoping to improve my time. Things did not go as well as I had hoped – but the better gear helped me to complete the Greater Rift 40 and upgrade a Legendary Gem. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Many Deaths in Greater Rift 40 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In this video, I attempted to do two things: get a better time on a Greater Rift 40, and upgrade a Legendary Gem. One of those goals was a success. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Upgrading Followers from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I continue working on getting a better time in Greater Rift 40 and trying to level Legendary Gems. I also upgraded two of my Followers. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Greater Rift 41 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I completed a Greater Rift 41 and worked on leveling Legendary Gems up to 35. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – One Legendary Gem to 35 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I managed to get one Legendary Gem to Level 35. (Two more to go). Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Working on Leveling Legendary Gems from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I continue working in leveling Legendary Gems to Level 35. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Full of Bugs from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I get one more Legendary Gem to Level 35 (one more to go) and start working on the third one. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Up and At Gem Objective from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I finally complete the Up and At Gem objective. I also got my best time in a Greater Rift 42. Greater Rift Level 42 completed at 7:51:616 Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Nothing But the Best from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I spent a lot of gold and completed the Nothing But the Best objective. It is what I call a “gold sink”. By the time players reach Champion, they have already spent a lot of gold to level up all of their Crafters. The Nothing But the Best objective requires players to spend gold by raising up their gems until they get enough of the right kind to make a Flawless Royal Gem. Keep putting money into the machine until it pops out what you want. It isn’t exciting to do, and it isn’t fun. After that, I started working on Bounties in an effort to get my Necromancer enough Paragon points to play on Torment X. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Running Bounties for Paragon points from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I ran some Bounties in an effort to get more Paragon points. My hope was this would make my Necromancer strong enough to complete more of the Champion objectives. I also wanted to gather Crafting materials so I could get stuff out of my Stash and into Kanai’s Cube. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Out of the Stash and into the Cube from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I start trying to empty my Seasonal Stash by putting as many items as I can into Kanai’s Cube. I’m a “digital hoarder”, and my non-season Stash is already full. I cannot possibly take everything back with me. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Organizing my Seasonal Stash from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the above video, I begin working on organizing my Seasonal Stash. Hopefully, this will make it faster for me to find things that can be put into Kanai’s Cube. It should also make it easier for me to know what I already have so I stop putting multiple copies of items into my Stash. This was the point where Torment 10 got extremely difficult for me. I am determined to complete Champion this season, so I kept trying. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF Champion – Urzael Squashed Me from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I tried killing Urzael. Things did not go well. Urzael squashed me (over and over again). Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Between Torment 9 and Torment 10 from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I keep working on making my Necromancer stronger. Despite my best efforts, I was still sort of “stuck” between Torment 9 and Torment X. Watch Diablo III Season 13 SSF – Torment 10 hates me from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I reached the point of frustration, and was convinced that Torment X hates me. Champion was definitely a challenge for me. This blog shows my experience as I worked toward the halfway point of Champion in Season 13. I wasn’t ready to give up yet! Champion – Halfway There (Season 13) is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Book ReviewsMarch: Book One – by John Lewis, Andrew Aydin and Nate PowellJune 28, 2018Book Reviews / comics / non fictionMarch: Book One is the first in a series of three graphic novels that provide context to and details about the civil rights movement in the United States. This series provides a vivid explanation about events that you may have only heard a little about (or briefly saw photos of on social media). It’s also a great resource for people who are interested in using non-violent civil disobedience as a form of protest. The March series focuses on the life of John Lewis. You might recognize that name because he is a United States Representative in the House of Representatives. He is a Democrat who represents Georgia’s 5th District. The series was written by John Lewis and Andrew Aydin. The art was done by Nate Powell. March: Book One juxtaposes scenes from different times. It starts with a scene of an adult John Lewis on the Edmund Pettis Bridge. The next scene shows Representative John Lewis waking up, getting ready, and going to his office to speak with people. Next, we go back in time to when John Lewis was a child and living with his family in rural Alabama. This way of storytelling, by jumping around in time, is used in each book in the series. Everything gets put into context by the time you finish the trilogy. When John Lewis was a child, he was given the task of caring for the family’s chickens. His father was a sharecropper. Right from the start, John Lewis treated those chickens with love and good care. He talked to them, gave them names, and even built an incubator to make his chicken’s lives easier. John Lewis began preaching to his chickens, already aware that he wanted to someday become a preacher. It seems the chickens listened intently. He baptized the baby chickens, and was extremely distraught when it looked like the baptism had killed one of them. Fortunately, the baby chicken survived. It seems to me that most children of sharecroppers would not have invested so much love and care into the chickens they were tasked with raising. I think this story is there to show that, from a young age, John Lewis intrinsically felt a need to care for those around him, and to do what he could to improve the lives of others. The story also shows the origins of his need to protest in a non-violent way. When one of young John’s chickens was on the family’s dinner table as the main course – he protested by not coming to dinner. John Lewis was a student when Rosa Parks was arrested for not giving up her seat on the bus to a white man who demanded it. The Montgomery Bus Boycott followed. He was a student when segregation – separating white children and black children into different schools – was outlawed. John Lewis first heard Martin Luther King preach on the radio, and was so impressed by King’s words that he set out to read everything he could about him. Later, John Lewis got to meet Martin Luther King, who wanted to talk to him about his choice to attend a white college. That choice could result in acts of violence not only against John, but also to his family. In college, John Lewis became part of a group of students who were interested in protesting for civil rights in non-violent ways. The group included both black and white students; both male and female students. This is the group that began the lunch counter sit-ins. Before heading out, every member of the group was trained on how to handle verbal and physical violence that would be directed at them by angry white people who wanted every public place to remain segregated. I had read about the lunch counter sit-ins, and knew that things got violent. March: Book One makes the violence that was inflicted upon the protestors absolutely clear. It made me feel sick. All the protestors wanted was the right to sit at a lunch counter, be served clean food, and to eat their lunch. They were non-violently insisting that they be given the same rights as white people. The protestors asked to be served, and then silently sat and waited to be served. They did not fight back when they were punched, pushed, or otherwise physically assaulted. They did not fight back when they were arrested. The organization later became known as the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee or SNCC (pronounced “snick”). You’ll hear more about them in the second and third book of the March trilogy. This book review of March: Book One by John Lewis, Andrew Aydin and Nate Powell is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Ready Player One – by Ernest ClineMay 4, 2018Book Reviews / science fictionWade Owen Watts, a poor kid who could be described as homeless, embarks upon an adventure in a virtual world. The OASIS is a vivid, incredibly detailed, virtual reality world that provides more opportunities than the real world does. Ready Player One can be described as a science-fiction dystopia story. The OASIS was created by James Halliday and his business partner, Ogden Morrow. (The two grew apart over the years.) Upon Halliday’s death, a contest was announced. The first person to find Halliday’s “Easter egg” would receive Halliday’s entire fortune and corporation. Wade becomes an egg hunter, or “Gunter”, and makes a few friends who are on the same quest. WARNING: This book review contains some spoilers! Unfortunately for Wade, there is an evil corporation called IOI (Innovative Online Industries) which also wants Halliday’s “Easter egg”. The company has the money and resources to send thousands of avatars through the OASIS. Each avatar looks identical to the rest, and each has a number that ends in a six for a name. It becomes clear that IOI wants to turn the OASIS into something that makes money for them. In my opinion, Ernest Cline was dead on accurate about what a giant corporation would do to the OASIS. We see examples of this type of behavior “in real life” whenever internet providers lobby the FCC in the hopes of getting a net neutrality deal that is good for the company – and terrible for real people. An interesting quirk in Ready Player One is the emphasis on pop culture from the 1980s. I really liked the way it gets incorporated into the story. James Halliday was known for being a huge fan of the movies, games, and music of the 1980s, so it is assumed that the clues that will lead to his “Easter egg” will connect to some of the things Halliday loved the most. Halliday was a teenager in the 1980s, and Ready Player One takes place in the 2040s. The result is that Wade, his friends, and the “Sixers” (IOI employees who hunt for Halliday’s “Easter egg”) did not grow up in the 1980s. They didn’t live through that time, and have no cultural or personal connection to 1980s pop culture. For them, there is no nostalgia attached to any of it. They are simply too young to remember it, and the more serious ones spend all their free time studying it. Ironically, the teens and young adults who read Ready Player One in 2011 (when it was originally published) or shortly before the movie came out in 2018, are also too young to have any nostalgia for the 1980s pop culture that is such an important part of the plot. If Ernest Cline was writing the book for the young people of today – he probably ended up alienating most of them. Meanwhile, people like me, who were teens or pre-teens in the 1980s, can easily catch (most, if not all) of the 1980s references. The ones I remembered brought back a lot of nostalgia. On the other hand, there were also times when the book felt a bit tedious. For example, there’s a part where Cline describes a movie from the 1980s, in a “walk through” type detail. I felt it dragged on too long. I’ve seen the movie dozens of times, and I didn’t need the tutorial. There is a point in the book where Wade (whose avatar is named Parzival) and Art3mis are having a conversation about the in-OASIS gameplay involving that movie. The player has to take the part of the male lead in the movie. Art3mis says she wished that she could have taken the role of the female lead in the move. Wade doesn’t have anything to say about that. As a woman who spent years playing as Mario and Luigi, long before there were any female characters to choose from in video games, I can relate to what Art3mis was expressing. The movie they were talking about was made in the 1980s, with a male lead character. But, decades later, why couldn’t the OASIS have an option for people to play as the female character instead? It made me feel like Ernest Cline wanted, if only subconsciously, for Ready Player One to exclude female geeks as much as actual video games in the 1980s did. This was disappointing. I read this book around the time that the movie version hit theaters. I haven’t seen the movie, so this review is entirely based upon the book. Rather than do a point-by-point review of the plot line, I will discuss things that I liked, and disliked, about the story. I love the concept of the OASIS. Everyone can access it entirely for free (so long as they have a computer, goggles, and special gloves). Wade is among many students who attend school in the OASIS – on a planet that is filled with identical school campuses. Students are issued a computer, goggles, and gloves for free. The teachers have no limit to the resources they can use in their classrooms, and can take students on field trips to museums, important historical time periods, inside the human body, or wherever else fits their curriculum. Students are unable to “act up” and cause a disruption in the classroom. The OASIS system simply doesn’t allow them to interrupt the teacher, for example. Those who try are penalized (much like they would be “in real life”.) Class sizes are reasonable because there are plenty of schools and teachers. Students who are bullies can literally be muted by other students. The bully can still say whatever they want – and the victim can entirely avoid hearing any of it. I believe this would be a great way to stop fights before they begin. I didn’t like Wade. Part of the reason is because this book has what I think of as an “expiration date”. Read it when you are about the same age as the main character, and you likely think he’s super cool. Read it when you are years older than the main character, and you find him incredibly immature and annoying. The Catcher in the Rye is another example of a book with an “expiration date.” But, there is a bigger reason why I don’t like Wade. I’m not thrilled with the way women are depicted in Ready Player One. To clarify, the female characters in the book are interesting – but Cline presented them in ways that feel kind of icky. I think what made it clear to me that women, people of color, and people who are LGBT, are generally viewed as less significant than white, straight, men, by the author is that there are absolutely zero women who are in power. James Halliday and Ogden Morrow created the OASIS (to make a long story short), so it makes sense for them to be the “gods” of the OASIS. Each of them is a white, heterosexual, man. The OASIS User Council consists of two people, a President and a Vice-President, who are elected by the users of the OASIS. In the book, the president is Cory Doctorow and the vice-president is Wil Wheaton – two white, heterosexual, men, who have been in those two elected positions “for close to a decade”. I have nothing against either one of those guys. But, why couldn’t one of those two elected positions be held by Brianna Wu, or Zoey Quinn, or Carol Shaw, or Kate Mulgrew? Art3mis is a good example of what I mean when I said the female characters in Ready Player One are interesting, and that Cline presents them in problematic ways. Art3mis has chosen an avatar that is “plus-size”, and created a popular line of clothing for other “plus-size” avatars. In addition, she’s got a ton of fans who watch her channel. (I think it’s called a POV, or point of view, in the book.) Art3mis is smart, creative, and as knowledge about 1980s pop culture as Wade is. Art3mis is also something of a celebrity in the OASIS. Wade doesn’t see this, though. He has a huge crush on Art3mis (which started long before he actually met her in the OASIS). Wade likes that Art3mis chose to be “plus-size” in this virtual world – because he dislikes the super skinny female avatars and the female avatars who have exaggerated porn star bodies. In short, Wade has a fetish that he’s entirely unaware of. If Art3mis had selected a skinny avatar, Wade might not have become obsessed with her. Wade stalks Art3mis. He watches her channel as much as possible and reads all her blog posts. Wade steals every photo she posts and collects them in a folder so he can look at them whenever he wants to. The very first time Wade has an online chat with Art3mis, he pushes her to get into a virtual room with him, instead of the text chat they are using to talk to each other with. She declines. Not long after that, Wade tells her “I’ve had a crush on you since even before we met. From reading your blog and watching your POV. I’ve been cyber-stalking you for years.” (It’s on page 170 in the Trade Paper version of the book.) This is not cool, or romantic, or acceptable at all. Wade is creepy! He tells Art3mis this after she has pointed out that they are competitors and that he doesn’t really know anything about her (including what she really looks like). She responds to his creepy revelation that he is her stalker by, again, pointing out that Wade doesn’t really know anything about her. He insists that he does know her because “This is the OASIS. We exist as nothing but raw personality in here.” Wade is not listening to what Art3mis is saying. At all. Wade is dangerous. There’s an informative article on WebMD that states: “Stalkers are lonely and lack self-esteem, yet they feel very, very important.” The article includes the following paragraph: According to the National Center for Victims of Crime, 370,000 men are stalked annually — one in 45 men. More than 1 million women are stalked every year; about one in 12 women will be stalked in her lifetime. The article describes various types of stalkers. Wade fits the description of “The intimacy-seeking stalker”. “They believe they are loved or will be loved by the victim. Often they focus on someone of higher social status. This person is mentally ill and delusional.” The article advises people who are being stalked to avoid directly telling the stalker that they don’t want anything to do with them. By rejecting that person, the article says, there is a chance of violence. Eventually, Art3mis joins a social circle of Gunters that includes Wade. She can’t really get away from him without isolating herself from this unique group of people that she shares a common interest with. I found myself feeling anxious whenever Art3mis and Wade were in the same place or talking in a chat together. His crush escalates, and he eventually tells Art3mis that he is in love with her. He does this shortly before…I’m gonna say a battle takes place… and Art3mis is able to safely escape from Wade. She actively avoids him after that. I spent most of the book hoping that Wade and Art3mis would not become a couple at the end of the story. I have concerns that some young men who read Ready Player One, and who are already unbalanced, will assume that stalking is perfectly acceptable. I don’t think I’m the only woman who read this book who found Wade’s stalking disturbing. None of the female characters in the book are presented very well. It is strange, because these characters are interesting, and unique, and detailed – but, somehow, Cline failed to write them into the story in a way that uses their full potential. Kira is an example of the stereotype of the “quintessential geek girl” (page 119 in the Trade Paper book). She is described (by Ogden Morrow) as being “unabashedly obsessed with Monty Python, comic books, fantasy novels, and videogames.” Most of the characters in Ready Player One are into video games, comic books, and 1980s movies. It would make sense for Morrow, and Halliday, to befriend a girl who liked the same stuff that they did. All of them are geeks. But, no one in the book is described as the “quintessential geek boy”. This is a problem! Descriptions like that serve as a way to “other” girls and women who like comics, video games, and other geek stuff. It is used as a form of gatekeeping and distancing. Women who are “quintessential geek girls” are seen by their male peers as either the exception to what most women are like – or as a potential girlfriend. It’s not a compliment. It’s a way of reinforcing the idea that only men can truly be geeks. It turns women who are equally geeky as their male peers into a “unicorn”. “You’re not like those fake geek girls”. Or, it is used as an impossible standard that enables men who are geeks to keep women who are geeks out of participating in geek culture. Men who believe there are “quintessential geek girls” are the guys who stop a woman who is wearing a Captain American t-shirt and insist that she answer a dozen questions about the character from memory, on the spot. Oddly enough, I really liked the Ogden Morrow character. He seemed warm, and welcoming, with a quirky sense of charm and a strong moral code. So, when Morrow wrote that he saw Kira as the “quintessential geek girl” – it feels awkward and out of character. I think this is an example of Ernest Cline unintentionally letting us know that he sees women who like geek stuff as less than their male peers. As a note, I didn’t know anything about Ernest Cline before I started reading Ready Player One, and I intentionally avoided reading anything online about him. What I think of his book comes entirely from my perceptions of the book itself. Then, there’s Aech, who becomes Wade’s best friend. The two of them play video games together, talk about Halliday’s “Easter egg”, and eventually have personal conversations about girls. Aech can “trash talk” as well as any other guy who he invites into his OASIS 1980s basement. In the OASIS, anyone can choose to look like whatever they want to – unless they are students, who are restricted to looking like a human. Aech is a student who looks and sounds like a male, white, high-schooler. Toward the end of the book, it is revealed that the “in real life” person behind the Aech avatar is an African-American who is about the same age as Wade. Her real name is Helen, and she happens to be a lesbian. This makes Aech one of three people of color (the other two are Japanese guys), and one of two women, who turned out to be very successful Gunters. Kudos to Ernest Cline for creating a diverse group of main characters, and doing it in a way that felt very natural. When Wade first meets Helen, he isn’t sure how to react. I could feel myself holding my breath as I waited to read whatever Wade was about to say. It was a relief that Wade continued to see Aech as his buddy, and accepted Helen for who she was. He didn’t reject her, or feel like she had been deceiving him. Helen briefly shares with Wade why she chose a white, male, heterosexual avatar. In short, she did that to avoid experiencing the discrimination that she would have had to put up with if she presented herself in the OASIS as an African-American lesbian. On the one hand, I think Aech made a good decision that seems to have worked out well for her. On the other… I feel so sad that, in 2040, African-American people, and people who are LGBT, are still facing discrimination in virtual (or online) spaces. Granted, Ready Player One is a dystopia, I get that. I just wish that readers could have learned more about Helen earlier in the story. There isn’t much time left after this “big reveal” before the main characters prepare for an epic battle. The end of the story, like the end of many video games, focuses on an gigantic, fantastic, fast-paced battle. I will leave readers to discover the details about that for themselves. All I will say is that I found it to be exciting, with some extremely unexpected strategic decisions utilized. Overall, I think that Ready Player One is worth reading, because some of the characters are absolutely wonderful. I enjoyed all the geek references to things I read, watched, or played in the 1980s. That being said, I hate that Wade is a stalker, and strongly disliked that this was being presented as a romantic situation. It makes my skin crawl. I adore both Art3mis and Aech, (and also Ogden) and would have liked to see some chapters from their viewpoint. By the time I was done, part of me wanted to rewrite the story and have Aech and Art3mis become best friends. Maybe they could become the next President and Vice-President of the OASIS User Council. This book review of Ready Player One – by Ernest Cline is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Heartless – by Matthew RossiMarch 25, 2018Book Reviews / fantasyHeartless is the second book in the Nameless series. You should read Nameless before you jump into Heartless. Nameless ended in a way that made it clear that the “big bad” is no longer a threat. That doesn’t mean all the damage is done, however. In many ways, this is a story of redemption and forgiveness. It is about building trust with family after bad things have happened. This was touched on at the end of Nameless, and builds in Heartless. The wonderful, individualistic, magic that was established in the first book continues to be part of the story. I love how imaginative the characters are in how they express their magical abilities. Rossi’s character’s are so vivid, and feel so real, that I find them fascinating even when they aren’t doing magic. There is a new “big bad” in this story, and he is terrifying! A ghost, driven by rage, is taking control of people’s bodies in an effort to destroy an ancient vampire who killed his family. He is being aided by a woman from Thomas’s past who is adept at a dark and disturbing form of magic. They are seeking the rebis – a being that is both male and female – to use as a power source during the battle against the vampire. The magical family of cousins are collectively trying to raise Bry, the youngest of them. Bry is a twelve-year-old transgender girl who is starting to show signs that her magical abilities will become very powerful. Her family loves her dearly, but they are young-adults, and some of them haven’t quite figured themselves out yet. Without giving away any spoilers, I will say that the effort made by Thomas and Thea to teach Bry about how to control some magic that she’s already doing (but wasn’t aware she was doing) is absolutely beautiful. In an instant, they make it crystal clear that they fully accept who she is – in a way that goes beyond words and could only happen with magic. An unexpected side effect of this magic is that Thomas and Thea discover that they might be a bit gender fluid. I think this was the tipping point that helped Bry to bond more strongly with her cousin Thomas. Bry can’t entirely remember what happened to her when she was younger, but knows it hurt Thomas in some way. The magic done to her was horrific, so it makes sense for her to have blocked it out. She’s beginning to remember little pieces, but not the whole story. This leads to an incredibly emotional conversation in which Thomas, Thea, Seri (who has become Bry’s “mom”), and Morgan (Bry’s brother who has become her “dad”), carefully and honestly tell Bry what happened. They answer all her questions, and many tears are shed. This brings all of them closer together, as intense situations tend to do. Both Seri and Morgan have a lot going on. They are learning how to trust each other – and feel compelled to work on that for Bry’s benefit. Morgan has started learning how to use magic. Seri remains mostly uncomfortable with it. Morgan is dating Mercy, who is a vampire. She’s got her own complicated “family” issues to deal with. The two are at the stage in a relationship where things are going well and they are trying to figure out what comes next. Their future together might, or might not, include Morgan becoming a vampire. Seri has fallen for someone she did not expect to be attracted to. The two of them become an adorable couple. They are sweet and gentle with each other – which provides an interesting contrast to the intensity of Thomas and Thea’s relationship. The story also includes some shapeshifters that are NOT werewolves (well, most of them aren’t). They are something else, and I’ve never read a story that included them before. There is an epic battle that includes zombies, mythical creatures, and something that is not a moon. And when all is said and done, those who believed themselves to be irredeemable find redemption. Some are forgiven for the terrible things they had done. Others work on redeeming themselves by actively choosing to stop harming people. One of the messages I took from Heartless is this: You are not defined by the bad things that people did to you. It is a message that offers hope, in a world where heartless people keep doing bad things to those who are vulnerable. This book review of Heartless – by Matthew Rossi is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Nameless – by Matthew RossiDecember 22, 2017Book Reviews / fantasyIn Nameless, Matthew Rossi created a detailed world where vampires exist and magic is real. Magic can be strengthened by either pain or pleasure – it’s the intensity that matters. Those who use magic can conjure up monsters or heroes from mythology (be it from Greek mythology or modern comic books) and send them into battle. I found myself wanting to escape into that world which, despite its dangers, seemed to hold more hope than this one. I mean, there’s a battle where Santa and his reindeer fight a giant, antlered, monster man. I love the idea that something as pure and good as Santa, as seen by small children, can effectively take down evil! This particular battle was one of several in the book, and each was so well written that I could almost see it, as though I was watching a movie. The book includes an ensemble cast of diverse characters, several of whom happen to be related to each other. I didn’t “count heads”, but it seemed to me that there was a fairly even mix of men and women in the book, with a balance of genders representing both good and evil. There is plenty of LGBT representation in this book, and its feels really natural. The characters are who they are. One of the main characters is Thea, who starts out living in her car. She meets Thomas at a party. The two form a strong bond with each other almost immediately. It makes sense for that to happen. Each of them is mourning the loss of their parents, and each has encountered their parent’s ghosts. Shared tragedy tends to draw people closer together, and their unusual situations match well enough. They certainly weren’t going to find anyone else to share that with. Matthew Rossi writes very vivid characters. He includes the color of their eyes, their current hair styles, patterns of thought, and personal interests. Thea and Thomas felt so real to me that I wanted to go hang out with them, have coffee, and swap ghost stories. All of Rossi’s characters felt detailed and real – but there was something about Thea and Thomas that made me love them right away. The story unfolds through twists and turns and I really don’t want to spoil any of that adventure in this book review. Instead, I’ll be vague. There are bad things happening that seem to target Thomas, Thea, and Thea’s cousins. They struggle to put all the pieces together – to find out who or what is causing this – and to figure out how to stop it. Magic, in this world, is a “learn as you go” kind of a thing. This isn’t the Harry Potter series where you must learn specific words, and wave a wand a certain way, in order to cast a spell. It’s not Dungeons & Dragons where magic users must spend hours studying and memorizing standard spells. Instead, magic is something that is as individuated as a person’s voice, and it can vary based on the song. The “big bad” in the book is both terrifying and fascinating. She does some absolutely horrific and disgusting things to innocent people. It would have been easy to make her a “cookie-cutter” character that represents evil. But, Rossi gives the reader more than that. The “big bad” has a backstory that puts things into context without excusing the evil deeds the “big bad” has done. I absolutely loved Nameless. It was thrilling, and scary, and passionate, and undoubtedly one of the most exciting books that I have read. The story, and the characters, provided me with a wonderful escape from reality. Nameless is the first book in a trilogy – so there is more of this world to explore after you finish this book. This book review of Nameless- by Matthew Rossi is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... The Girls of Atomic City – by Denise KiernanDecember 21, 2017Book Reviews / non fictionThe history classes you took in school undoubtedly covered at least some portion of World War II. It is unlikely that your history textbooks included information about the incredibly important work that women were doing. The full title of this book is The Girls of Atomic City: The Untold Story of The Women Who Helped Win World War II. It was written by Denise Kiernan. Obviously, this book is non-fiction. It includes a narrative that was based on the interviews that Denise Kiernan did with several women who worked in Oak Ridge, Tennessee – a town that officially did not exist – at the Clinton Engineer Works – which also did not officially exist. Secrecy was vitally important because those who were hired were actually working on the atomic bomb. None of them knew this was what they were doing until after the bomb had been dropped. The majority of people who worked there were women, several of whom were young and unmarried. The women who had the opportunity to work at the Clinton Engineer Works were told almost nothing about it. They didn’t know where they were going to travel to, other than it was in the United States. They weren’t told what kind of work they would be doing. Some were given a vague estimate of how long the job might last. Imagine being a young woman in the 1930s who has to get on a train in order to travel to the location of her new job. You don’t know how long you will be on the train, or where it will take you. No one can come with you. All you have is a suitcase and perhaps a small amount of money. You are told that everything will be taken care of. You are wearing your best dress and brand new shoes. When you arrive, you discover that the Clinton Engineering Works has no sidewalks, and one or both of your shoes are sucked into the mud before you know it. If you’re lucky, and among the first to arrive, there might be a dorm room waiting for you – which you have to share with another young, unmarried, woman. Those who arrived later ended up on a waiting list and could find themselves living in temporary shelter while more dorms were being built. The Clinton Engineer Works was, of course, run by the United States military. As such, there were some military men who worked there. It wasn’t unheard of for the young, unmarried, women to find a soldier to date (and potentially marry). Oak Ridge grew quickly, but not fast enough to keep up with the constant influx of new-hires. Eventually, there was a movie theater, a store, and other types of recreation set up to alleviate the stress and boredom of the people who worked there. (It also appeared to help reduce the depression that many workers were experiencing.) Family homes were built, one after the other, all of them the same. They were built with a newly discovered material that was a mix of concrete and asbestos. If I remember correctly, most if not all of these homes were offered to married soldiers. It didn’t take long after newlyweds moved into one of those homes for a pregnancy to occur. While some women were thrilled to quit their jobs and stay home cooking and cleaning, others found themselves feeling bored and isolated without co-workers to socialize with. The Clinton Engineering Works was segregated. White families, who were not eligible to live in one of the newly built homes, were able to live in what was either a trailer or a mobile home. Unmarried white women, who arrived alone, eventually ended up in an all-female dorm. There were cafeterias in place that were open at all hours to accommodate the shift workers. Black people who came to work at the Clinton Engineering Works did not fare as well. There was one area for black people to live in. There were no dorms, and no cafeterias. People were housed in small huts with three or more people of the same gender. One of the women whose story was recorded by Denise Kiernan was named Kattie Strickland. She and her husband came to Oak Ridge to work as janitors. They weren’t allowed to live in the same structure because the black workers were not only segregated from the white workers, but were also segregated by gender – even if they were married! The book juxtaposes chapters that describe the working and social life of the woman at Oak Ridge with chapters about what the scientists were working on at other locations. You might have been taught the names of some of the male scientists who took part in developing or creating the atomic bomb. There were women scientists, too, but you might not know their names, in part because some had their work stolen from them and their names essentially erased. One of the things I found fascinating about this was the level of secrecy that everyone was able to maintain. People who worked at the Clinton Engineer Works, or anywhere in Oak Ridge, were not allowed to write home about what they were doing. Some learned that their letters had arrived to their loved ones only after having parts redacted. No one was allowed into the area unless they had the proper badge and reporters were rarely allowed in. This would never work today, where everyone has a cell phone, Google Streetview has created very clear maps of nearly everywhere, and the internet spreads even the most unbelievable rumors like wildfire. The whole narrative builds up to the day the atomic bomb was dropped. Suddenly, everyone who was doing mysterious jobs at Clinton Engineering Works became aware that what they were really doing was helping to build the bomb. Many people who came to Oak Ridge did so because they were told their work could help end the war. Most of them had a loved one who was fighting in that war, and that they wanted to come home as quickly as possible. They went from feeling good about helping bring their soldier back home – to feeling all kinds of emotions about having unintentionally built the atomic bomb. The scientists also had mixed feelings about what they had created. I found this book to be fascinating. Denise Kiernan did a wonderful job of weaving the stories of the women she interviewed into a narrative that makes you feel like you are right there with them. This book will interest people who are history buffs, who want to learn more about how the atomic bomb got built, or who enjoy learning about day-to-day lives of “The Girls of Atomic City”. This book review of The Girls of Atomic City – by Denise Kiernan is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... World of WarcraftWorld of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth – Alliance SideJune 9, 2018World of Warcraft / World of Warcraft BetasAfter completing the Battle for Lordaeron (and several of the quests that followed) on the Horde side of the World of Warcraft: – Battle for Azeroth Beta, I decided it was time to see what the Alliance side of that battle was like. This required me to roll a new character (which will disappear when the Beta ends). I chose to play a Dark Iron Dwarf, which is an Alliance Allied Race. Thelgarn (whose name came from a random Dwarf name generator I found online) is a Warrior. This blog contains screenshots, Twitch videos, and commentary about the Alliance side of the Battle for Azeroth Beta. There are some spoilers ahead. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Battle of Lordaeron Alliance Side from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Here is an example of the strange, red lines that I mentioned in the video. I found them disturbing, but cannot fully explain why. They just felt wrong. I kept getting distracted by these red lines hovering over the landscape while I was playing through the Battle for Lordaeron. It is pretty obvious that those lines are not supposed to be here. I’ve reported it as a bug, and figure that other players have, too. Hopefully, these bizarre red lines will be removed before this expansion launches. High Overlord Saurfang is somewhere in the middle of that mob. I’ll leave you to watch the video above to see what happens with him. Without giving too much away, I will say that part of his story continues for Horde players. Saurfang pops up in the Stormwind Stockade, and has something to say. As far as I can tell, only Horde players will get that part of the story (because it comes up during a series of quests that follow the Battle for Lordaeron on the Horde side). Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Kul Tiras from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv This lovely mount is called a Swift Red Gryphon. I had one of these on my Horde character during the Battle for Azeroth beta. This mount flies in Stormwind, but would not fly in some of the new areas of the Horde side. This does not surprise me. I figure there are probably new flying skills to purchase before characters can fly in new Battle for Azeroth zones. Shortly after this point in the Beta, I decided to try and get to Silithus so I could work on some quests that required me to travel to that zone. The flight master could not send me there – because I was on the wrong continent. So, I flew across Stormwind, got on a boat – and discovered a bug. Later, I learned that I had selected the wrong boat. Thelgarn the Warrior ended up in Kul Tiras – which clearly was not the right place. It wasn’t even the right continent. He quickly found some dinner, and then started exploring. I’d already been through some of this when during the Battle for Azeroth Alpha. New things had been added since then. Eventually, Thelgarn decided he had enough of Kul Tiras. He tried to find the boat that brought him here, but it left before he could get on. This gave him some time to look all official by sitting at this desk. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Killing Goblins for Mysterious Ore from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In this video, after waiting around for a boat that was taking a long time to arrive, Thelgarn remembered he could just hearth back to Stormwind and start over. A group of players was fighting a Target Dummy, who appears to be throwing Rubik’s Cubes. I’m guessing that the cube is a temporary stand in for something else that, for whatever reason, was not added to the Battle for Azeroth Beta. It turned out that Thelgarn was supposed to take this portal to Darnassus. I assumed that the boat all the way at the end of the row was the one that went to Kalimdor. It appears that is not so in the Battle for Azeroth Beta. Thelgarn ended up standing on a rock near the shoreline, which felt kind of random. But, I guess a portal can be set to pretty much anywhere in Azeroth. So… whatever. My biggest frustration with the Alliance side of the Battle for Azeroth is that the quest chains do not flow. Start in Stormwind – queue for Battle for Lorderon. Hang around until it suddenly becomes your turn to participate. Finish the battle, and end up back in Stormwind. Find a quest giver (or two) who want you to go to Silithus. But, before you can do that, you are supposed to speak with King Anduin. This involves watching a cinematic of the King giving a speech and talking with two (important) NPCs while the player…. waits and watches. I had some confusion about how to get to Kalimdor, but that could be my own fault. It is reasonable to assume that players would just understand that they were supposed to use the portal. Arrive in Darnassas, standing on a rock. Take what feels like a very long flight from the nearest Flight Trainer to Silithus. This is kind of a fuzzy screenshot, in part because my character was in flight, and also because the whole area is a strange, pink, tone. The disturbing red line in the sky is back. I reported it as a bug. I’ve no idea why I see these red lines on the Alliance side, but didn’t see any of them on the Horde side. The red lines in the air became purple lines in the air somewhere around Ashenvale. Pick up a few more quests in Silitus. Complete some, turn them in, get a few more. One of the quests involves killing goblins to obtain Mysterious Ore, and another asks the player to put explosives on some Shredders. These quests were fun, and fairly easy to do. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Meeting Magni from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Oh, wait! I was supposed to speak with Magni who just so happens to be on the other side of the same area I’m working on quests in. Speak with Magni, and you take a … I’m gonna call it a “waypoint”… to somewhere. Once there, you watch a cinematic that explains how Azeroth got wounded. To me, it felt like players must do this to complete that part of a quest. Talk to Magni, do a little quest, and get the super important amulet. Magni says to take the … waypoint… back. I assume this means back outside this special chamber. But, no. Thelgarn suddenly found himself back in Stormwind, with a quest to go see King Anduin. I had two quests in Silithus that I hadn’t started yet, and will now have to take the long flight back out there in order to complete them. It just doesn’t flow. This is disappointing because the Horde side of the Battle for Azeroth Beta flows really well. Obviously, things can change between now, and when the Battle for Azeroth expansion is released. I’m doing my part and reporting all the bugs that I find in the Beta (as I did in the Alpha). Overall, I think I will enjoy this new expansion, but might be focusing on my Horde characters a bit more than my Alliance ones for the Battle for Azeroth content. World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth – Alliance Side is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Beta – Plenty of DinosaursMay 18, 2018World of Warcraft / World of Warcraft BetasAfter Garhwa, my Highmountain Tauren Hunter, completed the Battle for Lordaeron in the World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Beta, I decided to continue exploring. The next set of quests Garhwa picked up were in a brand new area that had plenty of dinosaurs. This blog includes screenshots, Twitch videos, and commentary about my experience in the Battle for Azeroth beta. There are probably some spoilers here! Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Little Green Dinosaurs from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, Garhwa (my Highmountain Tauren) is working on a quest that was given to him by King Rastakhan. The goal is to meet Zul the Prophet in Tal’Gurub. I kind of got sidetracked along the way – but eventually finished it. A person who is new to me popped into my Twitch chat and kept me company. It was fun to have someone to talk about the Battle for Azeroth beta content with. The result was a more informative video than I might have ended up with if I was all by myself. There are a lot of dinosaurs in this area of the game, and some really decorative NPCs (non-player characters). I like the overall style and color palette here. Trained Pterrordax Royal Guardian Another Trained Pterrordax The quests I was working on emphasizes the animosity between one group (who follows one Loa) and another group (who follows a different one). Pairs of two very angry opposing religious groups stand around and yell at each other. This tiny green dinosaur is a Thieving Snapper. There are plenty of them in The Zocalo. I picked up a quest that required me to kill off a certain number of them. Cute little “pests”! That quest went well, but ended with something unexpected (and possibly glitched). Here is a Spear vendor named Bri’ tani. Say it out loud: Bri’tani Spears. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Amusing the giant bird Loa from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I picked up a quest that involved throwing totems on the ground as a Pterrordax flies me (and an NPC) around an area. It took me a while to understand not only that I should be clicking a button and throwing totems, but also to throw those totems in the right place. When I watched the video, it became very clear that I was supposed to throw the totems into the little shiny areas on the road as we flew by. For whatever reason, this was not obvious to me at the time I was doing the quest. I suspect it may have been confusing because I was playing while tired. The best part about that quest is that players get an opportunity to take a look at the roads, waterfalls, flora and fauna of the area. This led to a quest where the player has to shoo away small, flying dinosaurs. Absolutely adorable! I’ll leave you to watch the video to see what happened after that. Guardian of the Rites Sometime after Garhwa the Highmountain Tauren fought some Guardians, he had to make a choice. Two NPCs, of opposing religions, offered him their Loa. A player can only take one – but it looks like there is an option to change it later. Pick one – and make one NPC happy while disappointing the other one. I picked the bird. Anyone who knows me well can likely figure out why I made that choice. Pa’Ku Pa’Ku’s statue I earned The Zanchuli Council Achievement. I think it is for completing enough quests in the Zanchuli quest chain. This Achievement won’t carry over into the “live” game. What happens in the Beta stays in the Beta. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Scrap-O-Matic 1000, Professions, and Lil’ Tika from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv The machine in the screenshot above is called the Scrap-O-Matic 1000. It can break down weapons or armor of good quality or higher into raw materials. Myxle Gutwrench teaches players how to use it. He gave Garhwa a pair of tattered pants. Garhwa put the Tattered Pants into the machine, and got some scrapped cloth. It seems like it gives players back some of the materials that they used to make an item. I’m guessing that it might also break found weapons and armor into their raw materials. If so, this would give players something to do with stuff they don’t need (or can’t use) other than sell it to a vendor. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – ChuChu, Zul the Prophet, and moody dinosaurs from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I brought Lil Tika, an adorable dinosaur baby, to her Master – who, unfortunately, turned out to be dead. The villagers have been massacred by an invasion of snake-like humanoids. Two Sethrak Invaders appear after the player finds Lil Tika’s Master. One of the invaders says: “Our empire’s dawn is your extinction!” The phrasing makes me very uncomfortable. Maybe that was the intent of the game designers. This is an elite monster. It is a Warcralller…something (I can’t quite figure out what the other part of it’s name is). I found this thing because it was marked by a yellow star on the map. This elite wasn’t very difficult to kill. Unfortunately, when my Hunter tried to tame it – the game said “Creature not tamable.” This huge dinosaur is called Old T’Zoko. That’s all I know about this fancy dinosaur. ChuChu is an adorable Tortollan child who is hanging around with a Troll child. They are considering jumping off this platform and into the water below. I think that’s not gonna end well. Blind Tra’wala is an NPC that says something when the player clicks on her. She doesn’t have any quests to give out (at least, not at the moment). I wonder what her story is. The Demon Hunters in World of Warcraft wear blindfolds, but she doesn’t appear to be that class. Towards the end of the video above, Garhwa the Hunter started working on a series of quests that might help two huge white dinosaurs to breed. They are the last of their kind. This series of quests appear to be a side quest. I was supposed to be working on a quest with Zul the Prophet. At this point in the Battle for Azeroth Beta I decided to take the time to switch from Horde to Alliance. My Highmountain Tauren completed the Battle for Lordaeron (and the quests that followed it) on the Horde side. I wanted to see what the Battle for Lordaeron was like on the Alliance side. If there is time, I will try and return to Garhwa and continue his adventure in the World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Beta. The zone he is in, and the quests he is working through are fun and I’d like to see how things go. World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Beta – Plenty of Dinosaurs is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth BetaApril 29, 2018World of Warcraft / World of Warcraft BetasI was fortunate enough to have been invited to the World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Alpha. Shortly before the Alpha ended, I got an email with the lovely image that I put at the top of this blog. My best guess is that everyone who participated in the Alpha was automatically included in the Beta. In this blog, I have screenshots, Twitch videos, and commentary about my thoughts and experiences in the World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Beta. I’ve no idea how long the Beta will last, so I will try and make the most of it. In the Alpha, I played a female Void Elf Warlock (an Alliance Allied Race). For the Beta, I decided to go Horde. Garhwa is Highmountain Tauren Hunter. His name came from the random name generator. Watch World of Warcraft – Battle for Azeroth Beta – The battle begins! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Killing a Druid of the Claw in Undercity Canals – with a bunch of other Horde players In this screenshot, my Highmountain Tauren is supposed to be Defending the Azerite War Machine. This part of the battle was super fun and reminded me of the Invasion events right before the Legion expansion was released. We are all working together on the same thing at the same time – and there were tons of players involved! The Highmountain Tauren following my character is named “Betayay”. Gotta love the names people give characters in Betas! While the battle was going on, I realized that all of the player characters involved were Horde. We were not fighting players who were Alliance, though. We were fighting NPCs (non-player characters). This surprised me. I was expecting that the Battle for Azeroth expansion would force Alliance players and Horde players to fight each other in the significant battles. Then again, if Blizzard set it up that way – it might shift the outcome. As this battle went on, it seemed to me that Blizzard intended there to be a storyline that concluded in a pre-determined way. So, it’s a bit scripted, but still incredibly fun! The skeletons are going into battle – and I am suddenly reminded of Army of Darkness. I found a “bug”! The two Forsaken Blight Throwers in front of Garhwa have merged into one. That’s not right! In this part of the battle, we are fighting against High Tinker Mekkatorque’s flamethrower machines. All of the important NPC’s have things to say – and I could hear some of them (but not all of them). The text appears and seems to match with the vocals. Lor’Themar Theron: The void elves… those traitors must be dealt with! When the Allied Races were first announced, it seemed to me that the Void Elves looked like Horde characters. But, they were on the side of the Alliance. The comment from Lor’Themar Theron indicates that the Void Elves started out on the side of the Horde, and then switched. I would like to hear more about how, and why, that happened. Part of the battle involved fighting Alleria Windrunner, Anduin Wrynn and Genn Greymane. As you can see, Alleria was down to about half of her health. The other two took no damage at all. Nathanos Blightcaller – Champion of the Banshee Queen High Overlord Saurfang has a double. That’s definitely a “bug”! Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – fighting demons from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv See that little glowing thing on the table? That’s the bottle that Nathanos Blighcaller wanted the “team” to pick up. I couldn’t see it at first because of all the other players who were surrounding the table. I had something similar happen in the Legion beta where a bunch of players were gathering to complete a quest that involved clicking on an object. It wasn’t a “bug”. I followed Nathanos and some NPCs out of the building – and then they all disappeared. This left me completely confused about where to go to finish the quest. The Swift Red Wind Rider mount looks awesome! I found Gregg (of Gregg’s Big Rocks) outside of Orgrimmar. He’s a simple guy who seems genuine about wanting to join the Horde. This was the point where I got lost, although I didn’t realize it at the time. I think the quest I picked up outside of Orgrimmar was supposed to connect with a Legion thing that I ended up getting stuck in. One of the NPCs mentioned something about the Broken Shore – which should have been a clue (but I completely missed it). Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Stormwind Extraction from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I managed to figure out where I needed to go to complete the Stormwind Extraction quest. Shortly after putting myself on the right path – the game crashed. After re-launching the World of Warcraft Beta, it looked like my Highmountain Tauren ended up in Stormwind after all. Once things got moving, it was pretty fun. Blizzard has decided to present narrative to the player by way of dialogue said by NPCs. It all appears in text “speech bubbles” over the character’s heads – which is fine, if you can keep up with them. Some of the NPCs have audio relaying their speech, but not all of them do. I figure the live Battle for Azeroth will have full audio dialogue. I found an interesting NPC in the Stormwind Stockade. There’s a woman in a cage with a Hogger costume sitting outside the cage. This is based on a real person – Laura Mercer – who won the BlizzCon 2017 Costume Contest as Hogger. It was fun to run through the Stormwind Stockade as a Horde character. It wasn’t until much later that I realized the the NPCs and I were on a “save the princess” quest. Not sure what I think about that, especially considering that I’m probably missing some storyline. The battle on the boat during the final state of the Stormwind Extraction quest was a bit confusing. I wanted to fight the mob that was trying to to get on the boat. But, my NPC party disappeared. Eventually, I figured out that I wasn’t supposed to fight the mob – I was supposed to talk to the Princess on the boat. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Beta – Welcome to Zuldazar from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In this part of the game, Blizzard decided to convey narrative to the player by having the important NPCs provide it. As an example, in the above screenshot, my Highmountain Tauren is flying through Zuldazar with Princess Talanji – who is telling my character about her father, the King. I like that Blizzard is doing this. It allows a player who has very little idea of the storyline or lore of this area to learn about it while playing the game. Players don’t have to leave the game to find the missing pieces of a story. On the other hand, I cannot help but wonder what this does for re-playability. The first time through is informative and interesting. Would a person who takes 10 alts through this content get very bored with it? Garhwa, my Highmountain Tauren, meets King Rastakahn. This takes place during a cinematic where the players character appears right next to the very important NPC. There is a moment when I wasn’t entirely certain if King Rastakahn would talk to Garhwa… or throw him off the building! The player character gets the title Speaker of the Horde. Click on the banner, and it turns into a Horde banner. Several Horde characters fly in and walk into the palace. Later, I noticed that Horde NPCs with the title “ambassador” had arrived. Here are some of the very fancy dressed NPCs that players encounter in this area: King Rastakahn, Chief Telemancer Oculeth, Princess Talanji, and Natal’hakata – Voice of the King. After speaking with Chronicler To’kini – Inscription Supplies – Magni Bronzebeard suddenly appears! I’ll leave you to watch the video above to see what happened next. Without giving away too many spoilers, I will say that part of what happens next gives the player character the Heart of Azeroth amulet. In the Alpha, my Void Elf (Alliance) already was wearing one of those – right from the start. The Heart of Azeroth is a significant item. Welcome to Zandalar: Complete the introduction quests to Zandalar. Garhwa the Highmountain Tauren has completed all of the introduction quests here, and earned an Achievement. Obviously, this Achievement will only last as long as the Beta does. Things done in a beta do not count in the “live” game. Next, Garhwa must choose from one of three plans. I assume that players will need to complete all plans. I picked the one that requires a player to earn the trust of King Rastakhan. World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Beta is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth AlphaApril 25, 2018World of Warcraft / World of Warcraft BetasI was fortunate enough to get into the World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Alpha. After thinking about it, I decided to roll a Void Elf and make her a Warlock. The Void Elf is one of the Allied Races. The best thing about Alphas is the amusing “bugs” that players can find. The goal is to find and report all the bugs so they don’t make it into the final version of the game. I play World of Warcraft on a Mac. My first few attempts at playing the Battle for Azeroth Alpha resulted in failure. It was possible to select a race, class, and gender. When I hit “customize”… the game promptly crashed. Since I couldn’t report that bug in-game, I went to the Forums. Several other players, who also use Macs, had reported this bug, and I added my comments to theirs. The bug got fixed, and I was able to customize my Void Elf. Ready to play! The game started me off with this lovely demon minion, so I tested that one first. Not all of the Battle for Azeroth Alpha videos I recorded while streaming on Twitch were good. A few got recorded while I had my sound settings messed up, and this made them unwatchable. One of the first quests I picked up involved going into a mine. The NPC (non-player character) in charge of the mine berated Gendrendia because she wasn’t wearing a mining helmet. The next thing I knew… she was wearing one. Here are some of the videos that worked. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Aggressive Deer from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I repeatedly encountered some very aggressive deer. They rush over to pick a fight with a player. I also reported some bugs (which is the whole point of playing an Alpha). Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Stuck in Combat from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I found a significant bug. After fighting and killing some enemies, the game kept me in combat. I was stuck in combat after that, and could not heal by eating food. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Skinner McGuff and Stabby Jane from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I found some NPC’s with interesting names. One was Skinner McGuff that wanted me to collect poison for him (by killing a certain number of bugs and dinosaurs that ate the bugs). He’s a sketchy guy, and I wonder if players will encounter him again sometime. The other was a Castaway named Stabby Jane. She sends players on several quests, one of which requires the player to find items that three Castaways have lost. She is missing a locket. When I found the locket, the description said it contained a photo of Stabby Jane and another woman. We don’t get a clear answer of who the woman is. Could she be Stabby Jane’s sister? Or, is the woman Stabby Jane’s wife. Players are left to decide that for themselves. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Amusing bugs and a Creepy Child from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv There were plenty of bugs to report this time! My game crashed twice, and I had to close it and start again. A glitch caused my Warlock to rise from the ground in a way looked horribly unnatural. I quickly discovered that my character could turn, but could not walk. Once again, I restarted the game. The birds are still glowing after death, but fail to open a loot window. My character got stuck in a position as if she was trying to loot something. I could make her walk, but the instant she stopped – she went back into a looting crouch. These are just a few of the strange bugs I found this time. There is a quest chain that involves an extremely creepy child, who wants to have a tea party. I’ll leave you to watch the video to get a clearer idea of why I think the kid is creepy. Watch World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Gorehorn and Nevermore from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv The first thing I noticed after logging in this time was that my minion was now blue. Up until this point, this minion was a white and light purple color (as seen in the videos I posted earlier in this blog post). I wasn’t sure what to do next, so I wandered through a graveyard and randomly killed things. My best guess is that there are quests connected to that area – which I haven’t picked up yet. I decided to go hunt two of the creatures that showed up on the map with a star – Gorehound and Nevermore. There were also Treasure Chests appearing on the map. Of course, I wanted to go find them. Watch World of Warcraft – Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Rescuing rangers and fighting skeletons from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I picked up a quest that involved going into an area and rescuing Rangers and their pets. Interestingly, it didn’t seem to matter which ones I rescued. The pets were separate from the Rangers, and the game did not require me to match them up. The quest area overlapped with a few other quests and a Bonus Objective that required me to kill skeletons (and other creatures). I love fighting skeletons! When that was done, I randomly stumbled upon an area that was overrun with Quillrats and their Matriarch. Not much happened after I killed the “big bad”, so I think there must have been a quest for this (which I had not picked up yet). Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – None of those are spices! from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I found a bug – a boat went directly through a rock. I wandered around the market area of a town I’d never been to. The spice vendor sells a lot of interesting things, but none of them are spices. Eventually, I went back to where the Castaways were at so I could turn in a quest. It turned out there were other quests in that area that I failed to pick up – because the game had a weird bug and I didn’t end up on the coast where I was supposed to be. One quest involved killing the Sirens that were luring sailors to their death. The Sirens don’t seem to care if the sailors are male or female. Anyone will do. This quest led me to where the NPC I came here with ended up. I think this area was where I was supposed to start. I ended up fighting a rare spawn called Fowlmouth – a huge parrot (that insults the player’s mother). Later, I picked up an escort quest that involved following around my drunken NPC friend Flynn. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Alcohol and Malfunctioning Cannons from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I completed a few quests in the pirate town. The pirates like their alcohol! I found a “bug” that resulted in a malfunctioning cannon. In the video below, my character (and her NPC friend, Flynn) join the pirates. Sort of. Both of them have to wear purple pirate hats. Gendrendia the Warlock doesn’t like her hat. Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – A pirate’s life for me from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Gendrendia the Warlock doesn’t like her hat. I didn’t know it at the time, but the video below would be my last one from the World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha. It was time for the Beta to begin! Watch World of Warcraft Battle for Azeroth Alpha – Searching for Treasure and Feeding Pretties from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I worked on a quest that required me to find clues about a stolen treasure. It seems like a very fitting quest to come from a town full of pirates. Another quest had me searching for an NPC named Rodrigo – who wanted me to feed his “pretties”. Rodrigo is my favorite character in that town! World of Warcraft: Battle for Azeroth Alpha is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Lunar Festival Elders in Eastern KingdomsMarch 9, 2018Holiday Events / World of WarcraftShortly before the 2018 Lunar Festival started in World of Warcraft, I learned how to stream video games on Twitch. I decided it would be fun to make short videos about where to find the Elders. Watch Grayn the Rogue sets off Lunar Fest Fireworks and honors Elder Bronzebeard from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Bronzebeard is located inside Ironforge. This video includes lots of fireworks! Watch World of Warcraft Lunar Festival – Elder Goldwell from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Goldwell is located in Kharanos. Watch Grayn honors Elder Hammershout during World of Warcraft Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Hammershout is located outside of Stormwind. Watch Grayn honors Elder Stormbrow in World of Warcraft Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Stormbrow is located in Goldshire. Watch Grayn honored Elder Skychaser in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Skychaser is located in Westfall. Watch Grayn honors Elder Highpeak during World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Highpeak is located in The Hinterlands. Watch Grayn honors Elder Rumblerock in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Rumblerock is located in Burning Steppes. Watch Grayn honors Elder Silvervein in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Silvervein is located in Thelsamar. Watch Grayn honors Elder Bellowrage in World of Warcraft Lunar Fest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Bellowrage is located in Blasted Lands. Watch Grayn honors Elder Snowcrown during World of Warcraft Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Snowcrown is located in Light’s Hope Chapel. Watch Grayn honors Elder Moonstrike during World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Moonstrike is located in Scholomance (but not in the dungeon part). Watch Grayn honors Elder Meadowrun in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Meadowrun is located in Western Plaguelands (inside a cave). Watch Grayn honors Elder Windrun in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Windrun is in the Eastern Plaguelands. Watch Grayn honors Elder Dawnstrider in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Dawnstrider is in Flamecrest. Watch Grayn honors Elder Graveborn in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Graveborn is in Brill. Watch Grayn honors Elder Starglade in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Starglade is in Zul’Gurub (but not in the dungeon part). Watch Grayn honors Elder Ironband in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Festival. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Ironband is outside of Blackchar Cave in Searing Gorge. Watch Grayn honors Elder Obsidian in World of Warcraft’s Lunar Fest. from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Elder Obsidian is in The Sepulcher. This video shows my alt (Grayn the Rogue) earning the Elders of Eastern Kingdoms Achievement.... Out of Spoons (Chronic Illness)Fire SeasonJune 21, 2018Out of Spoons / Spoonie Poetry and ProseThe inspiration for this poem was a “prescribed burn” that was close enough to my home for the smoke to blow in the windows and set off my allergies. (Photo from Pixabay.) Sudden allergic reaction Strong smell of smoke outside Closed windows quickly Eyes itching, throat burning Local fire department is doing a “prescribed burn” Goal is to burn dead, dry, vegetation Now Under watchful eye of firefighters To prevent massive fire later I get it. I do. Last year’s fire season was bad But, why does making things safer for others Have to cause me such agony? Another day lost to allergy medications Fire Season is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... A Timeline of the GOP’s Attempts to Destroy ObamacareJune 10, 2018health insurance / Out of SpoonsObamacare is the name most frequently used to refer to President Barack Obama’s signature piece of health care legislation. That’s not the actual name off the health care law, though. The phrase “Obama-care” was first used by lobbyist Jeanne Schultz Scott in the trade journal Healthcare Financial Management in March 2007. The name of the law is the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. (PPACA). It is often shortened to Affordable Care Act (ACA). People also call the health care law Obamacare, and it is also sometimes spelled as ObamaCare. On March 3, 2016, The New York Times reported that President Obama said that enrollment in health coverage under the Affordable Care Act had reached a new high – 20 million people. That figure includes people who have received private health insurance on the exchanges, those who gained Medicaid coverage under state expansions, and young adults who were able to stay on their parents’ health plans until age 26. Here is what happened to Obamacare after President Trump took office on January 20, 2017, with a Republican majority in both the U.S. Senate and in the U.S. House of Representatives. Before I start this timeline of the GOP attempting to destroy Obamacare, I want to go back to The New York Times article (linked above). The article was talking about a speech given by President Barack Obama in Milwaukee. He said: Congressional Republicans have tried and failed to repeal Obamacare about 60 times. They have told you what they would replace it with zero times. If they got their way, 20 million people would have their health insurance taken away from them. Twenty million people!” As I worked on putting this blog together, I realized that the GOP’s interest in taking away access to affordable health care spanned farther than Obamacare. They were also making efforts rip away funding for women’s health care, children’s health care, healthcare for people who are LBGT, and even the health care program for miners who have black lung. January 20, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Trump Issues Executive Order Scaling Back Parts of Obamacare”. It was written by Julie Hershfeld Davis and Robert Pear. From the article: In his first executive order, President Trump on Friday directed government agencies to scale back as many aspects of the Affordable Care Act as possible, moving within hours of being sworn in to fulfill his pledge to eviscerate Barack Obama’s signature health care law. The one-page order, which Mr. Trump signed in a hastily arranged Oval Office ceremony shortly before departing for the inaugural balls, gave no specifics about which aspects of the law it was targeting. But its broad language gave federal agencies wide latitude to change, delay or waive provisions of the law that they deemed overly costly for insurers, drug makers, doctors, patients or states, suggesting that it could have wide-ranging impact, and essentially allowing the dismantling of the law to begin even before Congress moves to repeal it… …”In the meantime,” the order said, “pending such repeal, it is imperative for the executive branch to ensure that the law is being efficiently implemented, take all actions consistent with law to minimize the unwarranted economic and regulatory burdens of the act, and prepare to afford the states more flexibility and control to create a more free and open health care market.”… …Using the phrase “to the maximum extent permitted by law,” the order directs federal agencies to move decisively to implement changes, including granting flexibility that insurers and states had long implored the Obama administration to provide. It also instructs them to work to create a system that allows the sale of health insurance across state lines, which Republicans have long proposed as the centerpiece of an alternative to the law. The order does not direct the Department of Health and Human Services to ease any particular aspect of the 2010 law, but it could result in a substantial weakening of one of its central features: the so-called “individual mandate” that requires most Americans to have health insurance or pay a tax penalty… February 14, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Obamacare continues to fail. Humana to pull out in 2018. Will repeal, replace & save healthcare for ALL Americans”. The tweet included a link to the following article from The Hill. February 14, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “Humana to drop out of ObamaCare at end of 2017”. It was written by Jessie Hellmann. From the article: Health Insurance company Humana announced Tuesday that it would leave ObamaCare market in 2018. The insurer said it would offer plans through 2017, but that the market has not stabilized enough to participate next year. Humana said it was losing money from taking on too many sick people without enough healthy people to balance the pools. The decision came after Humana scaled back participation and raised premiums, among other changes… …Humana scaled back its exchange participation to 11 states and 156 counties in 2017, down from 1,351 counties in 19 states the previous year. The withdrawal will have a big impact in Tennessee, where it is the only exchange insurer in several counties. Humana is also one of only two insurers in dozens of counties in states like Mississippi and Georgia. The move comes as other insurers worry about the looming ObamaCare repeal push in Congress… March 9, 2017: GovTrack provided information about The American Health Care Act of 2017 (AHCA). From the information: …On March 9, 2017, the text of the AHCA was first made available. It was a comprehensive plan that repealed major parts of the ACA, including the Medicaid expansion and many taxes, but also kept major parts of the ACA intact, such as the exchanges… GovTrack provided a summary of the AHCA as of March 9: What would stay the same: The AHCA would keep the ACA’s requirement that dependents can stay “on their parent’s plan until they are 26.” The exchanges (aka marketplaces) run by the federal government and states, which listed individual and small business health insurance plans, would continue under the ACA. The ACHA would also continue to provide subsidies for premiums that are based on income, although the formula would be completely different and the subsidy would likely be much less for young, low-income Americans. The AHCA would keep some Medicaid benefits for those that enroll prior to 2020. The AHCA would keep the restriction that subsidies can’t pay for health insurance that covers abortion. Changes to the individual mandate: The AHCA even includes a penalty for individuals who don’t get coverage, referred to as the “individual mandate” in the ACA. While the ACA imposes a roughly $700 per year penalty for not holding health insurance, the AHCA would instead impose a surcharge of up to 30% the next time you get insurance after a lapse in coverage. Depending on your premiums and how long you go without insurance, the ACHA’s penalty could be more or less than the ACA’s current penalty. In many cases, it might be about the same. What would be expanded: Contribution limits to Health Savings Accounts (HSAs) would be increased to encourage their use. With HSAs, you can put aside some of your income for medical expenses, and not pay taxes on it. Under the AHA, federal subsidies for paying premiums could be used to pay for insurance both from and not from the exchanges. Some parts of the ACA would end: Medicaid: The ACA expanded Medicaid eligibility in 32 states that opted in to it. The AHCA would reverse the eligibility expansion beginning in 2020 (anyone enrolled by then would remain enrolled), and it would reduce federal support for Medicaid with caps on coverage. The ACA expanded required benefits under Medicaid, such as mental health and addiction services, which would no longer be required. Covered through an employer: Fines would be eliminated for large employers that don’t provide health plans. Small business tax credits would end in 2020. Covered through an individual plan: The ACA limited what health insurance providers could charge in premiums. Under the AHCA, those limits would be adjusted so that younger people might see lower premiums and older people much higher premiums. The ACA’s complex cost-sharing provisions that lowered costs for some low-income Americans would be eliminated. The ACA’s awkward bronze/silver/platinum level would go away. Other changes: A long list of taxes created by the ACA to pay for its subsidies would be eliminated, but some new taxes will be added, such as a new tax on the value of health insurance provided by an employer. Parts of last year’s last-minute bipartisan 21st Century Cures Act would be defunded. “Defunding” Planned Parenthood: The AHCA would prohibit federal funding from going to Planned Parenthood, mostly through Medicaid, for one year. This would pause federal reimbursements for Planned Parenthood’s reproductive health, maternal health, and child health services — but not its abortion services because federal funs are already prohibited from being used for abortion. Bottom line: How the AHCA would affect you depends on your income, how you get your health insurance, and what kinds of care you need. For older, low-income Americans with health insurance from the individual market: Premiums could increase by $3,600 for a 55-year-old earning $25,000 a year, and $8,400 for a 64-year-old earning $15,000 a year. For low-income Americans covered by Medicaid, the federal cap on support would likely lead to fewer benefits and higher out-of-pocket costs. 5 to 8 million individuals are predicted to lose Medicaid coverage entirely. If you are covered by your employer, your employer would be allowed to stop providing coverage — and that’s made more likely because tax credits and the tax advantage for employer-provided coverage would be eliminated. But experts are split on whether the AHCA will affect employer coverage — and even whether the ACA ever had any effect on employer coverage to begin with. Americans with income around $40,000 – $75,000 who purchase an individual plan may be better off because the ACA’s subsidies for low-income Americans would be spread out to income up to $75,000 (unless premiums go up too). If your income is below that, some of your subsidies are now going to go to other people with higher income. If you have an income of $200,000 or more, or investment income, you can expect your tax bill to go down — those making $1 million or more can expect around $50,000 less in taxes each year. March 11, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “We are making great progress with healthcare. ObamaCare is imploding and will only get worse. Republicans coming together to get job done!” March 13, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “ObamaCare is imploding. It is a disaster and 2017 will be the worse year yet, by far! Republicans will come together and save the day.” March 24, 2017: Donald J, Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “The irony is that the Freedom Caucus, which is very pro life and against Planned Parenthood, allows P.P. to continue if they stop this plan!” March 25, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “ObamaCare will explode and we will all get together and piece together a great healthcare plan for THE PEOPLE. Do not worry!” March 26, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Democrats are smiling in D.C. that the Freedom Caucus, with the help of Club For Growth and Heritage, have saved Planned Parenthood and Ocare!” March 26, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: Trump: Conservative lawmakers, groups ‘saved’ Planned Parenthood, Obamacare”. It was written by Kyle Balluck and Rebecca Savransky. From the article: President Trump early Sunday said the conservative House Freedom Caucus, along with the Club for Growth and Heritage Action for America “saved” Planned Parenthood and Obamacare. “Democrats are smiling in D.C. that the Freedom Caucus, with the help of Club for Growth and Heritage, have saved Planned Parenthood & Ocare!” Trump tweeted… …His comments come after Speaker Paul Ryan (R-Wis.) on Friday pulled the GOP healthcare bill amid dwindling support among Republicans. The move, which marked the president’s first legislative defeat, comes after seven years of rhetoric from Republicans who campaigned on repealing and replacing former President Barack Obama’s signature healthcare legislation. After the bill was pulled, the president blamed Democrats for not backing the GOP healthcare proposal and signaled he would move on to other legislative priorities. The president met with members of the Freedom Caucus last week in his push to whip up votes for the GOP healthcare bill. But House conservatives wanted the bill to go further in taking apart ObamaCare and were hoping for specific policy concessions from Trump. Before the bill was pulled, most Freedom Caucus members indicated they wouldn’t back the bill, as did a number of centrist Republicans… April 2, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Anybody (especially Fake News media) who thinks that Repeal & Replace of ObamaCare is dead does not know the love and strength in the R Party!” April 2, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Talks on Repealing and Replacing ObamaCare are, and have been, going on, and will continue until such time as a deal is hopefully struck.” April 13, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Trump Signs Law Taking Aim at Planned Parenthood Funding”. It was written by Julie Hirschfeld Davis. From the article: President Trump signed legislation on Thursday aimed at cutting off federal funding to Planned Parenthood and other groups that perform abortions, a move cheered by conservatives who have clamored to impose curbs on reproductive rights. The measure nullifies a rule completed in the last days of the Obama administration that effectively barred state and local governments from withholding federal funding for family planning services related to contraception, sexually transmitted infections, fertility pregnancy care, and cervical cancer screening from qualified health providers – regardless of whether or not they also preform abortions. The new measure cleared Congress last month with Vice President Mike Pence casting the tie breaking vote in the Senate. The previous Department of Health and Human Services regulation, which took effect two day before Mr. Trump’s inauguration, said that states and localities could not withhold money from a provider for any reason other than an inability to provide family planning services. Mr. Trump has shown ambivalence about Planned Parenthood, voicing support for its health-related services other than abortion, and his daughter Ivanka has urged him to tread carefully on the issue, concerned about the possible political repercussions of the Republican effort to defund the organization altogether. As a middle ground, Mr. Trump has proposed preserving federal funding for Planned Parenthood if it stops providing abortion services. The organization has said it will never accept such a deal. Ad federal law already prohibits government funding for abortion, except in cases of rape or incest, or to save a woman’s life. Regardless of his misgivings about the effort, Mr. Trump appeared ready to accept congressional Republicans’ idea of using a broad health care overhaul to strip all federal money from Planned Parenthood. When the Freedom Caucus, a conservative faction of House Republicans, refused to support legislation to repeal the Affordable Care Act last month, Mr. Trump took to Twitter to denounce the group, saying it had “saved Planned Parenthood.”… …The rule reversed on Thursday was a response by the Obama administration to moves by more than a dozen Republican-controlled states in recent years to defund Planned Parenthood and other abortion providers. They did so by blocking clinics from receiving Title X money – named for the 1970 law that created the federal family planning program – as well as Medicaid reimbursements. State courts have ruled against such restrictions for Medicaid reimbursements, but since Title X money is distributed through grants to states, they have the power to set criteria for recipients… April 30, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “You can’t compare anything to ObamaCare because ObamaCare is dead. Dems want billions to go to Insurance Companies to bail out donors…New” May 4, 2017: Senator Lindsey Graham @LindesyGrahamSC tweeted: “A bill – – finalized yesterday, has not been scored, amendments not allowed, and 3 hours final debate – – should be viewed with caution.” May 4, 2017: GovTrack posted information about The American Health Care Act of 2017 (AHCA) – and updated that information periodically. From the information: The American Health Care Act of 2017 (AHCA) was a leading proposal in the first half of 2017 by House Republicans to “repeal and replace” the Affordable Care Act (aka Obamacare) and “defund” Planned Parenthood. It was also the vehicle for passage of the Senate Republicans’ leading proposals. The bill was brought to the House and Senate floors under the rules of the budget reconciliation process, by which one bill each year is immune to a Senate filibuster so long as it meets certain requirements related to the budget. By being immune to a filibuster, only 51 votes were needed in the Senate rather than 60. But during Senate preceding the bill was nevertheless ruled out of order for having provisions that were not related to the budget, forcing several votes with the 60-vote threshold. GovTrack also provided a summary of the AHCA as passed by the House of Representatives on May 4, 2017: States may opt-out of providing the ACA’s essential health benefits (This requirement was already dropped in the bill for Medicaid but not for the individual market). States may opt-out of requiring premiums to be the same for all people of the same age, so while individuals with pre-existing conditions must be offered health insurance, there is no limit on the cost of that insurance. A new $8 billion fund would help lower premiums for these individuals. States may opt-out of limiting premium differences based on age. There would be a $15 billion fund for risk sharing to help states lower premiums. May 4, 2017: The U.S. House of Representatives voted on the American Health Care Act (AHCA). The vote was 217 YEAS to 213 NAYS. This means that the AHCA bill passed the House of Representatives. Most of the Republican Representatives voted YEA. Some Republican Representatives voted NAY: Andy Biggs (Arizona District 5) Mike Coffman (Colorado District 6) Barbara Comstock (Virginia District 10) Ryan Costello (Pennsylvania District 6) Charlie Dent (Pennsylvania District 15) Dan Donovan (New York District 11) Brian Fitzpatrick (Pennsylvania District 8) Jamie Herrera Beutler (Washington District 3) Will Hurd (Texas District 23) Walter Jones (North Carolina District 3) David Joyce (Ohio District 14) John Katko (New York District 24) Leonard Lance (New Jersey District 7) Frank A. LoBiondo (New Jersey District 2) Thomas Massie (Kentucky District 4) Pat Meehan (Pennsylvania District 7) Dave Reichert (Washington District 8) Ileana Ros-Lehtinen (Florida District 27) Chris Smith (New Jersey District 4) Mike Turner (Ohio District 10) All of the Democratic Representatives voted NAY. May 4, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “House Passes Measure to Repeal and Replace the Affordable Care Act”. It was written by Thomas Kaplan and Robert Pear. From the article: The House on Thursday narrowly approved legislation to repeal and replace major parts of the Affordable Care Act, as Republicans recovered from their earlier failures and moved a step closer to delivering on their promise to reshape American health care without mandated insurance coverage. The vote, 217 to 213 held on President Trump’s 105th day in office is a significant step on what could be a long legislative road. Twenty Republicans bolted from their leadership to vote no. But the win keeps alive the party’s dream of unwinding President Barack Obama’s signature domestic achievement. The House measure faces profound uncertainty in the Senate, where a handful of Republican senators immediately rejected it, signaling that they would start work on a new version of the bill virtually from scratch… …Even before the vote, some Republican senators had expressed deep reservations about one of the most important provisions of the House bill, which would roll back the expansion of Medicaid under the Affordable Care Act. But a softening of the House bill, which could help it get through the Senate, would present new problems. For any repeal measure to become law, the House and the Senate would have to agree on the language, a formidable challenge… …After weeks of negotiations and false starts, Mr. Trump and House Republicans were not about to dwell on the tough road ahead. Passage of the health care bill completed a remarkable act of political resuscitation, six weeks after House leaders failed to muster the votes to pass an earlier version of the measure, a blow to Mr. Trump and Speaker Paul D. Ryan of Wisconsin… …Trump quickly turned his attention to pressuring the Senate to act, calling the majority leader, Mitch McConnell, Republican of Kentucky, to talk about the way forward for the health plan. Democrats, who voted unanimously against the bill, vowed to make Republicans pay a political price for pushing such unpopular legislation. As Republicans reached the threshold for passage, Democrats serenaded them with , “Na na na na, na na na na, hey hey hey, goodbye!”… …The House bill would eliminate tax penalties for people who go without health insurance. It would roll back state-by-state expansions of Medicaid, which covered millions of low-income Americans. And in place of government-subsidized insurance policies offered exclusively on the Affordable Care Act’s marketplaces, the bill would offer tax credits of $2,000 to $4,000 a year, depending on age… …The nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office said the first version of the bill would trim the federal budget deficits considerably but would also leave 24 million more Americans without health insurance after a decade. Average insurance premiums would be 15 percent to 20 percent higher in 2018 and 2019, but after that, they would be lower than projected under current law… …Doctors, hospitals and other health care providers joined patient advocacy groups like the American Cancer Society and AARP in opposing the repeal bill… …The House vote on Thursday occurred before the Congressional Budget Office had released a new analysis of the revised bill with its cost and impact. Democrats angrily questioned how Republicans could vote on a bill that would affect millions of people and a large slice of the American economy without knowing the ramifications… May 4, 2017: Mother Jones posted an article titled: “Republicans Just Voted to Take Away Health Care From Millions of People”. It was written by Patrick Caldwell. From the article: Republicans in the House of Representatives narrowly voted to repeal Obamacare Thursday afternoon, approving a bill that would cut Medicaid funding by 25 percent, allow older Americans to be charged higher health premiums, and scrap all federal funding for Planned Parenthood. It would also allow states to permit insurance companies to charge more for people with preexisting conditions and to choose not to provide a range of benefits, including maternity care and mental health care. The House passed the GOP plan, dubbed the American Health Care Act, by a 217-213 margin, with all but 20 Republicans voting in favor of the law. No Democrats voted for the bill. The bill will now head to the Senate, where a number of Republicans have called for significant changes to the legislation. When the Congressional Budget Office analyzed an earlier version of the AHCS in March, it found that under the bill, 24 million fewer people would have health insurance than under Obamacare – and that was before Republicans added a provision allowing insurance companies to raise rates on people with preexisting conditions in stats that receive a waiver. But we still don’t know exactly what impact the bill that just passed the House will have; that’s because Republicans rushed through the vote before the CBO could release estimates of how many people would be insured under the new legislation. The Republican bill is a hodgepodge of policies overturning Obamacare. It includes the most controversial parts of the original Obamacare repeal bill that Republicans pushed for in March. For example, it would replace the current Obamacare assistance for premiums – which guarantee that lower-income families will only have to devote a certain percentage of their income to buying insurance – with a lower subsidy based strictly on age. It also ends Obamacare’s Medicaid expansion and imposes a cap on all Medicaid funding; those provisions will result in the government spending $880 million less on Medicaid over the next decade, lowering annual Medicaid spending by 25 percent in 2026 and covering 14 million fewer people through that program. The bill also replaces Obamacare’s age restrictions: Current law allows insurance companies to charge older Americans a maximum of three times as much as younger people. Trumpcare would bump that ratio up to 5-to-1, raising the rates for older people who don’t yet qualify for Medicare… May 25, 2017: Mother Jones posted an article titled: “The GOP Health Bill Would Make Zika the Newest Preexisting Condition”. It was written by Rebecca Leber. From the article: The controversial GOP health care bill that narrowly passed the House of Representatives this month could have devastating consequences for mothers and children infected with Zika, experts say. The mosquito-borne virus is just one on a nearly endless list of preexisting medical conditions – cancer, asthma, pregnancy – for which insurers could potentially charge higher premiums if Republicans get their way. One of the most popular features of Obamacare is a provision known as “community rating”, which bars insurance from charging more for people with preexisting conditions. This was a common practice before Obamacare was enacted in 2010; stories of sick people being unable to find affordable coverage were one of the main arguments used by the legislation’s supporters. Of course, the public health crisis surrounding Zika – and the birth defects it can cause – wasn’t an issue at the time; no one in the United States had yet contracted the virus. But if the House’s Obamacare repeal bill becomes law, people with Zika could end up paying far more for their health care – and could even end up priced out of insurance entirely. Multiple health care experts told Mother Jones that the GOP bill would almost certainly mean a host of insurance problems for both pregnant women who have had Zika and infants born with microcephaly, a condition where a child has a smaller brain and other health defects. Zika can cause a host of other birth defects and in rare cases has been linked to Guillian-Barré syndrome, which can cause temporary paralysis in adults. What’s more, the GOP bill cuts funding to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the agency on the front lines of the battle against the disease. The Republican bill includes an amendment that allows states to opt out of the Obamacare community rating protection. Under the GOP plan, if a person’s health coverage were to lapse longer than 63 days in a state that opts out, that person could be charged a prohibitive cost on the private market. Short lapses in coverage are incredibly common. The Kaiser Family Foundation estimates that 27.4 million non elderly adults had a several-month gap in coverage in 2015. For the 6.3 million of these adults who have preexisting conditions, the costs could be significant. the liberal Center for American Progress estimated that under the GOP bill, people with even mild preexisting conditions would pay thousands more per year – a 40-year-old, for example, would likely be charged an extra $4,340 in premiums if she had asthma, or $17,320 extra if she were pregnant… May 4, 2017: Wired posted an article titled: “The House Health Plan Makes Your Genes A Preexisting Condition”. It was written by Adam Rogers. From the article: …The ACA specifically protected against discriminations for preexisting conditions that showed up through genetic tests. You might not be sick yet – in technical terms, the illness has not manifested – but if you, for example, test positive for one of the pathogenic variants (a less X-Manly term than “mutation”) in the BRCA gene that predisposes you to breast cancer, you could still get covered. If the House bill becomes law, that protection vanishes… …It’s not like nobody saw this debate coming. Even back when sequencing a human genome cost $100 million, policymakers and scientists were trying to figure out how to safely get data from people while simultaneously keeping insurers and employers from using it to screw them. After a decade of debate, the result was the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, a 2008 bill that aimed to protect people’s genetic privacy. GINA wasn’t perfect – it doesn’t extend to long-term care and life insurance for example. GINA also doesn’t quite define illness. It protects family history and tests of DNA, RNA, proteins, metabolites, and other indicators – a panoply of -omics beyond just genomics. But it doesn’t protect you if you already have symptoms. So then the question is, what counts as a symptom? Is a person only sick when they first start feeling pain? When a doctor prescribes a drug? Or when something changes on a cellular level? “When you don’t have symptoms and you aren’t disabled or have some significant clinical syndrome, does that mean that it’s preexisting? When its encoded in your DNA or other parts of your intrinsic self?” [Eric] Tool [a geneticist at the Scripps Research Institute] asks… …thans to the ACA becoming law just a couple of years after GINA, nobody ever really had time to find out what GINA will actually protect. “These definitions haven’t been fully tested because they haven’t shown up in court,” [Anya] Prince, [a lawyer and researcher at the Center for Genomics and Society at UNC] says. Just an example: Fiscal 2013 saw 333 employment discrimination complaints based on GINA…and 90,000 based on everything else – mostly the Americans with Disabilities Act. Most people have never even heard of GINA. If Congress and the President replace Obamacare with something like what the House has cooked up, that’ll change, because GINA will be the only way to force insurance companies to cover people with preexisting conditions… May 28, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “I suggest that we add more dollars to Healthcare and make it the best anywhere. ObamaCare is dead – the Republicans will do much better!” June 14, 2017: The Associated Press posted an article titled: “AP Sources: Trump tells senators House health bill ‘mean'”. From the article: President Donald Trump told Republican senators Tuesday that the House-passed health care bill he helped revive is “mean” and urged them to craft a version that is “more generous,” congressional sources aid. Trump’s remarks were a surprising slap at a Republican-written House measure taht was shepherded by Speaker Paul Ryan, R-Wis., and whose passage the president lobbied for and praised. At a Rose Garden ceremony minutes after the bill’s narrow House passage on May 4, Trump called it “a great plan.”… …Trump’s comments were described by two GOP congressional sources who received accounts of Tuesday’s White House lunch. They spoke on condition of anonymity to reveal a closed-door conversation… June 22, 2017: Ballotpedia posted information about the Better Care Reconciliation Act (BCRA). It is the Senate’s version of the American Health Care Act, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives on May 4, 2017. From the information: The bill is a reconciliation bill, meaning it impacts the budgetary and fiscal provisions of the Affordable Care Act (ACA) – commonly known as Obamacare – and does not contain a provision to repeal the law in its entirety. The bill would repeal the individual and employer mandates, adjust the ACA’s system of tax credits, and end the ACA’s Medicaid expansion. Medicaid funding would also be converted from an open-ended entitlement to a per-member amount. Highlights of the Senate’s Better Care Reconciliation Plan: Medicaid funding would increase each year by the medical component of inflation plus 1 percentage point until 2025, then would increase according to inflation each year thereafter. The bill would fund cost-sharing reduction payment reimbursements through 2019. The cost-sharing reduction program would end in 2020. The bill would suspend for one year federal funding available for a certain category of community health centers that includes Planned Parenthood. …The Better Care Act is a reconciliation bill. Reconciliation bills primarily deal with changes in taxes or spending and can bypass potential filibusters in the Senate. Reconciliation bills can pass the Senate with a simple majority of votes (51-49) rather than the 60 vote threshold required to end a Senate filibuster. This means that Senate Republicans would need at least 50 votes to pass the bill, with Vice President Mike Pence casting the tie-breaking 51st vote… June 22, 2017: Wired posted an article titled: “The Senate Health Bill Is A Disaster for the Opioid Crisis”. It was written by Megan Moteni. From the article: After seven years of promising to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act, Senate Republicans are now closer to achieving that goal than before. Thursday morning, they finally unveiled their secretly drafted healthcare bill. It is not, as some hoped, a drastic departure from the House’s version which passed last month. While being slightly less “mean”, in that it provides more financial support to some lower-income groups, the Senate bill still lands punches to Obamacare in all the same places. It still ends the healthcare mandate that every American be insured. It still gives power to the states to drop many of the essential benefits required by the ACA, including maternity care, emergency services, substance abuse, and mental healthcare treatments. It still ends the Medicaid expansion that helped 20 million people get insured (although one year later than the House proposed). And it places a cap on Medicaid, while simultaneously slashing about $840 billion from the entitlement program over the next 10 years to pay for enormous tax cuts for the wealthy. All of which adds up to very bad news for patients – but especially for the 2.5 million Americans currently struggling with an opioid addiction. In closed-door sessions this week, Republican senators from states hardest hit by the current drug crisis tried to soften those deep Medicaid cuts by advocating for a separate funding stream of $45 billion over 10 years for substance abuse treatment and prevention. According to data compiled by the Associated Press, that expansion accounted for 61 percent of total Medicaid spending on substance abuse treatment in Kentucky, 56percent in Michigan, and 43 percent in Ohio. Instead, what they got was a bill that promises to deliver $2 billion for 2018. That’s it… June 22, 2017: NPR posted an article titled: “CHART: Who Wins, Who Loses With Senate Health Care Bill”. It includes charts that make it easy to compare The Affordable Care Act (Obamacare), the House American Health Care Act, the Senate Better Care Reconciliation Act, and the Senate Repeal-Only bill. Here are the details NPR provided about the Senate’s Better Care Reconciliation Act (BCRA): Keeps the Obamacare provision that allows people to stay covered by their parent’s health insurance plan up through age 26. That group is also allowed to buy a plan independent from their parents. The CBO report says 22 million people would lose health insurance over the next 10 years under the BCRA, with people between ages 50 and 64 disproportionately impacted. The oldest people under 65 would pay five times more for health insurance they buy from the exchanges than younger people who buy health insurance from the exchanges. Subsidies to help pay for insurance would be less and end at incomes of 350 percent of poverty level. This would make deductibles in many cases very high. Federal contributions to Medicaid start to decline in fiscal year 2020. A revision to the BCRA allows subsidies to be used to by plans that offer only catastrophic care, and to allow consumers to use health savings accounts to pay for their premiums. Keeps the Obamacare provision that allows skilled nursing care to be covered by Medicare for up to 100 days per illness. Medicaid coverage for nursing home services and payments to nursing homes could be cut as federal payments to states decline. Keeps the part of the Obamacare provision that requires insurance companies to accept all applicants regardless of health status. Removes the part of the Obamacare provision that prevents people with pre-existing medical conditions to be denied health insurance coverage or charged more for their health insurance coverage. The draft of the BCRA allowed states to ask permission to reduce required coverage (“essential health benefits”). The purpose was to give insurers some discretion over what they offered in their plans. This could result in “substantial increases” in costs for people who want those services according to the CBO. If a particular benefit is no longer classified as essential, insurers could impose annual and/or lifetime limits on what they spend on patients for that benefit. Caps on the annual out-of-pocket costs for patients would no longer apply. Removes the Obamacare provision that requires federal programs to reimburse Planned Parenthood for most services. Places a one-year block on federal reimbursements for care provided by Planned Parenthood. The CBO estimates 15 percent of low-income women who already have reduced access to care would completely lose access to family planning care, increasing birthrates and Medicaid spending for childbirth and children’s insurance. But those increases would be offset by Planned Parenthood cuts. Changes the Obamacare provision that states that a person may qualify for Medicare and also Medicaid. The BCRA would still allow a person to qualify for Medicare and also Medicaid, but services covered by Medicaid could be cut as federal funding to states declines over time. The CBO report suggests that by 2026, Medicaid enrollment would fall by more than 15 million people. Removes the Obamacare provision that requires that mental health care be covered by all health insurance plans under essential health benefits. The BCRA allows states to request waivers to opt out of requiring essential health benefits. If a state opted out of coverage for mental health care, insurance that includes mental health care coverage could become “extremely expensive,” the CBO says. Under Obamacare, 31 states and the District of Columbia offered expanded Medicaid coverage to low-income people. The BCRA does not continue that funding. Instead, the federal funding for Medicaid expansion will phase out between 2021 and 2013. There are 8 states that have a “trigger clause” – if the federal matching rate declines below the Obamacare promised rated, the expansion goes away immediately. The states with a “trigger-clause” are: Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, New Mexico and Washington. In 2025, under the BRCA, further reductions to funding for the Medicaid expansion would start. In a separate BRCA provision, states could impose a work requirement on Medicaid recipients. Most able-bodies adult Medicaid recipients already work. Removes the Obamacare provision that requires the wealthy to pay extra taxes to support the ACA (Obamacare). The BRCA would repeal ACA taxes on corporations and the wealthy that pay for insurance subsidies. That would add up to about $563 billion in tax cuts over 10 years, according to the CBO. A BRCA revision keeps some of the ACA’s taxes on higher-income people. But the permission for flexible spending accounts to be used for premium payments will be a tax advantage for those who can afford to put money aside. June 22, 2017: NPR posted an article titled: “CHART: Who Wins, Who Loses With Senate Health Care Bill”. It includes charts that make it easy to compare The Affordable Care Act (Obamacare), the House American Health Care Act, the Senate Better Care Reconciliation Act, and the Senate Repeal-Only bill. Here are the details NPR provided about the Senate’s “Skinny bill” that would, if passed, repeal Obamacare – and not replace it with anything at all: Keeps the Obamacare provision that allows people to stay covered by their parent’s health insurance plan up through age 26. That group is also allowed to buy a plan independent from their parents. According to a CBO report, the repeal bill would repeal major provisions of Obamacare, including the federal Medicaid funding expansion funding, the premium tax credits and cost-sharing subsidies, the individual mandate and the employer mandate. The same CBO report starts that the “Skinny bill” would cause 17 million people would lose health insurance in 2018, rising to 32 million by people by 2026. Premiums on the exchanges would rise by 25 percent in 2018, increasing to 50 pent in 2020. In addition, roughly 10 percent of the population would live in areas where there would not be any insurer in the individual market in 2018. That would rise to half of the nation’s population in 2020, and three-quarters of the population in 2026. Changes the Obamacare provision that requires skilled nursing care to be covered by Medicare up to 100 days per illness and that allows Medicaid to be available (based on income.) The “Skinny bill” would still allow nursing care to be covered by Medicare up to 100 days per illness. However, Medicaid services or payments to nursing homes could be cut as states see federal funding decline. Changes the Obamacare provision that requires that health insurance coverage cannot be denied to people with pre-existing conditions, and that prevents health insurance companies from charging a higher cost for coverage to people who have preexisting conditions. Instead, insurance companies would be required to accept all applicants regardless of health status. The 10 Obamacare health benefits would also remain in place. But, the provisions that repeal the individual and employer mandate would mean that healthier people would likely drop insurance coverage and prices souls rise for consumers who continued to purchase it – in other words, sicker people. The CBO estimates prices would be about 50 percent higher in 2020 and double by 2026. Removes the Obamacare provision that requires federal programs to reimburse Planned Parenthood for most of their services. The “Skinny bill” would put a one-year block on federal reimbursements for care provided by Planned Parenthood. Changes the Obamacare provision that allows a person to qualify for Medicare and also for Medicaid. The “Skinny bill” would continue to allow a person to qualify for Medicare and also for Medicaid. However, the elimination of federal Medicaid expansion funding could have ripple effects to people with disabilities as states would have to decide whether to make up lost funding, trim services, or limit who can get Medicaid. Laws would remain on the books the Medicaid would need to cover people who have disabilities, but in some states, people could face long waits (months to years) to get those benefits. Changes the Obamacare provision that health insurance plans must cover mental health services under essential health benefits. The “Skinny bill” would still require mental health coverage as one fo the 10 essential health benefits. However, with the individual mandate that requires people to have insurance, it is likely that only people who require robust coverage would continue to purchase it. Prices would go way up for those on the individual market. Essential health benefits would be done away with in Medicaid. Changes the Obamacare Medicaid expansion. 31 states and the District of Columbia offer expanded Medicaid coverage. The “Skinny bill” would phase out the funding for the Medicaid expansion over two years. Eight states have a “trigger clause” that goes into effect if the federal matching rate for Medicaid goes below the Obamacare-promisted rates. If that happens, those states will immediately end their Medicaid expansion. Those states are: Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, New Mexico, and Washington. Removes the Obamacare provision that requires the wealthy to pay extra tax to support Obamacare. The “Skinny bill” repeals taxes on corporations and the wealthy. According to the CBO’s July 19 estimate, that would add up to $613 billion in tax cuts over 10 years. June 26, 2017: The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) posted a report titled “H.R. 1628, Better Care Reconciliation Act of 2017.” From the summary of the report: The Congressional Budget Office and the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation (JCT) have completed the direct spending and revenue effects of the Better Care Reconciliation Act of 2017, a Senate amendment in the nature of a substitute to H.R. 1628. CBO and JCT estimate that enacting this legislation would reduce the cumulative federal deficit over the 2017-2026 period by $321 billion. That amount is $202 billion more than the estimated net savings for the version of H.R. 1628 that was passed by the House of Representatives. The Senate bill would increase the number of people who are uninsured by 22 million in 2026 relative to the number under current law, slightly fewer than the increase in the number of uninsured estimated for the House-passed legislation. By 2026, an estimated 49 million people would be uninsured, compared with 28 million who would lack insurance that year under current law… CBO and JCT estimate that, over the 2017-2026 period, enacting this legislation would reduce deficit spending by $1,022 billion and reduce revenues by $701 billion, for a net reduction of $321 billion in the deficit over that period… The largest savings would come from reductions in outlays for Medicaid – spending on the program would decline in 2026 by 26 percent in comparison with what the CBO projects under current law – and from changes to the Affordable Care Act’s (ACA’s) subsidies for nongroup health insurance… Those savings would be partially offset by the effects of other changes to the ACA’s provisions dealing with insurance coverage: additional spending designed to reduce premiums and a reduction from repealing penalties on employers who do not offer insurance and on people who do not purchase insurance. The largest increases in deficits would come from repealing or modifying tax provisions in the ACA that are not directly related to health insurance coverage, including repealing a surtax on net investment income and repealing annual fees imposed on health insurers. …CBO and JCT estimate that, in 2018, 15 million more people would be uninsured under this legislation than under current law – primarily because the penalty for not having insurance would be eliminated. The increase in the number of uninsured people relative to the number projected under current law would reach 19 million in 2020 and 22 million in 2026. In later years, other changes to the legislation – lower spending on Medicaid and substantially smaller average subsidies for coverage in the nongroup market – would also lead to increases in the number of people without health insurance. By 2026, among people under age 65, enrollment in Medicaid would fall by about 16 percent and an estimated 49 million people would be uninsured, compared with 28 million who would lack insurance that year under current law… …Under This Legislation. CBO and JCT anticipate that, under this legislation, nongroup insurance markets would continue to be stable in most parts of the country. Although substantial uncertainty about the effects of the new law could lead some insurers to withdraw from or not enter the nongroup market in store states, several factors would bring about market stability in most states before 2020. In the agencies’ view, those key factors include the following: subsidies to purchase insurance, which would maintain sufficient demand for insurance by people with health care expenditures; the appropriation of funds for cost-sharing subsidies, which would provide certainty about the availability of those funds; and additional federal funding provided to states and insurers, which would lower premiums by reducing the costs to insurers of people with high care expenditures. The agencies expect that the nongroup market in most areas of the country would continue to be stable in 2020 and later years as well, including in some states that obtain wavers that would not have otherwise done so. (Under current law and this legislation, states can apply for Section 1332 waivers to change the structure of subsidies for nongroup coverage; the specifications for essential health benefits [EHB’s], which set the minimum standards for the benefits in the nongroup and small-group markets must cover; and other related provisions of the law.) Substantial federal funding to directly reduce premiums would be available through 2021. Premium tax credits would continue to provide insulation from changes in premiums through 2021 and in later years. Those factors would help attract enough relatively healthy people for the market for most areas of the country to be stable, CBO and JCT anticipate. That stability in most areas would occur even though the premium tax credits would be smaller in most cases than under current law and subsidies to reduce cost-sharing – the amount that consumers are required to pay out of pocket when they use health care services – would be eliminated starting in 2020. In the agencies’ assessment, a small fraction of the population resides in areas which – because of this legislation, at least for some of the years after 2019 – no insurers would participate in the nongroup market or insurance would be offered only with very high premiums. Some sparkly populated areas might have no nongroup insurance offered because the reduction in subsidies would lead fewer people to decide to purchase insurance – and markets with few purchasers are less profitable for insurers. Insurance coverage certain services would become more expensive – in some cases, extremely expensive – in some areas because of the scope of the EHBs [essential health benefits] would be narrowed through waivers affecting close to half the population, CBO and JCT expect. In addition, the agencies anticipate that all insurance in the nongroup market would become very expensive for at least a short period of time for a small fraction of the population residing in areas in which states’ implementation of waivers with major changes caused market disruption. The legislation would increase average premiums in the nongroup market prior to 2020 and lower average premiums thereafter, relative to projections under current law, CBO and JCT estimate. To arrive at those estimates, the agencies examined how the legislation would affect the premiums charged if people purchased a benchmark plan in the nongroup market. In 2018 and 2019, under current law and under the legislation, the benchmark plan has an actuarial value of 70 percent – that is, the insurance pays about 70 percent of the total cost of covered benefits, on average. In the marketplaces, such coverage is known as a silver plan. Under the Senate bill, average premiums for single individuals would be about 20 percent higher in 2018 than under current law, mainly because the penalty for not having insurance would be eliminated, inducing fewer comparatively healthy people to sign up. Those premiums would be about 10 percent higher than under current law in 2019 – less than in 2018 in part because funding provided by the bill to reduce premiums would affect pricing and because changes in the limits on how premiums can vary by age would result in a larger number of younger people paying lower premiums to purchase policies. In 2020, average premiums for benchmark plans for single individuals would be about 30 percent lower than under current law. A combination of factors would lead to that decrease – most important, the small share of benefits paid for by the benchmark plans and federal funds provided to directly reduce premiums… …Under this legislation, starting in 2020, the premium for a silver plan would typically be a relatively high percentage of income for low-income people. The deductible for a plan with an actuarial value of 58 percent would be a significantly higher percentage of income – also making such a plan unattractive, but for a different reason. As a result, despite being eligible for premium tax credits, few low-income people would purchase any plan, CBO and JCT estimate… …Some people enrolled in nongroup insurance would experience substantial increases in what they would spend on health care even through benchmark premiums would decline, on average, in 2020 and later years. Because nongroup insurance would pay for a smaller average shares of benefits under this legislation, most people purchasing it would have higher out-of-pocket spending on health care than under current law. Out-of-pocket spending would also be affected for the people – close to half the population , CBO and JCT expect – living in stats modifying the EHBs using waivers. People who used services or benefits no longer included in EHBs would experience substantial increases in supplemental premiums or out-of=pocket spending on health care, or would choose to forgo the services. Moreover, the ACA’s ban on annual and lifetime limits on covered benefits would no longer apply to health benefits not defined as essential in a state. As a result, for some benefits that might be removed from a state’s definition of EHBs but that might not be excluded from coverage altogether, some enrollees could see large increases in out-of-pocket spending because annual or lifetime limits would be allowed… June 30, 2017: USA Today posted an article titled: “President Trump to Senate GOP: Repeal Obamacare now”. It was written by Jessica Estepa and Eliza Collins. From the article: President Trump suggested Friday that Senate Republicans may not be able to push through their health care plan meant to repeal and replace Obamacare and suggested a conservative-endorsed alternative instead… The article pointed out that on June 30, 2017, Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “If Republican Senators are unable to pass what they are working on now, they should immediately REPEAL and then REPLACE at at later date!” …It’s the second time this week that Trump seemed to recognize how difficult it may be to get this bill through the Senate. On Monday, he said on Twitter, “Republican Senators are working very hard to get there, with no help from the Democrats. Not easy! Perhaps just let Care crash & burn!” A day later, as Republican opposition to the legislation grew, Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell of Kentucky announced that he would postpone a vote on the legislation until after the July Fourth recess. McConnell needs at minimum 50 of the 52 Republicans in the Senate to vote on the bill. Currently, there are at least eight senators outright opposed to the legislation and a handful of others who have expressed concern…. July 11, 2017: Bloomberg posted an article titled: “America’s Rich Will Get Richer, Its Poor Poorer With Obamacare Repeal”. It was written by John Tozzi. From the article: …Since the 1970s, as America’s income gap has widened, one of the most powerful drivers of inequality has been the growing cost of health care. The ACA, President Barack Obama’s signature domestic achievement, expanded the safety net for people such as [Jane] Harrod, who lived one bad turn away from financial disaster, extending coverage to about 20 million Americans and cutting the share of uninsured by almost half since 2013. Soon, it may be a thing of the past. Senate Republicans having returned from their July 4 break, resumed negotiations to replace Obamacare with legislation that could lead to 15 million fewer people being insured next year, and 22 million fewer by 2026,according to the non partisan Congressional Budget Office. Some insurers are exiting the state marketplaces created by the ACA, leaving parts of the country with no insurers selling Obamacare plans. Republicans cite these departures as evidence that the law is failing and needs to be replaced. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell, a Kentucky Republican, has said that a bipartisan plan to stabilize the marketplaces will be needed if his divided caucus can’t agree on a replacement. Democrats counter that the shaky state of Obamacare is directly related to a refutably Republicans to support it since its passage… …The Senate bill in its current form would cut taxes on the wealthy and the medical industry, reduce subsidies for insurance coverage, and, for the first time in U.S. history, cap the growth of federal Medicaid spending. The proposed reductions in this state-federal program for low income and disabled people, created under President Lyndon Johnson as part of his Great Society initiatives, “dwarfs the increases that occurred through the ACA”, said Henry Aaron, a Brookings Institution economist… July 13, 2017: Senators Lindsey Graham (Republican- South Carolina) and Bill Cassidy (Republican – Louisiana) released a proposal to modify the Affordable Care Act (ACA) also known as Obamacare. Ballotpedia has detailed information about what has been called the Graham-Cassidy Obamacare replacement plan. From Ballotpedia: …The plan was also introduced as an amendment to the Better Care and Reconciliation Act during the Republican effort to repeal the ACA in July 2017. The proposal is a reconciliation bill, which would only impact the budgetary and fiscal provisions of the ACA. The bill does not contain a provision to repeal the law in its entirety. Instead, the bill would keep in place most of the ACA’s taxes and fees and send that money to the states for them to make changes to health insurance and healthcare at the state level…. Ballotpedia provided the following highlights of Graham-Cassidy: The proposal would repeal the federal premium tax credits and the cost-sharing reductions provided to individuals under the ACA. States could create their own system of tax credits and subsidies if they chose. The federal requirements for individuals to obtain health insurance and for employers to offer it would be effectively eliminated by reducing the penalty to $0. States could establish their own requirements, if they chose. The plan would appropriate $1.18 trillion between 2020 and 2026 for a healthcare grant program for states that could be used to establish programs or policies to help cover high-risk individuals, stabilize premiums, and reduce out-of-pocket costs. SCRIBD posted the full text of H.R. 1628 (the Graham-Cassidy proposal). The full title is “To provide for reconciliation pursuant to title II of the concurrent resolution on the budge for the fiscal year 2017). Ballotpedia provides an easy-to-understand explanation of what H.R. 1628 (Graham-Cassidy) would do: It would repeal the federal premium tax credits and the cost-sharing reductions provided to individuals under the ACA. States could create their own system of tax credits and subsidies if they chose. Under the proposal, tax credits using federal funds could not be used for plans that cover abortions except for those necessary to save the life of the mother or in cases of raper or incest. The bill would suspend federal funding to community health centers that provide family planning, reproductive health, and related medical services and that also provide abortions for reasons other than rape or incest or to save the life of the mother. This would include Planned Parenthood. The funding would be suspended for one year. The federal requirements for individuals to obtain health insurance (the “individual mandate”) and for employers to offer it (the “employer mandate”) would be eliminated by reducing the penalty to $0. States could establish their own requirements if they chose. In place of federal tax credits, cost-sharing reductions, and the Medicaid expansion, the proposal would fund a grant program for states to design their own systems for health insurance and healthcare. That funding could be used to establish programs or policies to help cover high-risk individuals, stabilize premiums, and reduce out-of-pocket costs. $1.18 trillion would be appropriated between 2020 and 2026 for the grant program. Funding for the grant program would be allocated using a formula based on the amount of ACA-related federal funding provided to a state for the Medicaid expansion, tax credits, and cost-sharing reductions and the number of low-income individuals in a state. States, when applying for grants, could request waivers from ACA provisions including: the provision that restricts the extent insurers can vary premiums based on age or other factors (except restrictions on variations based on sex or other protected classes of individuals), the provision that prohibits health insurers from varying premiums based on preexisting conditions, the provision that requires health insurers to cover a standard set of health benefits, and the provision that requires insurers to provide rebates to consumers if they do not spend a minimum percentage of premium revenue on medical services. Insurers would still be required to keep dependents to remain on their parent’s health insurance coverage until age 26. Insurers would still be prohibited from denying coverage for pre-existing conditions. As noted above, insurers would not be prohibited from charging higher premiums for people who have pre-existing conditions. The proposal would establish a fund of $25 billion to pay out to insurers to mitigate disruptions to health insurance coverage and address urgent health care needs. Those funds would be paid to insurers in 2019 and 2020. The bill does not fund cost-sharing reduction reimbursements. It ends that program in 2020. Beginning in 2020, the bill would end the part of the Medicaid expansion that allowed states to expand eligibility for their Medicaid programs to childless adults earning incomes below 138 percent of the poverty level. The Graham-Cassidy bill would end this Medicaid expansion and all federal funding for it on January 1, 2020. There is a complex situation in the bill regarding changes to the Medicaid program funding. The key thing to know is that states could apply to receive their Medicaid funding as a block grant. The bill would set a target spending amount for states based on their Medicaid spending during a past two-year period. States that spent more than their targeted amount on their Medicaid programs in a given year would receive less Medicaid funding the following year. States would be required to reevaluate the eligibility of Medicaid enrollees every six months. States would be allowed to include a work requirement for non-disabled, non-elderly, non-pregnant adults under Medicaid. The bill proposes that individuals with high-deductible health plans use health savings accounts (HSAs) to pay premiums in excess of the amounts already credited or deducted through the federal tax code. The plan would increase the limit on annual HSA contributions to the combined amount of the deductible and the limit on out-of-pocket spending. The tax penalty for withdrawals from health savings accounts for non-medical expenses would be reduced from 20 percent to 10 percent. The ACA tax on over-the-counter medications and 2.3 percent excise tax on medical devices would be repealed. The bill does not repeal the 40 percent excise tax on high cost employer-sponsored health coverage (known as the Cadillac tax). July 17, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Republicans should just REPEAL failing ObamaCare now & work on a new Healthcare Plan that will start from a clean slate. Dems will join in!” July 21, 2017: Ballotpedia posted information about the Senate’s Better Care Reconciliation Act (BCRA). It is the Senate’s version of the American Health Care Act, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives on May 4, 2017. From the information: The Senate Parliamentarian rules on whether or not provisions of reconciliation bills meet the rules such bills are required to follow. The Senate Parliamentarian ruled that five provisions in the revised BCRA did not meet the rules of reconciliation: The provision suspending funding for Planned Parenthood for one year The provision prohibiting the use of tax credits for plans that cover abortion in circumstances other than rape or incest or to save the life of the mother. The provision appropriating funding for cost-sharing reductions. The provision requiring insurers to enforce a six-month waiting period on coverage for individuals who could not prove that they’d had continuous health insurance for the previous 12 months. The provision prohibiting New York from receiving federal reimbursement for Medicaid payments that counties make to the state. July 22, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “I am very supportive of the Senate #HealthcareBill. Look forward to making it really special! Remember, ObamaCare is dead.” July 22, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “ObamaCare is dead and the Democrats are obstructionists, no ideas or votes, only obstruction. It is solely up to the 52 Republican Senators!” July 25, 2017: The U.S. Senate voted on a procedural vote on the Better Care and Reconciliation Act (BCRA). The vote was 43 YEAS to 57 NAYS. This means it did not pass. It needed to have 60 YEAS for it to pass. The majority of the Republican Senators voted YEA. A few Republican Senators voted NAY: Susan Collins (Maine) Bob Corker (Tennessee) Tom Cotton (Arkansas) Lindsey Graham (South Carolina) Dean Heller (Nevada) Mike Lee (Utah) Jerry Moran (Kansas) Lisa Murkowski (Alaska) Rand Paul (Kentucky) All of the Democratic Senators, and both of the Independent Senators voted NAY. July 25, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Senate Votes Down Broad Obamacare Repeal”. It was written by Thomas Kaplan and Robert Pear. From the article: The Senate voted narrowly on Tuesday to begin debate on a bill to repeal major provisions of the Affordable Care Act, but hours later, Republican leaders suffered a setback when their most comprehensive plan to replace President Obama’s health law fell far short of the votes it needed. The Tuesday night tally needed to reach 60 votes to overcome a parliamentary objection. Instead, it fell 43-57. The fact that the comprehensive replacement plan came up well short of even 50 votes was an ominous sign for Republican leaders still seeking a formula to pass final health care legislation this week. For Republicans, the failure ended the day on a sour note, hours after a more triumphant scene on the Senate floor. Lawmakers for both parties had risen to their feet in the afternoon and applauded when Senator John McCain, Republican of Arizona, showed up in the chamber despite his diagnosis of brain cancer. He cast a crucial vote in favor of opening what promises to be a freewheeling, hard-fought debate over the future of the Affordable Care Act. The 51-50 vote to start debate, with Vice President Mike Pence breaking the tie, came only a week after the Republican effort to dismantle a pillar of Mr. Obama’s legacy appeared all but doomed. It provided an initial win for President Trump, who pushed, cajoled, and threatened senators in recent days to begin debating the health care law…. …The Senate is now moving ahead with the debate, amendments and ultimately a final vote in the coming days of the legislation that would have a profound effect on the American health care system – roughly one-sixth of the United States’ economy. But it is entirely possible that by week’s end, the senators will have passed nothing… …Only two Republicans, Susan Collins of Maine and Lisa Murkowski of Alaska, voted against the procedural motion, though at least several other Republicans had been seen as possible holdouts. No Democrats voted in favor of the motion… …The Tuesday night vote was on a comprehensive amendment that included disparate proposals calculated to appeal to conservatives and moderates in the Republican caucus. One proposal, offered by Senator Ted Cruz, Republican of Texas, would have allowed insurers to sell stripped-down plans, without maternity care or other benefits required by the Affordable Care Act, if they also sold plans that included such benefits… …The amendment also included money to help pay out-of-pocket medical costs for low-income people, including those who buy private insurance after losing Medicaid coverage as a result of the Senate bill. This proposal was devised by Senator Rob Portman, Republican of Ohio, and other senators from states that have expanded Medicaid under the Affordable Care Act. But nine Republicans, spanning the party’s ideological spectrum, voted against the package… …Before senators voted to start the debate in mid afternoon, protestors in the Senate gallery chanted, “Kill the bill, don’t kill us!” and “Shame, shame, shame!” Despite his vote to move ahead, Mr. McCain offered harsh words for the secretive process by which Senate Republican leaders came up with their process to repeal and replace the health law, and he delivered a pessimistic take on its chances… …Given the divisions within their caucus, Senate Republican leaders were considering a new approach to keeping their repeal quest alive: They could try to reach an agreement on a slimmed-down bill that would repeal a few major provisions of the Affordable Care Act, like the penalties imposed on people to their employers. Republican leaders would not intend such a bill to become law, but they believe it could win approval in the Senate. That “skinny” bill could then be a basis for negotiations with the House. Republican leaders in Congress have struggled all year to fulfill their promise of repealing the 2010 health care law. By a vote of 217 to 213, the House approved a repeal bill in early May, but only after Republicans overcame their own difficulties in that chamber. Mr. Trump kept up pressure on the Senate on Tuesday with Twitter posts. After the procedural vote, he applauded the Senate, but was cutting towards Ms. Collins and Ms. Murkowski: “We had two Republicans that went against us, which is very sad, I think. It’s very, very, sad for them.”… …The proposal resembles a bill passed by the Senate in 2015 and vetoed by Mr. Obama in early 2016. But it would increase the number of people who were uninsured by 32 million in 2026, the budget office said… July 25, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Big day for HealthCare. After 7 years of talking, we will soon see whether or not Republicans are willing to step up to the plate!” July 25, 2017: Ballotpedia posted information about the Senate’s Better Care Reconciliation Act (BCRA). It is the Senate’s version of the American Health Care Act, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives on May 4, 2017. From the information: The Senate Parliamentarian ruled that two more provisions do not meet reconciliation rules: The provision allowing insurers to charge older consumers premiums up to five times greater than those charged for younger consumers The provision that allows small businesses to pool together to offer association health plans. …Due to the rulings, these provisions would need 60 votes to remain on the bill… July 25, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “ObamaCare is torturing the American People. The Democrats have fooled the people long enough. Repeal or Repeal & Replace! I have pen in hand.” July 25, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “So great that John McCain is coming back to vote. Brave – American hero! Thank you John”. July 25, 2017: CNN posted an article titled: John McCain returns to Senate, casts vote to advance health care bill” It was written by Ashley Killough and Dylan Stafford. From the article: Sen. John McCain returned to the Senate on Tuesday to cast one of the final and crucial votes on a procedural step to advance the Republican’s plans to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act. McCain, who had been recovering from surgery in Arizona, flew to Washington and was greeted by a standing ovation on both sides of the aisle on the Senate floor when he arrived just minutes before 3 p.m. ET… He waved and gave the thumbs up to reporters crowded in Capitol’s hallways before casting his vote… …McCain was essential to advance the legislation. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell could only afford to lose two votes of his 52-member conference in order to pass, and both Sens. Susan Collins of Maine and Lisa Murkowski of Alaska voted against the step. Vice President Pence had to break the 50-50 tie… …While he voted to proceed to debate on the bill, McCain emphatically stated that he will not vote for the bill as it now stands. “It’s a shell of a bill right now, and we all know that,” he said, adding that his support hinges on whether the bill includes changes supported by his own governor. McCain has expressed concerns about Medicaid cuts in the bill, something many GOP governors have opposed… July 25, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “This will be a very interesting day for HealthCare. The Dems are obstructionists but the Republicans can have a great victory for the people!” July 25, 2017: Ballotpedia reported the following information about the Senate’s Better Care Reconciliation Act (BRCA): On the evening of July 25, 2017, the Senate rejected a procedural vote on the BCRA that included amendments to provide funding to help individuals in states that expanded Medicaid pay for deductibles and copays if they lost coverage and to allow insurance companies to sell plans that did not meet the ACA’s requirements. The vote was 43-57. July 26, 2017: The Senate voted on an amendment that, if passed, would be a partial repeal of Obamacare. The vote was 45 YEAs to 55 NAYs. This means the partial repeal amendment did not pass. Most of the Republican Senators voted YEA. Some Republican Senators voted NAY: Susan Collins (Maine) Lisa Murkowski (Alaska) John McCain (Arizona) Dean Heller (Nevada) Lamar Alexander (Tennessee) Shelley Moore Capito (West Virginia) Rob Portman (Ohio) All of the Democratic Senators, and both of the Independent Senators, voted NAY. July 27, 2017: Ballotpedia posted information about the Senate’s Better Care Reconciliation Act (BCRA). It is the Senate’s version of the American Health Care Act, which was passed by the U.S. House of Representatives on May 4, 2017. From the information: The Senate Parliamentarian ruled that the provision changing the conditions for states to get waivers from ACA requirements did not meet reconciliation rules. At least four Republican senators said they would vote no on the revised version of the BCRA which included the provisions that the Senate Parliamentarian ruled did not meet reconciliation rules: Senator Rand Paul (Republican – Kentucky), Senator Susan Collins (Republican – Maine), Senator Jerry Moran (Republican – Kansas) and Senator Mike Lee (Republican – Utah). July 27, 2017: Ben Jacobs, political reporter for The Guardian, @Bencjacobs tweeted: “McCain releases a statement”. Here is what Senator John McCain’s statement said: U.S. Senator John McCain (R-AZ) released the following statement today on voting “no” on the so-called “skinny repeal” of Obamacare: “From the beginning, I have believed that Obamacare should be repealed and replaced with a solution that increases competition, lowers costs, and improves care for the American people. The so-called ‘skinny repeal’ amendment the Senate voted on today would not accomplish those goals. While the amendment would have repealed some of Obamacare’s most burdensome regulations, it offered no replacement to actually reform our health care system, and deliver affordable, quality health care to our citizens. The Speaker’s statement that the House would be ‘willing’ to go to conference does not ease my concern that this shell of a bill could be taken up and passed at any time. “I’ve stated time and time again that one of the major failures of Obamacare was that it was rammed through Congress by Democrats on a strict-party line basis without a single Republican vote. We should not make the mistakes of the past that has led to Obamacare’s collapse, including in my home state of Arizona where premiums are skyrocketing and health care providers are fleeing the marketplace. We must now return to the correct way of legislating and send the bill back to committee, hold hearings, receive input from both sides of aisle, heed the recommendations of nation’s governors, and produce a bill that finally delivers affordable health care for the American people. We must do the hard work our citizens expect of us and deserve.” July 29, 2017: The Senate voted on the “Skinny bill” – which would, if passed, repeal Obamacare and replace it with nothing at all. The vote was 49 YEAs to 51 NAYS. This means the bill did not pass. The majority of the Republican Senators voted YEA. A few Republican Senators voted NAY: Susan Collins (Maine) Lisa Murkowski (Alaska) John McCain (Arizona) All of the Democratic Senators, and both of the Independent Senators, voted NAY. July 28, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “McCain Provides a Dramatic Finale on Health Care: Thumb Down”. It was written by Carl Hulse. From the article: All week long, Senate Democrats had quietly groused that Senator John McCain made a stirring return to the Senate after a brain cancer diagnosis, that he preached the virtues of bipartisanship – and that he then backed a Republican-only push to replace the Affordable Care Act. But early Friday morning, Mr. McCain, showing little sign of his grave illness, strode onto the Senate floor as the vote was being taken to repeal it, and shocked many of his colleagues and the nation. He sought recognition from the vote counters, turned his thumb down, and said “no”. There were gasps and some applause. He had just derailed the fevered Republican effort to undo the Obama-era health care law. It was a stunning moment that will be long remembered in the Senate, a flash of the maverick John McCain, unafraid of going his own way despite the pleas of his fellow Republicans. In teaming up with Senators Susan Collins of Maine and Lisa Murkowski of Alaska, who had already opposed the bill, Mr. McCain made good on his earlier promise to help defeat the measure if it didn’t meet his personal test… July 29, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Unless the Republican Senators are total quitters, Repeal and Replace is not dead! Demand another vote before voting on any other bill!” August 1, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Republicans in Congress Bypass Trump to Shore Up Health Law”. It was written by Robert Pear and Thomas Kaplan. From the article: Congressional Republicans moved on Tuesday to defuse President Trump’s threat to cut off critical payments to health insurance companies, maneuvering around the president toward bipartisan legislation to shore up insurance markets under the Affordable Care Act. Senator Lamar Alexander of Tennessee, the influential chairman of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee, announced that his panel would begin work in early September on legislation to “stabilize and strengthen the individual health insurance market” for 2018. He publicly urged Mr. Trump to continue making payments to health insurance companies to reimburse them for reducing the out-of-pocket medical expenses of low-income people. In the House, two Republicans, Representatives Tom Reed of New York and Charlie Dent of Pennsylvania, teamed with Democrats to promote incremental health legislation that would also fund the cost-sharing subsidies. The moves were a remarkable response to the president’s repeated threats to send insurance markets into a tailspin. They offered tangible indications of cooperation between the parties after Republican efforts to scrap the Affordable Care Act collapsed in the Senate last week, all but ending the seven-year Republican quest to overturn President Barack Obama’s signature domestic ability. Lawmakers from both parties concede that the health law needs improvement, as consumers face sharp premium increases and a shrinking number of insurance options in many states. These problems have been exacerbated by a president who has publicly predicted that the Affordable Care Act will “implode” and appears determined to help fulfill that prophecy. Mr. Trump has repeatedly threatened to cut off the subsidies, known as cost-sharing reduction payments, which reimburse insurers for cutting deductibles and other out-of-pocket costs for millions of low-income people. Without them, insurers would almost certainly raise premiums not only for poor consumers but also for many other people buying plans on the individual market… …In the House, a group of members known as the Problem Solvers Caucus announced agreement this week on a bipartisan set of proposals to stabilize insurance markets and revise the Affordable Care Act to provide relief to consumers and small and midsize businesses. The proposals would provide money for cost-sharing reduction payments, repeal a tax on medical devices and exempt businesses with fewer than 500 employees from the law’s requirements to offer health insurance to workers… …Under the proposal, funds for the cost-sharing payments would be guaranteed, and Congress could review use of the money each year, just as it reviews other federal spending… …Payment of the cost-sharing subsidies is a top priority for insurers and for Democrats in Congress, who say that cutting off the payments would cause havoc in the insurance markets. The president has the power to stop the payments because a federal judge ruled last year that the Obama administration had been illegally making the payments, in the absence of a law explicitly providing money for the purpose… August 1, 2017: The Sacramento Bee posted an article titled: “Covered California announces 12.5 percent premium hikes in 2018, but what’s this new surcharge?” It was written by Cathie Anderson. From the article: California consumers buying insurance for 2018 through the state’s insurance exchange will see average premiums increase 12.5 percent, but by comparison pricing, many could limit their premium hikes to 3.3 percent, Covered California officials announced Tuesday. The increase was a little lower than the average 13.2 Covered California premium hike implemented this year, despite uncertainty over the future of the Affordable Care Act amid Republican attempts to repeal the law. The average 2018 increase was also much lower than premium hikes in several other states… …That “ongoing uncertainty” could mean that roughly 650,000 consumers who buy Covered California’s most popular insurance plans, those in the silver tier, will face a double whammy on their premium prices. The exchange said it may have to add a 12.4 percent surcharge to premiums in that tier because insurers are worried about continued federal funding that lowers out-of-pocket costs for enrollees. The good news is that those policy holders won’t feel the full force of that increase. That’s because of a cap on out-of-pocket costs for policy holders whose income is 250 percent of the federal poverty level. Once consumers hit that out-of-pocket ceiling, Medi-Cal will pick up the tab. Rate hikes are being implemented to guarantee insurers they’ll be reimbursed for discounts they are required to give consumers in the popular silver tier plans. The Affordable Care Act, commonly called Obamacare, mandates that co-pays and other fees be reduced on a sliding scale, depending on income. But in a major flaw in the law, the U.S. House of Representatives created no mechanism to appropriate funds to reimburse insurers for those discounts. Under the Obama administration, the Department of Health and Human Services set aside the funds annually and paid it, but a lawsuit by House Republicans has challenged the constitutionality of those payments. The Trump administration has committed to paying those so-called cost-sharing reductions only a month at a time, leaving insurers unwilling to commit to yearlong contracts with health exchanges such as Covered California… …Covered California said that the silver-tier plans would no longer be a good option for consumers who receive no subsidy and that its representatives and independent insurance advocates would work to get out the message. All the rate changes must be approved by state regulators before the can be implemented. August 30, 2017: A bipartisan collation of Governors posted a Blueprint for Stronger Health Insurance Markets. They sent this information to Speaker of the House Paul Ryan (R. Wis.), Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell (R. Kentucky), House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (D- Ca.) and Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer (D- NY). They also posted the information on Governor of Ohio, John Kasich’s website. From the Blueprint: As Congress considers reforms to strengthen our nation’s health insurance system, we ask you to take immediate steps to make coverage more stable and affordable. The current state of our individual market is unsustainable and we can all agree this is a problem the needs to be fixed. Governors have already made restoring stability and affordability in this market a priority, and we look forward to partnering with you in this effort. Most Americans currently have access to a stable source of health insurance through their employer, or from public programs, like Medicare and Medicaid. While rising costs are a concern throughout the system, the volatility of the individual market is most immediate concern, threatening coverage for 22 million Americans. Continuing uncertainty about the direction of federal policy is driving up premiums, eliminating competition, and leaving consumers with fewer choices. Proposed premiums for the most popular exchange plans are expected to increase 18 percent in 2018 and 2.5 million residents in 1,400 countries will have only one carrier available to them on the exchange. Despite these headwinds, states continue to try to stabilize the individual market and have developed innovative solutions to preserve coverage while making insurance more affordable… From here, the Governors provide details about a plan that they recommend. It includes: Immediate federal action to stabilize markets Responsible reforms that preserve recent coverage gains and controls costs An active federal/state partnership that is based on innovation and a shared commitment to improve overall health system performance. Here are some key parts of their plan for “Immediate federal action to stabilize markets: Congress needs to send a strong signal now that the individual market will remain viable this year, next year, and into the future. This is emphasized because the Governors are aware that insurers have until the end of September to make final decisions about participating in the marketplaces. The Trump Administration should commit to making cost reduction (CSR) payments. The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimates that not making these payments would drive premiums 20-25 percent and increase the federal deficit $194 billion over ten years. The Governors also want Congress to explicitly appropriate federal funding for the CSR payments at least through 2019. Doing so would put to rest any uncertainty about the future of CSR payments. Congress should create a fund that states can use to create reinsurance programs or similar programs that reduce premiums and limit losses for providing coverage. The Governors recommend funding the program for at least two years and fully offsetting the costs so it does not add to the deficit. The Governors ask Congress to encourage insurance companies to enter underserved counties by exempting these insurance from the federal health insurance tax on their exchange plans in those counties. The Governors also want Congress to allow residents in underserved counties to buy into the Federal Employee Benefit Program, giving rural counties access to the same health care as federal workers. The Governors recommend Congress should leave the individual mandate in place until it can devise a credible replacement. The Governors note that the individual mandate is unpopular, but is important because it provides incentive for healthy people to enroll in health insurance coverage. Here are some key parts of their plan for “Reforms that Preserve Recent Coverage Gains and Controls Costs”: The Governors have a menu of options that individual states may consider or pursue. Each state will choose the state-based approaches that best fits their individual situation. Maximize market participation by increasing coverage uptake among the uninsured would improve the risk pool and set in place a virtuous cycle of lower premiums leading to higher enrollment. The federal government should continue to fund outreach and enrollment efforts that encourage Americans to sign up for insurance. Making insurance more affordable is a key part of increasing participation in the marketplace. Promote appropriate enrollment by preventing people from enrolling in a health insurance plan only when they need health care, stop paying premiums at the end of the year, or purchase exchange plans even though they are eligible for Medicare and Medicaid. This drives up costs in the individual market. Congress and individual states can reverse this effect by shortening grace periods for non-payment of premiums, verifying special enrollment period qualifications, and limiting exchange enrollment for those who are eligible for other programs. The federal government needs to fully fund risk sharing programs (which the ACA created, but the federal government has gone back on). Congress should modify and strengthen federal risk sharing mechanisms, including risk adjustments and reinsurance. The Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) should allow states more flexibility in choosing reference plans for the ten essential health benefits (EHB) categories than are currently allowed by regulation. Here are some key parts of their plan for “An Active Federal/State Partnership”: The Governors urge Congress and federal agencies to work with states to over come constraints and federal law regulations that prevent states from being truly innovative. The Governors urge Congress to work with states and improve the regulatory environment, support state innovation waivers, and control costs through payment innovation. The federal government should not duplicate efforts or preempt state authority to regulate consumer services, insurance products, market conduct, financial requirements for carriers, and carrier and broker licensing in states that already effectively perform those functions. The ACA permits a state to request permission to waive specific portions of the ACA, including the individual and employer mandates, as well as regulations for qualified health plans, essential health benefits, tax credits and subsidies, and exchanges. A state many not waive community rating requirements, prohibitions on preexisting condition exclusions, lifetime maximum coverage limits, preventative care mandates, or coverage for adults as dependents through age 26. To obtain a waiver, a state must demonstrate its plan would not increase the federal deficit, would not reduce the number of people with health coverage, and would not reduce affordability or comprehensiveness of coverage. Many states want an option for a fast-track waiver. Control costs through payment innovation. The Governors want Congress and the Administration to make a clear commitment to value-based health care purchasing. This could mean Medicare and other federal programs would be allowed to participate in multi-payer State Innovation Models. Payment innovation projects should be funded through the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation and expanded to the states. The Governors want the Congress and the Administration to take immediate action to stabilize the individual health insurance marketplace. Here are the Governors who were part of this letter: John Kasich, Governor, State of Ohio (Republican) John Hickenlooper, Governor, State of Colorado (Democratic) Brian Sandoval, Governor, State of Nevada (Republican) Tom Wolf, Governor, State of Pennsylvania (Democratic) Bill Walker, Governor, State of Alaska (Independent) Terence R. McAuliffe, Governor, State of Virginia (Democratic) John Bel Edwards, Governor, State of Louisiana (Democratic) Steve Bullock, Governor, State of Montana (Democratic) August 31, 2017: CNN posted an article titled: “Trump slashing Obamacare advertising by 90%”. It was written by Tami Luhby. From the article: The Trump administration plans to spend 90% less on advertising to get people to sign up for Obamacare than former President Obama did last year. The administration will spend $10 million on promotions during open enrollment season this fall, compared to $100 million a year ago, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, which administers Obamacare, said Thursday. It will focus on radio and digital ads, as well as email to existing enrollees. At the same time, it is curing funding for so-called navigators — who help people sign up for coverage– by 41%. The 98 navigator groups will receive a total of $37 million for the coming enrollment season. With Congress’ effort to repeal and replace Obamacare on hold, all eyes are on whether the Trump administration will work to stabilize or undermine the health reform law. President Trump has repeatedly said Obamacare is dead. He has raised questions about whether he will try to dismantle the law by discontinuing funding for a key set of subsidies or weakening enforcement of the individual mandate. Another wild card is how the administration will handle open enrollment, which this year will run from November 1 through December 15 – half the length that it did under Obama, who actively promoted the sign-up period. Trump officials have been largely silent about their plans until now, though they have repeatedly said the law is failing Americans. The administration justified the budget cuts by saying it was basing advertising on effectiveness and performance. Democrats and Obamacare supporters quickly decried the move as sabotage… …Advertising and outreach, however, are seen as critical to maintaining and boosting Obamacare enrollment. In fact, a bipartisan coalition of governors — led by Republican Governor John Kasich of Ohio and Democratic Governor John Hickenlooper of Colorado — on Wednesday urged the administration to fund outreach and enrollment efforts. In particular, it helps attract young and healthy consumers who may not feel they need coverage. The sick, who are eager to secure insurance, are more likely to know where to sign up. This is not the first time the Trump administration has pulled advertising for Obamacare. It halted up to $5 million worth of ads just days after taking office in January. The campaign was intended to alert consumers to the end of the 2017 sign-up period on January 31. Outreach is considered critical in the final days of the enrollment period to remind consumers — particularly younger ones — of the deadline. Sign ups typically surge during this time. September 7, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “New York extends ObamaCare enrollment deadline”. It was written by Jessie Hellman. From the article: New York will extend its open enrollment period for ObamaCare plans, citing concerns about an earlier deadline set by the federal government. New York’s open enrollment will now begin on Nov. 1 and end on Jan 31., officials said on Thursday. The Trump administration cut this year’s open enrollment in half for states that use the federal marketplace. It will end for those states on Dec. 15. But New York, and some other states that run their own exchanges, have opted to lengthen their enrollment periods… …California, Colorado, Minnesota, Washington, Massachusetts and Washington, D.C., have all extended their open enrollment periods past the deadline set by the administration… September 8, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Republicans, sorry, but I’ve been hearing about Repeal & Replace for 7 years, didn’t happen! Even worse, the Senate Filibuster Rule will…” That tweet was followed by a second tweet: “…never allow the Republicans to pass even great legislation. 8 Dems control – will rarely get 60 (vs. 51) votes. It is a Repub Death Wish!” September 19, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “GOP Chairman declares bipartisan ObamaCare fix dead”. It was written by Peter Sullivan. From the article: The Senate Health Committee chairman on Tuesday released a statement ending a bipartisan effort to find an ObamaCare fix amid a new GOP push to repeal the law. “During the last month, we have worked hard and in good faith, but have not found the necessary consensus among Republicans and Democrats to put a bill in the Senate leaders’ hands that could be enacted,” Senate Health Committee Chairman Lamar Alexander (R. – Tenn.) said in the statement. Senate Minority Leader Charles Shumers’s (D. N.Y.) office dismissed Alexander’s statement about the bipartisan efforts, saying the announcement Tuesday was “not about substance” while pointing to the last-ditch GOP repeal push being led by Sens. Lindsey Graham (R – S.C.) and Bill Cassidy (R-La.)… …The effort at a bipartisan deal to stabilize ObamaCare markets had always faced headwinds, given the polarizing nature of the issue. But the effort faced even higher obstacles in recent days as Republicans refocused on a GOP-only effort to repeal and replace ObamaCare. That atmosphere made it very difficult to work in a bipartisan way on the law. Alexander acknowledged that to reporters earlier on Tuesday, and also blamed Sen. Bernie Sanders’s (I-Vt.) announcement of single-payer legislation last week for creating a partisan atmosphere as well. The announcement comes after Speaker Paul Ryan (R – Wis.) and the White House said they would not agree to a bipartisan deal out of the committee, fearing a “bailout” of ObamaCare. Sen. Patty Murray (Wash.), the top Democrat on the committee, had tried to keep the talks alive… …The goal of the bipartisan deal was to provide funding for key ObamaCare payments known as cost-sharing reductions in exchange for new flexibilities for states. Democrats blamed Republican leadership for killing the health committee’s bipartisan effort to clear the way for the new repeal effort… September 20, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “I would not sign Graham-Cassidy if it dod not include coverage of pre-existing conditions. It does! A great Bill. Repeal & Replace.” September 20, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Rand Paul is a friend of mine but he is such a negative force when it comes to fixing healthcare. Graham-Cassidy Bill is GREAT! Ends Ocare!” September 20, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “I hope Republican Senators will vote for Graham-Cassidy and fulfill their promise to Repeal & Replace ObamaCare. Money direct to States!” September 20, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Rand Paul is a friend of mine but he is such a negative force when it comes to fixing healthcare. Graham-Cassidy Bill is GREAT! Ends Ocare!” September 20, 2017: Avalere posted a press release titled: “Graham-Cassidy-Heller-Johnson Bill Would Reduce Federal Funding to States by $215 Billion”. It was written by Senior Vice President Elizabeth Carpenter and Director Chris Sloan. From the press release: New analysis from Avalere finds that the Graham-Cassidy-Heller-Johnson (GCHJ) bill to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act (ACA) would lead to a reduction in federal funding to states by $215B through 2026 and more than $4T over a 20-year period… …The proposed legislation would repeal the ACA’s Medicaid expansion, premium tax credits, cost sharing reduction (CSR) payments, individual and employer mandates, and the Basic Health Program (BHP). Instead, the bill would provide states with block grants to fund health insurance coverage in their state. The bill would also change the financing structure of the traditional Medicaid population from an open-ended approach to a fixed per capita cap of block grant approach… …Years 2020 – 2026: By 2026, the bill – compared to current law – would lead to 34 states and DC experiencing funding cuts; 7 states seeing funding reductions above $10B; and 16 states seeing an increase in funding… A map titled “Figure 1: Changes in Federal Funding, 2026, in Billions” provides more details: Reduction of $50 to $78 billion: California Reduction of $10 to $50 billion: Washington, Oregon, Arizona, New York, Connecticut, New Jersey, Maryland Reduction of $0 to $10 billion: Nevada, Colorado, New Mexico, Alaska, Hawaii, North Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Iowa, Arkansas, Louisiana, Illinois, Michigan, Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio, West Virginia, Pennsylvania, District of Columbia, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Vermont, Maine, Florida. North Carolina Increase of $0 to $10 billion: Montana, Idaho, Utah, Wyoming, South Dakota, Kansas, Oklahoma, Missouri, Wisconsin, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Virginia Increase of $10 to $40 billion: Texas …The bill then creates a funding cliff after 2026, when block grants would need to be re-appropriated. Years 2020 -2027: Importantly, the block grant funding appropriated in the bill ends after 2026. While funding for 2027 and beyond might be appropriated in the future, the bill currently creates a block grant funding cliff in 2027. The ability of Congress to appropriate additional funding is uncertain and could be constrained by the need to offset the cost. As such, by 2027, states would see significantly larger declines in funding as compared to current law, with 39 states and DC facing funding cuts, and 18 states with reductions of greater than $10B. By 2027, only 11 states would see an increase under GCHJ compared to current law…The bill is projected to reduce total federal funding to states by $489B through 2027… A map titled: “Figure 2: Changes in Federal Funding, 2020 – 2027, in Billions” provides more details: Reduction of $75 to $129 billion: California Reduction of $10 to $75 billion: Washington, Oregon, Arizona, Colorado, Minnesota, Arkansas, Louisiana, Illinois, Michigan, Kentucky, Ohio, Florida, Pennsylvania, New York, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Jersey, Maryland, Alaska, Hawaii, District of Columbia Reduction of $0 to $10 billion: Nevada, Idaho, Utah, New Mexico, Montana, North Dakota, Nebraska, Iowa, Indiana, Tennessee, West Virginia, Virginia, North Carolina, District of Columbia, Delaware, Rhode Island, Vermont, New Hampshire, Maine Increase of $0 to $10 billion: Wyoming, South Dakota, Kansas, Oklahoma, Missouri, Wisconsin, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, South Dakota Increase of $10 to $30 billion: Texas …Years 2020 – 2036: Finally, given the long-term impacts of the Medicaid per-capita caps, particularly in the shift to lower per capita cap growth rates in 2025, and lack of block grant funding beyond 2026, all states would see a reduction in federal funds relative to current law by 2026… Federal funding reductions range from $4B in South Dakota to $800B in California… A map titled “Figure 3: Changes in Federal Funding, 2020 – 2036, in Billions, provides more details: Reduction of $350 to $800 billion: California, New York Reduction of $50 to $350 billion: Washington, Oregon, Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Texas, Louisiana, Arkansas, Minnesota, Illinois, Michigan, Indiana, Kentucky, Tennessee, Ohio, Florida, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Maryland, New Jersey, Connecticut, Massachusetts Reduction of $25 to $50 billion: Nevada, Hawaii, Oklahoma, Missouri, Iowa, Wisconsin, Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia Reduction of $4 to $25 billion: District of Columbia, Alaska, Utah, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Mississippi Vermont, New Hampshire, Maine, Rhode Island …Block grant funding would be below current federal funding levels under the ACA for Medicaid expansion states, and would end after 2026. Beginning in 2021, funding would be distributed primarily based on each state’s share of population with incomes between 50 and 138% of the federal poverty level (FPL), a range that excludes a significant proportion of people who qualified for exchange premium tax credits and cost-sharing reductions. Starting in 2024, block grant amounts would be partially determined by the state’s enrolled population in credible coverage – defined as having an actuarial value at least equivalent to the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) actuarial value; effectively, coverage that has very low-cost sharing and premiums, similar to Medicaid and CHIP today. As such, funding would effectively be allocated according to the number of a state’s 50% to 138% FPL population the state enrolls in coverage that is equivalent to Medicaid and CHIP. Under the block grants, funding for the coverage expansion programs under the ACA would be reduced, compared to current law, by $95B, or 7% from 2020 through 2026. From 2020, to 2027, the first year for which there is no appropriated federal funding, the federal funding to states would be cumulatively reduced by $326B, or 21%. From 2020 to 2036, that reduction relative to federal law is projected to grow by $3,071B or 71%… September 20, 2017: ThinkProgress posted an article titled: “Report finds that every state would suffer under Trumpcare”. It was written by Addy Baird. From the article: The latest attempt by Republicans in Congress to repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act, spearheaded by Sens. Lindsey Graham (R-SC) and Bill Cassidy (R-LA), would reduce federal spending to states by $215 billion over ten years, ultimately decreasing funding for all states according to an analysis released Wednesday. The bill has the support of President Donald Trump, who has consistently pushed for Republicans to repeal and replace the ACA after repeated failures to do so in recent months… …While the bill would indeed fulfill the GOP’s years-long unfulfilled promise of repealing and replacing Obamacare, the new analysis, conducted by nonpartisan health consulting firm Avalere (a favorite of the National Governors Association), paints a different picture. The Graham-Cassidy bill, which is also supported by Sens. Dean Heller (R-NV) and Ron Johnson (R-WI), requires that the funding to states be re-appropriated after 2026, but that re-appropriation is far from certain. The “funding cliff” created by the uncertain re-appropriation means that not only does Avalere estimate a loss of $215 billion over 10 years, but also finds that states would lose an estimated $4 trillion over 2036. While Graham and Cassidy have often said the bill would benefits smaller, more rural states, Avalere found that every state would ultimately suffer under the law… …The report also notes that two states that would be among those hit the hardest include Alaska and Arizona, losing 33 and 34 percent of there funding by 2036, respectively… …Two of the senators from those states – Sens. John McCain (R-AZ) and Lisa Murkowski (R-AK) – are among a small handful of key swing votes that could determine the fate of the bill. Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY) has consistently said he will vote against the bill and Sen. Susan Collins (R-ME) has suggested she may also vote no, with means Republicans can lose just one more vote. Graham-Cassidy would also gut Medicaid, ultimately repealing the Medicaid expansion offered under the ACA and shifting to a block grant system… September 20, 2017: The Jimmy Kimmel Live YouTube Channel posted a video titled: “Jimmy Kimmel Fights Back Against Bill Cassidy, Lindsey Graham, & Chris Christie” September 25, 2017: NPR posted an article titled: “‘Millions’ Fewer Would Have Coverage Under GOP Health Bill, Says CBO Analysis”. It was written by Alison Kodjak. From the article: The proposal the Senate is considering that would repeal and replace the Affordable Care Act would result in millions losing health insurance and a $133 billion reduction in the deficit by 2026, according to the Congressional Budget Office’s report on the Graham-Cassidy legislation. The CBO did not have enough time to estimate specifically how many people’s insurance would be affected as it has done when it scored previous repeal bills. But the analysis it released Monday evening said “the number of people with comprehensive health insurance that covers high-cost medical events would be reduced by millions” compared with current law. The bill, known as Graham-Cassidy, would dismantle the major components of the Affordable Care Act, or Obamacare. Gone would be the subsidies that help people buy insurance, the mandate that requires people to be covered and the expansion of Medicaid. All the money from those programs would be rolled up and redistributed to states in the form of block grants. Each state would then decide how to spend those funds. Because of that, says the CBO, the number of people without health insurance “could vary widely depending on how states implemented the legislation.” The bill also changes Medicaid by capping the federal contribution – giving states a fixed amount per person and increasing it at a rate that is slower than health care inflation. CBO says it cannot do a complete analysis of the plan in the short window requested by lawmakers. Senate Republicans are looking to vote on the bill this week, before a deadline at the end of September would require they get support from Democrats to be able to pass the legislation… September 25, 2017: ABC News posted an article titled: “What’s different about the revised Graham-Cassidy bill”. It was written by Maryalice Parks and Veronica Stracqualursi. From the article: …The newest draft from Sens. Bill Cassidy, R-La., Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., Dean Heller, R.Nev., and Ron Johnson, R.Wis., rejiggers how changes in federal funding provided to states for health care would be phased in over time. As a result, there would likely be less of a gap between the states poised to get additional federal dollars from this bill and the states that would lose out on funding. The concept of block granting federal funding remains the centerpieces of the legislation. Starting in 2020, the federal government would end stop providing additional money for states that specifically expanded their Medicaid programs under the Affordable Care Act. The bill would also end the cost-sharing subsidies the federal government currently pays to insurance companies to help keep premiums for lower-income Americans buying health insurance. Instead, the plan would designate some federal funds to be divided up to states based on their resident’s poverty levels and other factors that impact health care costs like population density. The authors have argued that it is unfair that under current law, some states receive more federal funding to help provide health insurance than others, though all states were offered the same opportunity and access to additional funds to expand their Medicaid rolls. Many Republican governors refused that available funding under current law. The new Republican plan would essentially equalize federal funding between states that expanded Medicaid and states that did not, but the latest version makes those changes more gradually. States that expanded Medicaid would still likely lose billions of dollars in federal funding, and the overall pot of total federal funding would still be approximately $160 billion less over the next 10 years as compared to current law, according to a study from the Kaiser Family Foundation. The new draft would also appropriate $500 million specifically to states that set up waiver systems under Obamacare, which only includes Hawaii and Alaska. Alaska Sen. Lisa Murkowski still remains undecided on the Graham-Cassidy bill and her vote is vital to the bill’s passage. The new draft also would allocate an additional $750 million a year to states that expanded Medicaid recently, while punishing states that expanded Medicaid when first given the option under the Affordable Care Act. The states that would most likely benefit the most from this include Montana and Cassidy’s home state of Louisiana… …The Senate Finance Committee plans on holding the first hearing today on the bill. Congress is still waiting for the Congressional Budget Office to release its score of the bill, which would indicate how much the legislation will affect the government’s deficit. September 25, 2017: Snopes.com posted a Fact Check titled: “Is Healthcare.gov Scheduled for Maintenance During Obamacare Enrollment?” From the Fact Check: …In September 2017, numerous news accounts reported that the Healthcare.gov web site was scheduled to be shut down for maintenance on several occasions during the 2018 “Obamacare” health insurance open enrollment period, which runs from 1 November to 15 December 2017, prompting queries to us from readers about the issue. Kaiser Health News, a self-described “nonprofit news service committed to in-depth coverage of health care policy and politics” reported that: “The Trump administration plans to shut down the federal health insurance exchange for 12 hours during all but one Sunday in the upcoming open enrollment season. The shutdown will occur from 12 a.m. to 12 p.m. ET on every Sunday except Dec. 10. The Department of Health and Human Services will also shut down the federal exchange – healthcare.gov – overnight on the first day of open enrollment, Nov. 1. More than three dozen states use that exchange for their marketplaces. HHS officials disclosed this information during a webinar with community groups that help people enroll.”… …A spokesperson for the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), which runs Healthcare.gov, confirmed the maintenance schedules reported by Kaiser Health News and Sara Kliff [of Vox]. “Maintenance outages are regularly scheduled on HealthCare.gov every year during open enrollment. This year is no different. The maintenance schedule was provided in advance this year in order to accommodate requests from certified application assisters. System downtime is planned for the lowest-traffic time periods on HealthCare.gov including Sunday mornings.” The spokesperson also said the periods set out for web site maintenance constituted the maximum anticipated amount of downtime, and averred that the actual amount of downtime might end up being less… …The Trump administration has already cut in half the Obamacare open enrollment period, truncating the original period of 1 November 2016 to 21 January 2017 (three months) to the shorter period of 1 November to 15 December 2017 (six weeks.)… September 26, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “Senate won’t vote on ObamaCare repeal bill”. It was written by Alexander Bolton. From the article: Senate Republicans have decided not to vote on their latest ObamaCare repeal legislation, signaling a collapse in their last-ditch effort to kill off President Obama’s signature law. “We don’t have the votes so it’s probably best we don’t do the vote,” said Sen. Steve Daines (R.-Mont.) after the GOP conference met at its regular weekly luncheon. “We’ve lost this battle, but we’re going to win the war.” The last-ditch bill sponsored by Sens. Bill Cassidy (R.La.) and Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) would dismantle ObamaCare’s insurance subsidy program and Medicaid expansion and covert their funding into block grants to states. “We don’t have the votes,” Cassidy acknowledges after meeting with his colleagues on Tuesday for more than an hour. “We made the decision since we don’t have the votes, we’re going to postpone it,” he added, expressing disappointment. Graham said the health care debate will resume after Congress tries to move a tax reform package and expressed confidence his bill will eventually muster 50 votes… …In the end, they couldn’t convince several of their colleagues, conservatives and centrists alike, to go along with their plan. Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine) delivered the final death blow on Monday, announcing she could not support the bill because of its cuts to Medicaid and its lack of protections for people with pre-existing conditions, a big issues that the late-night host Jimmy Kimmel used to criticize the bill. Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.) was also a “no” vote. He said the bill would have left too much of ObamaCare in place. Sen. John McCain (R.Ariz.) said he would be voting no on Friday, in large part because of a process he said was rushed and excluded Democrats… …The rust on the Graham-Cassidy bill came in part because of a Sept. 30 deadline for using budgetary rules that prevented Democrats from filibustering the legislation… September 26, 2017: Politically Georgia posted an article titled: “Georgians weary of failed Obamacare repeal but want health care action”. It was written by Ariel Hart. From the article: For the third time, congressional Republicans admitted defeat Tuesday on a push to repeal Obamacare, seemingly for good. In Georgia, opponents and supporters alike were weary and frustrated at the wasted time and energy that Congress has cost the nation. But they were not spent: They immediately spoke of what needs to be done now. Providers of indigent care called for Congress to direct its attention to funding programs that expire on Saturday, such as PeachCare and hospital subsidies. A foundation that advocates for the free market called for Georgia to use existing law to implement the best parts of GOP desires… …Several federal funding programs for hospitals, lower-income child care and other subsidies expire Saturday. To be funded, they need Congress to vote for that. U.S. Sen. Johnny Isakson has expressed a willingness now to work across the aisle on such terms…. …The problems [Dr. Karen] Kinsell and others bring up with Obamacare will also take congressional agreement but are harder: rising expenses for premiums, deductibles, and out-of-pocket costs for health care. Part of that is driven simply by the rising cost of health care. Georgia may get a bitter taste of that this week when the state releases final agreements with health insurers on their rates for 2018. Several have indicated that uncertainty at the federal policy level is driving their prices higher. On the state level, Georgia still has the ability to agree with the federal government on a “waiver” of certain Obamacare provisions to get more flexibility to innovate on using the money. That’s what [Kelly] McCutchen [president of the libertarian-leaning Georgia Public Policy Foundation] and some others hope will happen… …The Georgia Hospital Association prodded Congress to remember that the state’s hospitals already absorb $1.7 billion a year in uncompensated care… September 27, 2017: Politico posted an article titled: “Inside the life and death of Graham-Cassidy”. It was written by Jennifer Haberkorn, Burgess Everett and Seung Min Kim. From the article: …The decision on Tuesday not to vote on the Graham-Cassidy bill marked the fourth Obamacare repeal bill failure since the summer began. But Republicans say they’re not going to stop, and [Sen. Lisa] Murkowski’s decision not to oppose the bill provided a small victory in an otherwise painful defeat. “Today to me, it’s not a matter of if, it’s now when,” Graham said of repealing the Affordable Care Act. “Because this idea makes sense. Let’s say we fail. Let’s say we continue to fail. You’ve seen the damage done to the party, donors, people upset. The good news is I see enthusiasm for the first time among Republicans about an alternative to Obamacare.” Graham’s positive spin comes just two weeks after he and Sen. Bill Cassidy had to publicly plead with President Donald Trump and Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell to get on board with a last-gasp Obamacare bill. They then went on a legislative binge, running around Washington to lobby the White House senators and conservative groups to at leas not kill their effort… …At one point, the bill seemed to have a real chance of success. And then it ran into the same hurdles that killed every other GOP health plan. Ultimate, a number of Senate Republicans remain wary of transforming the U.S. health system in such a haphazard process – especially with plans to make deep cuts to Medicaid and roll back protections for people with pre-existing conditions. And yet, the sudden spurt of momentum behind Graham-Cassidy, once considered a long shot, underscores how nervous Republicans are about facing voters in 2018 without fulfilling their top campaign promise or having much of a legislative record. What hasn’t changed is that there are three hard “nos” against Obamacare repeal: Sens. John McCain of Arizona, Rand Paul of Kentucky and Susan Collins of Maine, not to mention other quietly skeptical senators… …Both Graham and Cassidy say they merely ran out of time. Other Republicans say the effort was thwarted by bad information – early drafts had errors or misleading information – and last-minute changes that made members uncomfortable about what they’d be voting on… …Vice President Mike Pence told Republicans on Tuesday that they need to repeal Obamacare by the end of this Congress, GOP senators said, ensuring that the Obamacare debate will be part of the 2018 mid-term elections, just like it was in every election since 2010. But unless the Senate math shifts, Republicans are no closer to 50 votes than they were on the July evening when McCain dramatically ended the previous GOP repeal effort. And after Collins confirmed on Monday that she’s the third republican to oppose the bill, its fate was sealed… September 27, 2017: The Intercept posted an article titled: “Lindsey Graham on Obamacare Repeal: I Had No Idea What I Was Doing”. It was written by Ryan Grim and Aida Chávez. From the article: Senate Democrats and their progressive allies spend the last week and a half in a full-blown mobilization against an existential threat to the Affordable Care Act. Now that it has fizzled out, the lead author of the measure, known as the Graham-Cassidy bill, has an admission to make: He had no clue what he was doing… …But now that it’s over, the old Graham is back and more than willing to laugh at how improbable it was that a national security expert briefly held the national limelight as a supposed health policy wonk. Graham, though, said he was not alone in his lack of understanding of health care. “Nobody in our conference believes Obamacare works. It must be replaced. But until now, we didn’t know how to do it.” Graham told reporters in the Capitol on Tuesday… …A reporter pointed out that his ignorance at this late stage is hard to understand. “You’ve been working to overhaul this for seven years. Why is this so hard?” she asked. “Well, I’ve been doing it for about a month. I thought everybody else knew what the hell they were taking about, but apparently not,” Graham clarified, adding he had assumed “these really smart people will figure it out.”… …Republican leaders conceded Tuesday that they did not have the 50 votes they needed to move forward with Graham-Cassidy. Of the 52 Republicans in the Senate, John McCain of Arizona, Rand Paul of Kentucky, and Susan Collins of Maine publicly opposed the legislation, making the math easy. Alaska Sen. Lisa Murkowski issued a statement after Graham-Cassidy was pulled from the floor, strongly implying she had also opposed the bill… September 30, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “‘Little Lobbyists’ Help Save the Health Care Law, for now”. It was written by Robert Pear. From the article: …In the long-running battle over health care, doctors, hospitals, and insurance companies have spent millions of dollars this year. But some of the most effective advocacy has come from pint-size petitioners who spent nothing at all: children with serious medical needs who told their stories to members of Congress… …Children like Jackson [12-years-old] and Henry [9-years-old] [both of whom have a genetic condition Noonan syndrome, which causes a bleeding disorder, short stature, and digestion problems] have put a human face on the debate over insurance regulation, premium subsidies, Medicaid expansion and cost estimates by the Congressional Budget Office. The American Medical Association, the American Hospital Association, America’s Health Insurance Plans and dozens of other industry groups lined up against the Republican repeal bills. But, lawmakers said, what really sank the legislation was the outpouring from constituents, and few were as influential as the lobbyists who pleaded for their own lives and the lives of other children with special needs… …The House Democratic leader, Nancy Pelosi of California, said the young lobbyists “have made all the difference in the world.” And she described the parents as formidable: “You do not want to stand in between one of these moms and the good health care of her child.” The effort started when five families visited Senate offices in June for a day of lobbying…. October 2017: Health Affairs released an Abstract on a research article titled: “Early Medicaid Expansion Associated With Reduced Payday Borrowing In California.” It was written by Heidi Allen, an associate professor in the School of Social Work, Columbia University in New York City; Ashley Swanson, an assistant professor of health care management and the Wharton School Senior Fellow at the Leonard Davis Institute of Health Economics, both at the University of Pennsylvania, in Philadelphia; Jialan Wang, an assistant professor of finance at the College of Business, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; and Tal Gross, an assistant professor in the Department of Markets, Public Policy, and Law at Questrom School of Business, Boston University, in Massachusetts. From the Abstract: We examined the impact of California’s early Medicaid expansion under the Affordable Care Act on the use of payday loans, a form of high-interest borrowing used by low- and middle-income Americans. Using a data set for the period 2009-13 (roughly twenty-four months before and twenty-four months after the 2011-12 Medicaid expansion) that covered the university of payday loans from five large payday lenders with locations around the United States, we used a difference-in-difference research design to asses the effect of the expansion on payday borrowing, comparing trends in early-expansion counties in California to those in counties nationwide that did not expand early. The early Medicaid expansion was associated with an 11 percent reduction in the number of loans taken out each month. It also reduced the number of unique borrowers each month and the amount of payday loan debt. We were unable to determine precisely how and for whom the expansion reduced payday borrowing, since to our knowledge, no data exists that directly link payday lending to insurance status. Nonetheless, our results suggest that Medicaid reduced the demand for high-interest loans and improved the financial health of American families. October 5, 2017: The Washington Post posted an article titled: “As ACA enrollment nears, administration keeps cutting federal support of the law”. It was written by Julie Eilperin. From the article: …Supporters of the Affordable Care Act see the president’s opposition even to changes sought by conservative states as part of a broader campaign by his administration to undermine the 2010 health-care law. In addition to trying to cut funding for the ACA, the Trump administration also is hampering state efforts to control premiums. In the case of Iowa, that involved a highly unusual intervention by the president himself. And with the fifth enrollment season set to begin Nov. 1, advocates say the Health and Human Services Department has done more to suppress the number of people signing up than to boost it. HHS has slashed grants to groups that help consumers get insurance coverage, for example. It also has cut the enrollment period in half, reduced the advertising budget by 90 percent and announced an outage schedule that would make the HealthCare.gov website less available than last year. The White House also has yet to commit to funding the cost-sharing reductions that help about 7 million lower-income Americans afford out-of-pocket expenses on their ACA health plans. Trump has regularly threatened to block them and, according to an administration official who was not authorized to speak publicly, officials are considering action to end the payments in November. The uncertainty has driven premium prices much higher for 2018. A possible move by the Treasure Department to ease the requirement that most Americans obtain coverage could further erode a core element of the law… …Trump and his aides are also looking for ways to loosen the existing law’s requirements, now that the latest congressional attempt to repeal it outright has failed. The Treasury Department may broaden the ACA’s “hardship exemption” so that taxpayers don’t face costly penalties for failing to obtain coverage, a Republican briefed on the plan said. That is sure to depress enrollment among the younger, healthier consumers whom insurers count on to help buffer the health-care costs of sicker customers… October 10, 2017: Vox posted an article titled: “The Trump administration’s case against birth control is a stunning distortion of science”. It was written by Julia Belluz. From the article: On Friday, the Trump Administration released long-anticipated rules that relax the Obama-era birth control mandate, which required employers to offer insurance that covered contraception for women. Effective immediately, some companies can now more easily refuse to cover the cost of birth control by seeking religious or moral exemptions. To justify this rollback, the administration wrote pages into the new regulations that challenge well-established research on the health impact of birth control – from whether contraceptives reduce unwanted pregnancies to the harms and benefits of the Pill. Altogether, the case presented against birth control is a stunning distortion of the research on contraception. And it’s anything but novel… The article continues by debunking the distortion of research on contraception presented by the Trump administration. Vox presented a series of facts in a way that is easy to understand. The Vox article provides many links to the sources of the information they present. October 10, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “New York, California threaten to sue over health-care subsidies”. It was written by Rebecca Savransky. From the article: Attorneys general from California and New York say they are prepared to sue the Trump administration to protect health care subsidies that the White House said would be cut off. New York Attorney General Eric Schneiderman (D) said in a statement that hundreds of thousands of New York families rely on ObamaCare’s subsidies for their health care…. October 11, 2017: California Healthline posted an article titled “California Slaps Surcharge On ACA Plans As Trump Remains Coy on Subsidies”. It was written by Chad Terhune. From the article: California’s health exchange said Wednesday it has ordered insurers to add a surcharge to certain policies next year because the Trump administration has yet to commit to paying a key set of consumer subsidies under the Affordable Care Act. The decision to impose a 12.4 percent surcharge on silver-level health plans in 2018 means the total premium increase for them will average nearly 25 percent, according to Covered California. Taxpayers, not consumers, will bear the brunt of the extra rate hike because federal premium assistance for policyholders, which is pegged to the cost of coverage, will also increase… …In August, Covered California announced that 2018 premiums would rise by 12.5 percent, on average, statewide. That ticked down slightly to 12.3 percent during regulatory review. But the exchange also warned that the additional increase, averaging 12.4 percent, would be added to the silver-tier plans if President Donald Trump failed to commit to continued funding for the so-called cost-sharing subsidies that help reduce some consumers’ out-of-pocket expenses. Those payouts total about $7 billion this year nationwide. Trump has continued paying them on a month-to-month basis while repeatedly threatening to cut them off and repeal the entire health law. He referred to the payments as “bailouts” for insurance companies… …In Idaho, for example, the average rate for silver plans will increase 40 percent in 2018, double what the rate hike would have been had the Trump administration committed to funding the cost-sharing subsidies, according to Dean Cameron, director of the state’s Department of Insurance… October 12, 2017: Trump signed an Executive Order titled: “Presidential Executive Order Promoting Healthcare Choice and Competition Across the United States”. Here are a few key points from this Executive Order: …Among the myriad areas where current regulations limit choice and competition, my Administration will prioritize three areas for improvement in the near term: association health plans (AHPs), short-term, limited-duration insurance (STLDI), and health reimbursement arrangements (HRAs). Large employers often are able to obtain better terms on health insurance for their employees than small employers because of their larger pools of insurable individuals across which they can spread risk and administrative costs. Expanding access to AHPs can help small businesses overcome this competitive disadvantage by allowing them to group together to self-insure or purchase large group health insurance. Expanding access to AHPs will also allow more small businesses to avoid many of the PPACA’s costly requirements. Expanding access to AHPs would provide more affordable health insurance options to many Americans, including hourly wage earners, farmers, and the employees of small business and entrepreneurs that fuel economic growth. STLDI is exempt from the onerous and expensive insurance mandates and regulations included in title I of the PPACA. This can make it an appealing and affordable alternative to government-run exchanges for many people without coverage available to them through their workplaces… …HRSs are tax-advantaged, account-based arrangements that employers can establish for employees to give employees more flexibility and choices regarding their healthcare. Expanding the flexibility and use of HRAs would provide many Americans, including employees who work at small businesses, with more options for financing their healthcare. My Administration will also continue to focus on promoting competition in healthcare markets and limiting excessive consolidation throughout the healthcare system… October 12, 2017: Los Angeles Times posted an article titled: “Anthem eases up on 2018 health insurance premium hike after pressure from California”. It was written by Chad Terhune. From the article: Insurance giant Anthem Blue Cross agreed to reduce two planned premium increases for 2018 after California regulators questioned the company’s rationale for raising rates by as much as it had initially proposed. The scaled-back rate hikes, in the individual and small-employer markets, will reduce premiums by $114 million, state officials said… …As a result of the department’s intervention, the nation’s second-largest health insurer shaved 3 percentage points off its 2018 rate increases for individuals and families, still leaving a hike of 3.3%. That puts the company second – after Molina Healthcare – among the 11 insurers that sell in the Covered California exchange. Anthem also cut its rate hikes on small businesses by more than half to 2.5%. The smaller premium hikes are expected to save individuals about $21 million and small-business customers an estimated $93 million… …Like all California insurers, Anthem had been asked by state official to submit two rate filings for the individual market. The lower set of rates assumed that the Trump administration would continue to pay so-called cost-sharing subsidies that help low-income consumers with out-of-pocket costs. The higher rate increases, which state officials adopted on Wednesday, assume President Donald Trump might make good on his threats to end those payments… …However, the 37.3% average increase from Anthem still “poses a real concern for consumers,” especially those who do not qualify for federal tax credits that help pay for premiums, [Dena] Mendelsohn [a staff attorney for Consumers in San Francisco] said… October 12, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled “Trump to cut off key ObamaCare payments”. It was written by Rebecca Savaransky and Nathaniel Wexiel. From the article: President Trump will end key payments to insurers selling ObamaCare plans, the White House Announced late Thursday, marking Trump’s most aggressive move yet to dismantle the law after multiple GOP efforts to repeal and replace it failed this year. The Trump administration has continued making the disbursements to insurers, known as cost-sharing reduction payments, on a monthly basis. But Trump had consistently threatened to end the payments, which are worth an estimated $7 billion this year… …The payments were created as part of the Affordable Care Act but were then the subject of a lawsuit by House Republicans during the Obama administration. A federal court ruled the payments were being made illegally, but the Obama administration appealed. Congress could still decide to appropriate the payments, and there is bipartisan agreement that they should be made. But no action has been taken, and some Republicans are hesitant to vote for what they see as a bailout of ObamaCare… …The administration’s decision is likely to lead to lawsuits. It also puts enormous pressure on lawmakers to reach a deal on funding the payments, adding yet another partisan battle to an already full calendar… …Cutting off the subsidies could throw the ObamaCare marketplace into chaos… …The payments help low-income people afford co-pays, deductibles and other out-of-pocket costs associated with health insurance policies. Insurers have called the payments critical, saying that with them, they would have to massively increase premiums or exit the individual market. Many insurers have already priced their plans for the coming open enrollment period, which begins Nov. 1… …The decision on the payments comes after Trump on Thursday signed an executive order aimed at loosening ObamaCare restrictions on insurance plans, which could help destabilize the law. October 12, 2017: Attorney General Eric T. Schniederman tweeted: “#BREAKING Mr. President, stop using NY families as political pawns. We’ll sure to defend #ACA subsidies.” The tweet included a screenshot of his statement which reads: …New York Attorney General Eric T. Schniderman released the following statement: “Hundreds of thousands of New York families rely on the Affordable Care Act’s subsidies for their health care – and again and again, President Trump has threatened to cut off these subsidies to undermine our healthcare system and force Congress to the negotiating table. That’s unacceptable. “I will not allow President Trump to once again use New York families as political pawns in his dangerous, partisan campaign to eviscerate the Affordable Care Act at any cost. “This summer, the costs granted our intervention to defend these vital subsidies and the quality, affordable heath care they ensure for millions of families across the country. Our coalition of states stands ready to sue if President Trump cuts them off.”… October 12, 2017: Attorney General of California, Xavier Becerra tweeted: “I am prepared to sue the #Trump Administration to protect #health subsidies, just as when we successfully intervened in #HousevPrice!” October 13, 2017: The Sacramento Bee posted an editorial titled: “Trump’s latest attempt to gut Obamacare takes direct aim at 650,000 of our neighbors”. It was written by California Attorney General Xavier Becerra. From the editorial: …Having failed to get his way in the Republican-controlled Congress, Trump Thursday night signed an especially mean-spirited executive order that seeks to revoke federal funding for what are called cost-sharing reductions. These subsidies are paid to insurance companies under the Affordable Care Act specifically to help low-income people make co-payments for hospitalization and visits to doctors. Trump’s plan to cut payments starting on October 20 is sure to further disrupt the insurance market in some states. In California, state officials anticipated the action, and took steps to ease its impact. Still, as many as 1.4 million Californians who earn less than $30,000 a year qualify for the subsidies. They are not individuals who can readily absorb the impact of having to pay the full cost of a doctors’ visit or hospitalization… October 13, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “The Democrats ObamaCare is imploding. Massive subsidy payments to their pet insurance companies has stopped. Dems should call me to fix!” October 13, 2017: Los Angeles Times posted an article titled: “Effect of Trump’s Obamacare subsidy cuts is blunted in California – for now”. It was written by Chad Terhune, Julie Rovner, and Emily Bazar. From the article: Unable to get Congress to “repeal and replace” the Affordable Care Act, President Trump this week took matters into his own hands. Late Thursday evening, the White House announced it would stop paying key subsidies, known as “cost-sharing reductions”, that compensate insurers for providing discounts on deductibles, co-pays, and other out-of-pocket costs to low-income consumers. These cost reductions are available to policyholders in the Obamacare exchanges with incomes under 250% of the federal poverty line, or about $30,000 in income a year for an individual. The subsidies, which are separate from the tax credits that help millions of people pay their premiums, have been the subject of a lawsuit that is ongoing. The tax credits are not affected by Trump’s decision… …Cutting off payments to insurers for the out-of-pocket discounts they provide to lower-income exchange enrollees does not mean those people will not longer get help. The law, and insurance company contracts with the federal government, require that those discounts be granted. That means insurance companies will have to figure out how to recover the money they were promised. In many states, including California, insurers had already raised 2018 premiums by an additional amount to offset the loss of premiums in the face of earlier threats by Trump to end them… …Californians who make too much money to qualify for the federal premium assistance and do not receive discounts on their out-of-pocket expenses for care would be hit the hardest by the surcharge. To address that, Covered California created a new silver plan that will be sold outside the exchange that won’t be subject to the surcharge… October 13, 2017: The Federal Register (part fo the National Archives and Records Administration) posted “Religious Exemptions and Accommodations for Coverage of Certain Preventative Services Under the Affordable Care Act.” Here are some key points: The effective date of this rule was listed as 10/06/2017 – which means it went into affect BEFORE it was posted on The Federal Register, and BEFORE the public could comment on it. The rule is by the Internal Revenue Service, the Employee Benefits Security Administration, and the Health and Human Services Department. The rule information about this rule says: “Written comments on these interim final rules are invited and must be received by December 5, 2017.” Right above that information, it says” These interim final rules and temporary regulations are effective on October 6, 2017. The Trump administration decided that, no matter what the content of the public comments are submitted, it would put this rule into effect BEFORE the rule was posted on the Federal Register. The Summary of the rule says: The United States has a long history of providing conscience protections in the regulation of health care for entities and individuals with objections based on religious belief and moral convictions. These interim final rules expand exemptions to protect religious beliefs for certain entities and individuals whose health plans are subject to a mandate of contraceptive coverage through guidance pursuant to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. These rules to no alter the discretion of the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), a component of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), to maintain guidelines requiring contraceptive coverage where no regulatory recognized objection exists. These rules also leave the “accommodation” process in place as an optional process for certain exempt entities that wish to use it voluntarily. These rules do not alter multiple other Federal programs that provide free or subsidized contraceptives for women at risk of unintended pregnancy. The Trump administration points toward the Religious Freedom Restoration Act of 1993 (RFRA) as the reason why it is choosing to allow religious employers, who are opposed to any or all types of contraception, to refuse to provide coverage for it in the health insurance it provides to it’s female employees. Later, the rule notes that the guidelines created by the Health Resources and Services Administration when the Affordable Care Act was being written were informed by a report from the Institute of Medicine (IOM). Here is a key paragraph from that section of the rule: …The IOM made a number of recommendations with respect to women’s preventative services. As relevant here, the IOM recommended that the Guidelines cover the full range of Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved contraceptive methods, sterilization procedures, and patient education and counseling for women with reproductive capacity. Because the FDA includes the category of “contraceptives” certain drugs and devices the may not only prevent contraception (fertilization), but may also prevent the implantation of an embryo, the IOM’s recommendation included several contraceptive methods that many persons and organizations believe are aborifacient – that is, as causing early abortion – and which they conscientiously oppose for that reason distinct from whether they also oppose contraception or sterilization… That paragraph is using incorrect information. HealthCare.gov has accurate information about what the Affordable Care Act included as covered contraceptive methods: Barrier methods, like diaphragms and sponges Hormonal methods, like birth control pills and vaginal rings Implanted devices, like intrauterine devices (IUDs) Emergency contraception, like Plan B and ella Sterilization procedures Patient education and counseling. The information notes that “Plans aren’t required to cover drugs that induce abortions and services for male reproductive capacity, like vasectomies”. The contraceptive methods listed above ARE NOT ABORTIFACIENTS. They are contraceptive methods. The Trump administration fails to understand that contraception does not cause abortion. Medication abortion (also called the “abortion pill”) DOES cause abortion. First, a woman is given a mifepristone pill at the clinic. The woman takes a misoprostol pill about 6 to 48 hours later. Together, those two medications cause abortion. Medication abortion is NOT on the list of covered contraceptive methods. An person may “believe” that contraception causes abortion – but that belief simply does not match the scientific and medically based facts about how contraception works. October 14, 2017: Los Angeles Times posted an article titled: “Trump tweets that he’s ‘very proud’ of his move to end healthcare subsidies”. It was written by Lisa Mascaro. From the article: President Trump defended his move to halt federal health insurance payments for millions of low-income Americans, even as he acknowledged rising costs faced under the Affordable Care Act. Trump, in a series of tweets late Friday and into Saturday morning, appeared intent on deflection the outpouring concern that Americans will suffer under his executive order this week to scrap the payments… The Los Angeles Times article included the following tweets: October 14, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Health Insurance stocks, which have gone through the roof during ObamaCare years, plunged yesterday after I ended their Dems windfall!” October 14, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Very proud of my Executive Order which will allow greatly expanded access and far lower costs for HealthCare. Millions of people benefit!” …The president had wavered for months over so-called cost-sharing reduction payments, which Republicans in Congress had long targeted in their effort to dismantle Obamacare. Under the act, the federal government pays insurers to reduce costs of policies for lower-income Americans not covered by their employers. The payments cost about $7 billion a year… October 25, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “Judge won’t force Trump to keep making ObamaCare payments.” It was written by Nathaniel Weixel. From the article: A federal court in California has struck down an emergency motion that would have forced the Trump administration to continue making ObamaCare subsidy payments to insurers. U.S. District Judge Vince Chhabria denied the motion for an injunction, saying he was skeptical that cutting off the payments known as cost-sharing reductions (CSR) would cause an immediate injury to residents of the state. He noted many states, including California, saw “the writing on the wall” and took actions to mitigate any potential harm if the payments were ended… …California allowed insurers to add a surcharge to the mid-level silver plans, which increases the amount of tax credit subsidies available. So even though premiums would spike for silver plans, consumers would have other, cheaper, options. Eighteen states and Washington D.C., signed onto the motion for a temporary restraining order that would have forced the administration to keep making the payments while a lawsuit worked its way through the courts. Trump cut off the payments earlier this month, which are required under the law and help low-income people afford co-pays and deductibles… November 8, 2017: The Congressional Budget Office posted a report titled: “Repealing the Individual Health Insurance Mandate: An Updated Estimate”. From the summary of the report: The Affordable Care Act (ACA) includes a provision, generally called the individual mandate, that requires most U.S. citizens and noncitizen who lawfully reside in the country to have health insurance meeting specified standards and that imposes penalties on those without an exemption who do not comply. In response to interest from Members of Congress, CBO and the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation (JCT) have updated their estimate of the penalty that people who have no health insurance and who are not exempt from the mandate must pay under current law… Results of the analysis done by the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) and the Joint Committee on Taxation (JCT) about repealing the individual mandate: Federal budget deficits would be reduced by about $338 billion between 2018 and 2027. The number of people with health insurance would decrease by 5 million in 2019 and 13 million in 2027. Nongroup insurance markets would continue to be stable in almost all areas of the country throughout the coming decade. Average premiums in the non group market would increase by about 10 percent in most years of the decade (with no changes in the ages of people purchasing insurance accounted for) relative to CBO’s baseline projections. …Those effects would occur mainly because healthier people would be less likely to obtain insurance and because, especially in the non group market, the resulting increases in premiums would cause more people to not purchase insurance… …CBO and JCT’s estimates of this policy are inherently imprecise because the ways in which federal agencies, states, insurers, employers, individuals, doctors, hospitals, and other affected parties would respond to it are all difficult to predict. The responses by individuals in the short term to a policy that would repeal the mandate are uncertain, for example… …CBO and JCT’s baseline projections are also uncertain, and revisions to them would alter interactions and change the estimate of the effects of eliminating the mandate. For example, if there are no payments for CSRs, premiums in the marketplaces would probably be higher than projected in the baseline. (The Administration has halted those payments, but the baseline projections used in this estimate incorporated the assumption that they would continue.) Premiums that are higher than those in the baseline projections would tend to boost the budgetary savings under this policy by increasing the estimated per-person savings from people no longer enrolling in nongroup coverage. As another example, subsidized enrollment in the marketplaces might be lower than projected in the baseline, which would tend to decrease the budgetary savings under this policy. Despite the uncertainty, some effects of this policy are clear. For instance, the federal deficit would be many billions of dollars lower than under current law, and the number of uninsured people would be millions higher. November 16, 2017: The House of Representatives voted on H.R 1. – Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. (More details on H.R. 1 are presented later in this blog post.) The vote was 227 YEAS to 205 NAYS – which means that H.R. 1 passed. Most of the Representatives who voted “YEA” were Republicans. Some Republican Representatives voted “NAY”: Dan Donovan (New York District 11) John Faso (New York District 19) Rodney Frylinghuysen (New Jersey District 11) Darrel Issa (California District 3) Walter Jones (North Carolina District 3) Peter T. King (New York District 2) Leonard Lance (New Jersey District 7) Frank A. LoBiondo (New Jersey District 2) Tom McClintock (California District 4) Dana Rohrabacher (California District 48) Christopher H. Smith (New Jersey District 4) Elise Stefanik (New York District 21) Lee Zeldin (New York District 3) Almost all of the Democrats, and both of the Independents voted “NAY”. Mark Pocan (Wisconsin District 2 – Democrat) did not vote. November 14, 2017: The Washington Post posted an analysis titled: “Why repealing Obamacare’s individual mandate is so crucial to tax reform.” It was written by Carolyn Y. Johnson. From the analysis: Senate Republicans slipped the repeal of a key Affordable Health Care Act provision into their tax bill Tuesday, adding a provision that would allow them to declare a victory on health care while gaining more than $300 billion to offset the cost of tax reform. The individual mandate is one of the most unpopular parts of the ACA – a requirement that people either buy health insurance or pay a penalty. About 6.5 million taxpayers paid a fine in 2016, according to a January letter sent by IRS Commissioner John Koskien. On one hand, repealing the mandate would be a way for Republicans to claim they are keeping their promise on unraveling President Barack Obama’s signature health-care law. But dragging a major health care provision into the tax bill provides a major second benefit: giving politicians more wiggle room on their tax plan. The tax plan can only add $1.5 trillion to the deficit over the next decade, and Republicans are bumping up against that limit. So if they want to make more changes, they’ll probably need more money. Repealing the mandate frees up about $338 billion over a decade, according to an analysis by the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office. At first glance, getting rid of the penalty might appear to make tax reform harder, since the government would lose a source of income – penalty payments by uninsured people that were projected to add up to $43 billion over a decade, according to the CBO. But a repeal would bring big savings because government spending on subsidies help people afford coverage would plummet: 13 million fewer people would have health insurance in 2027… …The move to include the provision in the tax bill was immediately opposed by major health industry groups, including the main lobbies for health insurers, hospitals and physicians. The influential groups warned in a letter to politicians that the move would drive up premiums and leave more Americans uninsured… November 28, 2017: The Arc Blog posted information about the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in an article titled: “Why the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is Bad for People with Disabilities”. From the article: House of Representatives – November 16, 2017 – House passed its version of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Senate – Week of November 27: Senate plans to vote on its version of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. 51 votes are needed to pass the legislation. …Both bills would dramatically reduce revenue that the federal government uses to pay for critical programs. As the tax revenue decreases it will likely build pressure on Medicaid, Medicare, Supplemental Security Income, and other critical programs for people with disabilities to make up for lost revenue. The House and Senate bills reduce federal revenue by about $1.5 trillion over 10 years. Members of Congress have acknowledged that passing these tax cuts will make it easier to justify spending cuts down the road. The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) also notes that automatic spending cuts may be triggered if Congress does not act to prevent them. These automatic cuts could mean a $25 billion dollar cut to Medicare in 2018. Automatic spending cuts could also slash funds that go to states to operate critical programs such as the Vocational Rehabilitation state grant program and the Social Services Block Grant. The Arc Blog provided a chart that makes it easy to compare the House Bill and the Senate Bill. Repeal of Individual Mandate for health insurance: (Is in the Senate Bill – but not in the House bill) – CBO estimates 13+ million fewer people with health insurance and premium hikes of 10% in the insurance marketplace. The individual mandate helps ensure that enough healthy people purchase health insurance to keep insurance affordable. Repeal of the medical expenses deduction: (Is in the House Bill – but not in the Senate bill) – Nearly 9 million filers claim this deduction for medical care expenses that exceed 10% of an individual’s or family’s adjusted gross income. It offsets some of the high out-of-pocket medical expenses that some people with disabilities incur, such as high cost prescription drugs, long term physical and occupational therapies, wheelchairs, prosthetics, and long term supports and services. Repeal of the Disabled Access Credit (DATC):(Is in the House Bill – but not in the Senate Bill) – The DATC assists small businesses in meeting obligations under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). It allows small businesses (with less than 31 employees and gross receipts less than $1 million a year) to claim a tax credit. The credit provides 50% of eligible expenditures between $250 and $10,000 for a maximum of $5,000. Repeal of the Work Opportunity Tax Credit (WOTC): (Is in the House bill – but not in the Senate bill) – WOTC is available to employers for hiring individuals from certain target groups, including people with disabilities. The WOTC for people with disabilities provides a tax credit for up to 40% of the first $6,000 in wages, for a maximum of $2,400 for SSI beneficiaries but up to $9,600 for certain disabled veterans. Reduce affordable housing production under the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) program: (This is in both the House bill and the Senate bill)- LIHTC funs the creation of affordable housing across the country. Both the House and Senate bills would make changes to the LIHTC program that would reduce the number of affordable housing units produced. Changes proposed by the Senate bill are estimated to reduce units produced by roughly 300,000 over the next 10 years. The House bill has proposed even more dramatic changes estimated to reduce units produced by nearly 1 million over the next 10 years. Reducing incentives for charitable deductions: (This is in both the House bill and the Senate bill.) – Raising the standard deduction could reduce the number of taxpayers who itemize deductions – including charitable deductions – from the current 30% to 5%. Combined with a decrease in the top marginal tax rate, the disincentive to itemize would reduce charitable giving by $4.9 billion to $13.1 billion annually. Many of the providers of services to people with disabilities are non profits that rely on charitable giving. Repeal or limit Orphan Drugs Credit: (This is in both the House Bill and the Senate bill. The House wants to repeal it. The Senate wants to limit it.) – Businesses can receive this credit for clinical testing expenses for certain drugs for rare diseases or conditions. It is estimated that if the orphan drug credit were repealed one-third fewer drugs addressing rare diseases would be developed in the future. Creation of an inadequate paid leave tax credit: (In the Senate bill – but not in the House bill.) – The Senate bill would create a two-year employer tax credit for paid family and medical leave expenses, modeled after the Strong Families Act. As structured, this tax credit is likely to primarily subsidize companies that already offer paid leave or that would have chosen to offer new or expanded paid leave benefits without a tax credit. This means that, in addition to losing revenue, the proposal would do little to reduce current gaps in access to paid leave that particularly impacts workers with disabilities and their families. December 2, 2017: The Senate voted on H.R.1 “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act). (More details on H.R.1 are presented later in this blog post.). The vote was 51 YEAS to 49 NAYS – which means that it passed. All 51 Republican Senators voted “YEA”. All 47 Democratic Senators, and both Independent Senators, voted “NAY”. December 5, 2017: The Daily Beast posted an article titled: “The Trump Administration Has Done Virtually Nothing to Advertise Obamacare”. It was written by Gideon Resnick and Sam Stein. From the article: …The official CMS Twitter account has put out two tweets total with respect to open enrollment: the first to announce that it had begin, the second to release data regarding the number of people who had signed up for plans on the exchanges. The HHS account, meanwhile, has put out five tweets alerting followers to the ability to choose a plan. But during that same time period, the department tweeted nine times about the holidays, including instructions for how to cook a ham on Thanksgiving – “make sure it’s cooked to 145 degrees” – and a link to “creative ways to use your holiday leftovers.”… …The actual heads of the agencies have done even less. CMS Administrator Seems Verma has not tweeted about open enrollment once since the period to sign up for Obamacare plans began on Nov. 1. The absence of a concerted push, let alone any push at all, is another facet in a longstanding attempt by the administration to either undermine Obamacare or facilitate its demise through neglect. A lack of tweets from top officials won’t have a massive impact on the final enrollment numbers, experts say, since few potential consumes are making purchasing decisions based off what Verma or Hargan say through that particular medium. But collectively, the refusal of Trump administration officials to promote Obamacare – from shortening the open enrollment period to six weeks (it ends Dec. 15) to massively reducing television and digital advertising to cutting budges for local outreach officials – is likely to have a major impact… …In addition to the lack of tweets, neither Verma nor Harlan nor anyone from the Trump administration have held enrollment events for Obamacare on the day enrollment began – something their predecessors did in strategic stops across the country during past enrollment periods… …Even communications with lawmakers has been spotty. Sen. Angus King (I-ME) has, for instance, asked Verma to delay the deadline for Maine owing to a storm that knocked out power to nearly half a million people in the state. The Senator’s office has yet to receive a formal response, a spokesperson said. Though “Senator King’s conversations with Administrator Verma have left him feeling that she was taking the request very seriously.”… December 12, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “Final GOP tax bill repeals ObamaCare mandate”. It was written by Peter Sullivan. From the article: The final Republican tax-reform bill unveiled Friday repeals ObamaCare’s individual insurance mandate, leaving the GOP poised to blow a significant hole in the health-care law next. The change, which takes effect 2019, removes one of the least popular parts of ObamaCare, but one that many experts warn is necessary to make the law function smoothly. Without a mandate, there is less incentive for healthy people to enroll and balance out the costs of the sick. That is expected to lead to premium increases and could lead insurers to drop out of the markets, potentially leaving some areas of the country with no coverage options at all. Republicans say the repeal of the mandate is a form of tax relief, because it lifts a penalty on people who decide not to buy coverage. The Congressional Budget Office estimates that repealing the mandate will increase premiums by 10 percent and cause 13 million more people to be uninsured over a decade, but that markets would remain stable in “almost all” areas of the country… …Repeal of the mandate was already included in the Senate-passed version of the bill, and its inclusion in the final draft was expected. The bill appears to be on track to pass both chambers next week… December 13, 2017: The Baltimore Sun posted an article titled: “Maryland health exchange extends deadline to enroll in Obamacare”. It was written by Meredith Cohn. From the article: Marylanders seeking health insurance under the federal Affordable Care Act will get an extra seven days to sign up, state officials plan to announce Wednesday. The new enrollment deadline is December 22 rather than Friday. The deadline was extended by a week to accommodate procrastinators and avoid a last-minute enrollment crush at the end of this week. The state had adopted a shortened 45-day enrollment period set by the Trump administration for purchasing health insurance, known as Obamacare, on the federal exchange used by most states. But Maryland operates its own online marketplace for those who do not get insurance through their jobs and was free to extend the deadline… …Trump has disparaged the health law and taken several steps to undermine it, including limiting the enrollment period, reducing advertising for the exchange, and cutting federal subsidies to insurers to limit out-of-pocket costs for low-income enrollees – a move that forced Maryland regulators to approve last-minute premium increases on top of a previous round of increases for plans being sold next year. GOP lawmakers are also seeking to eliminate the so-called individual mandate requiring everyone to have health insurance, a measure insurers consider crucial to maintaining a large, less-risky pool of consumers… …The week-long enrollment extension negotiated with the two carries in Maryland, CareFirst BlueCross BlueShield and Kaiser Permanente, allows more time for consumers to shop around while still allowing coverage to begin for everyone on Jan. 1… December 14, 2017: The Hill posted an article titled: “ObamaCare expected to suffer enrollment decline as Trump cuts timeframe.” It was written by Rachel Roubein and Jessie Hellman. From the article: Fewer people are expected to sign up for ObamaCare coverage ahead of Friday’s deadline to enroll in the exchanges. The Trump administration’s abbreviated enrollment period has left advocates acknowledging the numbers are almost surely going to be lower than the 9.2 million who signed up on HealthCare.gov at the end of the last open enrollment season. It’s not clear how much the numbers will drop. ObamaCare supporters have said the sign-ups so far have been higher than they anticipated in the face of what they view as the White House’s efforts to sabotage the health-care law… …Nearly 4.7 million people have signed up for coverage on HealthCare.gov this year as of Dec. 9, compared to the about 4 million who signed up at a similar point last enrollment season. But there are only a few more days to add to that total, and little if any chance that the Trump administration will extend the enrollment period… …Advocates have also hammered the administration for a 90 percent cut to ObamaCare’s advertising budget and a 41 percent funding decrease to state and local groups that help people enroll in coverage. The Trump administration has argued that the programs were ineffective, and contends that ObamaCare is a fundamentally flawed law that’s driven up premiums and limited competition. To match last year’s HealthCare.gov enrollment of 9.2 million, 4.5 million more people would need to sign up for plans. This doesn’t include residents of 11 states and D.C. that have their own exchanges, may of which have longer enrollment periods… …A relatively small chunk of those enrollments will come from people who signed up on HealthCare.gov last year but didn’t pick a plan this year. They’ll be automatically re-enrolled in a similar plan and [Dan] Mendelsohn [president of Avalere, a health-care consulting company in Washington D.C.] expects this will be the case for about 1.5 million people. Sign-ups typically sure around big HealthCare.gov deadlines. Last year, enrollment increased by 2 million from Dec. 10 to Dec. 17, since consumers had to sign up by Dec. 15 to have health insurance beginning Jan.1 (the administration extended the deadline to Dec. 18 due to increased demand)… December 14, 2017: US Weekly posted an article titled: “John McCain Hospitalized Due to Side Effects From Cancer Treatment”. It was written by Stephanie Webber. From the article: John McCain has been hospitalized as he continues to undergo cancer treatment. He was admitted to the Walter Reed Medical Center in Washington, D.C., on Wednesday, December 13, for side effects related to his cancer therapy. For context, Senator John McCain (Republican – Arizona) was battling brain cancer. Obviously, this could mean he would be unable to travel to the Senate for the purpose of voting. December 14, 2017: Reuters posted an article titled: “Senator McCain will vote on tax bill – No. 2 Republican”. From the article: Republican Senator John McCain, who is receiving treatment for brain cancer and has missed votes this week, will be available next week to vote on the tax compromise bill, John Cornyn, the No. 2 Republican in the U.S. Senate, said on Thursday… December 17, 2017: GovTrack posted information about H.R.1: Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Several changes were made to H.R. 1 before it was voted on. The information from GovTrack covers changes made by the House and changes made by the Senate. H.R. 1 covers more than health care, but I am only including the health care related portions in this blog post. Original Summary: The Senate version of the bill will include a repeal of the individual mandate of the Affordable Care Act. The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimated that doing so would increase the number of uninsured Americans by 4 million in 2019 and 13 million in 2027 but reduce federal deficits by about $399 billion over ten years. UPDATE #2: November 27, 2017: Four months after the failed vote on a partial repeal of the ACA, Senate Republicans are taking another shot by going after the individual mandate. This could risk the votes of Sen. Susan Collins (R-ME) and John McCain (R-AZ) who voted against their party to block the previous partial repeal. Sen. Collins has criticized the provision to repeal the individual mandate. Sen. Lisa Murkowski (R-AK), who also voted against partial repeal, came out in favor of repealing the individual mandate last week. UPDATE #3: December 5, 2017: The Senate Republican tax bill passed by a vote of 51-49 Friday, 12/1/2017. Senator Bob Corker (R-TN) was the only Republican to vote against the bill, on the grounds that it “could deepen the debt burden on future generations.” Monday night the House voted to go to conference committee and selected its conferees. The Senate is expected to select its conferees later this week. Some of the last minute changes made to the Senate version to satisfy otherwise hesitant Republican senators were made so hastily that they were hand-written in the margins. Although the bull did not include the repeal of the individual mandate, Sen. Susan Collins (R-ME) pushed to make medical expenses that reach 7.5% of gross income deductible, as opposed to the current 10%. The House bill would repeal the deduction entirely. UPDATE 4: December 17, 2017: House and Senate Republicans have come to an agreement on the tax bill, H.R. 1, which they intend to pass before Congress goes on recess on the 22nd. The Affordable Care Act’s individual mandate would be repealed. Reducing the threshold for medical expenses from 10% of the individual’s income to 7.5%. This was included to win the vote of Sen. Susan Collins (R-ME). (It also included other, non-health related things, to appease other Senators.) December 17, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “McCain, in Treatment for Cancer, is Likely to Miss Senate Tax Vote”. It was written by Thomas Kaplan. From the article: Senator John McCain, who is battling brain cancer, has returned home to Arizona and is likely to miss the Senate’s vote this week to approve a sweeping tax overhaul, though President Trump said on Sunday that the senator would return if his vote was needed. McCain’s office said in a statement on Sunday night that the senator, who had been hospitalized recently in the Washington area, would undergo physical therapy and rehabilitation at the Mayo Clinic in Arizona and “looks forward to returning to Washington in January.”… …The absence of Mr. McCain, a Republican, is not expected to jeopardize the passage of the tax overhaul, as party leaders won the support of two key holdouts on Friday. and had appeared on track to have the support of all 52 Republican senators. The House and Senate are expected to approve the final tax bill by midweek… December 17, 2017: CBS News posted an article titled: “Sen. John McCain back in Arizona, will miss vote on GOP tax bill”. From the article: Republican Sen. John McCain returned home to Arizona after spending several days in a Maryland hospital recovering from side effects from chemotherapy treatment for brain cancer, CBS News has learned. He will spend the holidays with his family and will not be on hand for the final vote on the GOP tax passage expected this week. He’s expected to return to Washington in January… …Despite a razor-thin margin needed to pas the measure, McCain;s presence will likely not be the determining factor in the vote. Two critical senators – Bob Corker of Tennessee and Marco Rubio of Florida – announced their support for the bill last week after initially saying they would oppose earlier versions… …McCain is not the only senator sidelined by health problems. Sen. Thad Cochran, 80, of Mississippi, had a non-melanoma lesion removed from his nose earlier this week. A spokesman for Cochran told CBS News last week that the senator went through an outpatient procedure and “is doing well and is available for votes as needed.” December 17, 2017: The Guardian posted an article titled: “John McCain will not vote on Republican tax cuts this week”. From the article: John McCain will not cast his vote on the Republican tax overhaul this week, a process the No2 Senate Republican said he expected will happen on Tuesday. Donald rumor confirmed reports the Arizona Senator has gone home to spend the holidays with his family, after spending several days in hospital in Maryland because of side effects from his treatment for glioblastoma, an aggressive form of brain cancer. The president, who called McCain’s wife Cindy on Friday, told reporters at the White House: “I understand he’ll come if we ever needed his vote, which hopefully we won’t. But the word is John will come back if we need his vote. It’s too bad. He’s going through a very tough time, there’s no question about it. But he will come back if we need his vote.” John Cornyn earlier told ABC’s This Week he was “confident” the Senate would pass the tax cuts “probably on Tuesday”. Without other absences or defections, McCain’s absence would not put the bill in danger. The GOP holds a 52-48 balance in the Senate, where Democrat Doug Jones has not been seated since his shock win in the Alabama election. The Republican appointee Luther Strange remains in place… December 19, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “The United States Senate just passed the biggest in history Tax Cut and Reform Bill. Terrible Individual Mandate (ObamaCare)Repealed. Goes to the House tomorrow morning for a final vote. If approved, there will be a News Conference at The White House at approximately 1:00 P.M.” December 19, 2017: The House of Representatives voted again on H.R. 1 (Tax and Jobs Bill) again. (More details on H.R. 1 were provided earlier in this blog post.) This time, the vote was held “On Agreeing to the Conference Report”. This time, the vote was 227 YEAS to 203 NAYS – which means it passed. Most of the Representatives who voted “YEA” were Republicans. Some Republican Representatives voted “NAY”: Dan Donovan (New York District 11) John Faso (New York District 19) Rodney Frylinghuysen (New Jersey District 11) Darrel Issa (California District 3) Walter Jones (North Carolina District 3) Peter T. King (New York District 2) Leonard Lance (New Jersey District 7) Frank A. LoBiondo (New Jersey District 2) Dana Rohrabacher (California District 48) Christopher H. Smith (New Jersey District 4) Elise Stefanik (New York District 21) Lee Zeldin (New York District 3) Most of the Democrats voted “NAY”. Mark Pocan (Wisconsin District 2 – Democrat) did not vote. Joseph Kennedy III (Massachusetts 4th District – Democrat) did not vote. December 19, 2017: Common Dreams posted an article titled: “Without Remorse, House GOP Passes ‘Morally Corrupt, Cruel, and Barbaric’ Tax Bill”. It was written by Jake Johnson. From the article: …Republicans are “robbing the American people and showing no remorse,” Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.) said in a statement on Tuesday. “This tax scam dismantles the Affordable Care Act, throwing 13 million people off their healthcare. It eliminates most of the State and Local Tax deductions, short-changing communities and resulting in as much as $152 billion in cuts to education funding over the next decade. It runs up the deficit anywhere from $1 trillion to $1.5 trillion, triggering cuts to Medicare and Medicaid. Despite what Republicans say, the fact of the matter is that 80 percent of all tax benefits in this bill go to the top one percent.” With their decision to “rubber stamp” a tax bill that many representatives clearly haven’t read or understood, House Republicans delivered the final tax bill over to the Senate, where a vote is expected Tuesday evening. Because the House hit a “procedural snag” following its vote, it will have to vote to approve the tax measure again Wednesday morning. While the Senate margin will likely be closer, the last-minute decision of Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), to back the legislation – despite having few if any of her “demands” met – dealt a blow to hopes that the GOP will fail to get the bill to President Donald Trump’s desk. Sen. Bob Corker (R-Tenn.), who has come under fire for changing his vote to “yes” following the inclusion of a provision that could net him a $1.1 million annual tax break, has given no indication that he will vote against the measure come Tuesday… December 20, 2017: Covered California posted an article titled: “Covered California Looks Ahead to 2019 With Continued Strong Enrollment but National Uncertainty”. Covered California is the name of California’s health insurance marketplace. From the article: Consumers have until the end of Friday, Dec. 22 to sign up for health coverage that begins on Jan. 1, 2018. Covered California’s open-enrollment period runs through Jan. 31, 2018. More than 220,000 new enrollees selected a plan through Dec. 15, which remains ahead of last year’s pace. Based on the first month’s enrollment, most consumers are paying less for their coverage in 2018. The impending removal of the individual mandate penalty, with other key actions, means significant uncertainty for 2019 – which could lead to collapsing individual markets in many states in the absence of strong federal stabilization policies. Lack of federal marketing: Health insurance needs to be sold, particularly to young and healthy individuals who are less likely to feel compelled to purchase coverage on their own. The federal administration significantly reduced the marketing and outreach budget for the current open-enrollment period, which could lead to fewer consumers enrolled, a less healthy risk mix and higher premiums for consumers. Recent executive order: The president’s executive order called for regulations that would allow the sale of “association health plans” or “short term plans.” Depending on how those regulations are structured, these plans could skim healthier individuals off the individual market and leave consumers without comprehensive coverage. Not only would these consumers be enrolled in “Swiss cheese” policies that were common prior to the Affordable Care Act, those left in the exchanges would see higher premiums because of a less healthy consumer pool. Without federal action to offset the destabilizing effects of these issues, Covered California estimates that between 10 and 20 states could be left without any carries in their exchanges in 2019. Consumers in the remaining exchanges could also face dramatically higher premiums, particularly those who do not receive any financial assistance. December 20, 2017: The Senate voted again on H.R. 1 (Tax and Jobs Bill). This time, the vote was “On the Motion (Motion to Recede from the Senate Amendment to H.R. 1 and Concur with Further Amendment). The purpose of this vote was to reconcile the House of Representatives version of H.R.1 with the Senate version of H.R.1. The two needed to match. This time, the vote was 51 YEAS to 48 NAYS. This means the motion was agreed to. Almost all of the Republican Senators voted “YEA”. John McCain (Republican – Arizona) did not vote. He was spending the holidays with his family after being hospitalized for several days for side effects from chemotherapy from his cancer treatment. All of the Democratic Senators, and both of the Independent Senators, voted “NAY”. December 20, 2017: The House of Representatives voted again on H.R. 1 (Tax and Jobs Bill). This time, the vote was “On Motion to Concur in the Senate Amendment”. The vote was 224 YEAS to 201 NAYS – which means it passed. Most of the Republican Representatives voted “YEA”. Some Republican Representatives voted “NAY”: Dan Donovan (New York District 11) John Faso (New York District 19) Rodney Frylinghuysen (New Jersey District 11) Darrel Issa (California District 3) Walter Jones (North Carolina District 3) Peter T. King (New York District 2) Leonard Lance (New Jersey District 7) Frank A. LoBiondo (New Jersey District 2) Dana Rohrabacher (California District 48) Christopher H. Smith (New Jersey District 4) Elise Stefanik (New York District 21) Lee Zeldin (New York District 3) The majority of the Democratic Senators voted “NAY”. The following Representatives did no vote: Mo Brooks (Alabama District 5 – Republican) Joseph Kennedy III (Massachusetts District 4 – Democrat) Grace Napolitano (California District 32 – Democrat) Mark Pocan (Wisconsin District 2 – Democrat) Jim Rennacci (Ohio District 16 – Republican) Lamar Smith (Texas District 21 – Republican) Bennie Thompson (Mississippi District 2 – Democrat) December 21, 2017: Administrator for the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Seems Verma @SeemaCMS tweeted: “Exchange open enrollment for 2018 coverage ended w/ approx 8.8M people enrolling in coverage. Great job to the @CMSGov team for the work you did to make this the smoothest experience for consumers to date. We take pride in providing great customer service.” December 21, 2017: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Obamacare Sign-ups at High Levels Despite Trump Saying It’s ‘Imploding'”. It was written by Robert Pear. From the article: The Trump administration said Thursday that 8.8 million people had signed up for health insurance through the Affordable Care Act’s federal marketplace, a surprisingly large number only slightly lower than the total in the last open enrollment period, which was twice as long and heavily advertised. The numbers essentially defied President Trump’s assertion that “Obamacare is imploding.” They suggested that consumers want and need the coverage and subsidies available under the Affordable Care Act, even though political battles over the law, President Barack Obama’s signature domestic achievement, are sure to continue in Congress and in next year’s midterm election campaigns… …The number of people who signed up this year was 96 percent of the 9.2 million who selected health plans or were automatically re-enrolled through the federal marketplace in the last sign-up season…. …Republican efforts to dismantle the Affordable Care Act this year had an unintended effect: They heightened public awareness of the law and, according to opinion polls, galvanized support for it among consumers who feared that it might be taken away… …But the strong demand for insurance through the Affordable Care Act could set off new efforts to dismantle the law. The tax cut that Mr. Trump will soon sign repeals the Affordable Care Act’s tax penalties for most Americans, who go without insurance, starting in 2019. The president said Wednesday that with elimination of the individual mandate, the health law is being effectively repealed, a statement that is untrue given the law’s expansion of Medicaid, the continued guarantee of coverage for people with pre-existing conditions, and the subsidies still available to millions of people with low or moderate income… December 25, 2017: The Washington Post posted an article titled: “Republicans knock holes in Affordable Care Act but don’t demolish the law.” It was written by Amy Goldstein. From the article: Before Congress left Washington for the year, Republicans finally made good on their determination to knock big holes in the Affordable Care Act, crippling its requirement that most Americans carry health insurance and leaving insurers without billions of dollars in promised federal payments. At the same time, public support for the perennially controversial law has inched up to around its highest point in a half-dozen years. Nearly 9 million people so far have signed up for ACA health plans for 2018 during a foreshortened enrollment season, far surpassing expectations… …With recent polls showing health care remains a top concern among voters, both major political parties have an incentive to wield it as an election issue. Democrats are likely to argue that the GOP wants to take coverage away from millions of Americans, with Republicans focusing on escalating insurance prices…. …After a year of full GOP control, congressional Republicans and the White House have damaged the ACA but fallen short of their vehement goal of dismantling broad swaths of it. More ambiguous is whether their end-of-year victory – removing tax penalties starting in 2019 for people who violate the insurance mandate – will whet the GOP’s appetite for taking apart more of the law… …Trump sought last week to equate the part of the tax legislation that undermines the individual mandate with repeal of the entire law. His assertion at a Cabinet meeting was a pronounced overstatement. Other central figures of the ACA remain intact – including its insurance marketplaces, intended for Americans who do not have access to affordable health benefits through a job; the expansion of Medicaid in more than 30 states plus the District of Columbia; and premium subsidies… December 26, 2017: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “Based on the fact that the very unfair and unpopular Individual Mandate has been terminated as part of our Tax Cut Bill, which essentially Repeals (over time) ObamaCare, the Democrats & Republicans will eventually come together and develop a great new HealthCare plan!” January 5, 2018: Governor C.L. “Butch” Otter (Republican) posted a News Release on his official website. From the News Release: Governor C.L. “Butch” Otter directed the Idaho Department of Insurance today to use flexibility provided by the Trump administration to develop guidelines under which Idaho health insurance carriers can offer coverage plans at significantly lower costs. At the annual Associated Press Legislative Preview in the Capitol today, Governor Otter signed Executive Order 2018-02 instructing Insurance Director Dean Cameron to seek creative ways outside the restrictions of the Affordable Care Act to make health coverage more affordable for Idaho residents… …Cameron said he hopes insurance plans from Idaho carriers can be available as early as March to reduce costs for essential health-care coverage by 30 to 50 percent. Such plans would not qualify for an Obamacare subsidy on premium payments but carries involved must agree to continue offering plans through the Your Health Idaho insurance exchange, where federal subsidies will continue to be available. Idaho sought greater flexibility from Health and Human Services “to continue innovating and creating new products under our State law,” in a March 10, 2017 letter from Governor Otter to then-Secretary Tom Price. President Trump also issued an executive order on January 20, 2017 – the day of his inauguration – aimed at minimizing the economic burden of the Affordable Care Act “Pending Repeal.” It stated that the federal government should “take all actions consistent with law to minimize the unwarranted economic and regulatory burdens of the Act, and prepare to afford the States more flexibility and control to create a more free and open healthcare market.” Cameron said those steps, and elimination of the individual mandate, should enable the State to take actions to keep Idahoans from having to pay too much for insurance, resort to unconventional alternative treatments or simply go without coverage. “We believe we have the authority already,” he said. “We want to act quickly.” January 10, 2018: Financial Times posted a very long, detailed, heartbreaking article titled: “Why are so many Americans crowdfunding their healthcare?” It was written by Barney Jopson. From the article: …Then there is the issue of money. In the US, where healthcare is not a human right, any serious illness comes with a financial shock. The average cost of hospital stays for cancer patients in 2015 was $31,290, according to government figures – about half that year’s median household income. The most common form of childhood cancer costs on average $292,000 to treat, says St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital in Memphis, Tennessee. For the most fortunate Americans, these costs are covered by comprehensive insurance plans. For millions of others, they are a potentially crippling burden. After Isabella’s diagnosis, [Claudia] Koziner [Isabella’s mother] took unpaid family leave to care for her daughter, reducing the family to a single income. She and Isabella were able to stay on the health plan provided by her employer, ensuring they did not join the 28 million Americans who lack any health insurance. Instead, they are part of a larger group that is underinsured. The family pay $15,000 each year as part of cost-sharing arrangements with the insurer, then have to cover everything it will not, ranging from protein shots to hearing tests to two-way ambulance trips that can cost up to $3,000… …For Isabella and her parents, crowdfunding has alleviated financial pressure at an agonizing time. “The fact that at least, at this point in time, we don’t have to stress about finances is huge,” says Koziner. I don’t even know how we’d get by.” But its spread is also a symptom of a particularly American affliction: a flawed, costly healthcare system that offers some of the best care in the world to those who can afford it, while forcing millions of others to either plunge into debt or leave their illnesses untreated. The rise of online fundraising for medical expenses brings its own troubling consequences, replicating some of the inequalities already dividing the country by forcing people to compete for funds… …It should be no surprise that healthcare proved fertile territory [for GoFundMe]. Crowdfunding is also growing in the UK, Australia, and Canada but is generally confined to treatments not covered by public healthcare systems. In the US, it is often about paying for the basics. American medicine is big business and the US spends more on it than any other nation, yet is the only developed country that lacks universal healthcare coverage. A fifth of US household spending went on healthcare in 2013, compared with just 4 per cent in the EU, according to Eurostat, a statistics agency. Despite this, Americans are in worse health. Judged on measures including life expectancy and infant mortality, the US ranked last for healthcare outcomes among 11 high-income countries in a study last year by the Commonwealth Fund, a New York-based research foundation… …Crowdfunding may also perpetuate existing inequalities. Well-off people can tap into networks of well-off friends who have money to donate in a crisis. Poorer people tend to have ties to poorer people with less to give. Kenworthy and co-researcher Lauren Berliner warn that results can also be distorted by prejudicial notions of “deservingness” based on race, class and immigration status… … No business sector, not even Wall Street, has shelled out more on lobbying than pharmaceuticals and health products. From 1998 to 2017 it spent $3.7bn influencing policymakers, according to the Center for Responsive Politics. Physicians have also preserved their generous earnings. Jobs in medicine and dentistry accounted for none of the 10 highest-paying roles in American in 2016, according to Forbes, with anesthesiologists earning an average salary of $269,000, surgeons $252,910, and family doctors $200,810… …By the time Obama became president, voter frustration with the system’s dysfunction was such that the industry decided it had to support his push for change in order to influence it. Obamacare’s signature achievement was to reduce the number of uninsured Americans – but in doing so it cemented the primacy of private insurers… …Half of the population have private policies provided by employers, and 7 per cent have plans purchased individually, including on Obamacare marketplaces. Government programs for the poor, elderly and veterans cover about 35 percent of the population. Nine per cent have no health insurance, because they can’t afford it or don’t see it as a priority. According to the Commonwealth Fund, three out of 10 working-age Americans were underinsured in 2016 (meaning they had high out-of-pocket healthcare costs relative to their incomes) – 41 million people… January 11, 2018: The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) sent a letter to State Medicaid Directors. From the letter: The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing a new policy designed to assist states in their efforts to improve Medicaid enrollee health and well-being through incentivizing work and community engagement among non-elderly, non-pregnant adult Medicaid beneficiaries who are eligible for Medicaid on a basis other than disability. [1] Subject to the full federal review process, CMS will support state efforts to test incentives that make participation in work or other community engagement a requirement for continued Medicaid eligibility or coverage for certain adult Medicaid beneficiaries in demonstration projects authorized under section 115 of the Social Security Act (the Act). Such programs should be designed to promote better mental, physical, and emotional health in furtherance of Medicaid program objectives. Such programs may also, separately, be designed to help individual families to rise out of poverty and attain independence, also in furtherance of Medicaid program objectives [2]… …[1] States will have the flexibility to identify activities, other than employment, which promote health and wellness, and which will meet the state’s requirements for continued Medicaid eligibility. These activities include, but are not limited to, community service, caregiving, education, job training and substance use disorder treatment. [2] Section 1901 of the Social Security Act authorizes appropriations to support State Medicaid programs: “For the purpose of enabling each State, as far as practicable under the current conditions in such State, to furnish (1) medical assistance on behalf of families with dependent children of aged, blind, or disabled individuals, whose income and resources are insufficient to meet the costs of necessary medical services, and (2) rehabilitation and other services to help such families and individuals to attain or retain capability for independence or self-care[.]”… January 11, 2018: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Trump Administration Says States May Impose Work Requirements for Medicaid”. It was written by Robert Pear. From the article: The Trump administration said on Thursday that it would allow states to impose work requirements in Medicaid, a major policy shift that moves toward fulfilling a conservative vision for one of the nation’s largest social insurance programs for low-income people. Federal officials said they would support state efforts to require able-bodied adults to work or participate in other “community engagement activities” as a condition of eligibility for Medicaid… …Ms. [Seema] Verma [Administrator of the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services] said the Trump administration was responding to requests from Medicaid officials in 10 states that wanted to run demonstration projects testing requirements for work or other types of community engagement like training, education, job search, volunteer activities and caregiving. Under the new policy, Trump administration officials would allow work requirements in Medicaid somewhat similar to those already imposed in other programs like food stamps, now known as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, and the welfare program known as Temporary Assistance for Needy Families… …The Medicaid proposals came from Arizona, Arkansas, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Utah, and Wisconsin. Several other states are considering work requirements… …Advocates for Medicaid beneficiaries said the new policy was likely to be challenged in court if people were denied coverage for failure to meet a state’s work requirement. Federal law gives the secretary of health and human services broad authority to grant waivers for state demonstration projects that “promote the objectives” of the Medicaid program. In the past, federal officials said that work was not among those objectives. But Trump administration officials said on Thursday that work requirements were consistent with the goals of Medicaid, because work and work-related activities could improve the health of Medicaid beneficiaries…. …The Trump administration said that states imposing work requirement must have plans to help people meet those requirements and should help arrange job training, child care, and transportation as needed. But, it said, states cannot use federal Medicaid funds to pay for such “supportive services”… January 11, 2018: The New York Times posted an opinion piece titled: “Trump’s Medicaid Work Requirement Will Backfire.” It was written by Jared Bernstein (senior fellow at the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities) and Hanna Katch, (a health policy expert at the center and a former Senate health policy staff member and a California Medicaid administrator). From the opinion piece: Just because President Trump and the Republican Congress were unable to pass health care legislation that would have unwound the coverage benefits of the Affordable Care Act doesn’t mean such attacks are behind us. To the contrary, Republicans are now making an end run around Congress to accomplish one of their harshest goals: kicking economically vulnerable people off Medicaid. The administration’s new approach – one that no administration before it has taken – is to provide waivers to states that allow them to impose work requirements for Medicaid benefits. Thus far, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services has received requests for waivers from 10 states. C.M.S. released guidance on Thursday describing how states can institute these work requirements. Even before Thursday, C.M.S. had unilaterally changed the standards a waiver must meet to accord with Medicaid’s core mission – specifically, that whatever they do, states must increase and strengthen health coverage for people of limited means. Now the administration will be considering waivers that are likely to deprive thousands of low-income people of health care. Some of these people will lose coverage because they can’t find jobs to fulfill the work requirements. Others will lose it because they fail to complete paperwork proving they’re working or that they qualify for exemptions. For example, people with mental illness, addiction, or chronic disease often struggle to meet bureaucratic demands; in programs that already demand that beneficiaries work, such individuals have often been punished for falling short on work requirements even though they’re supposed to qualify for exemptions… …People losing coverage could suffer severe harm. A study of Medicaid expansion in Kentucky and Arkansas found that it led to significant gains in access to care, financial security and health, with increases in the share of low-income adults going for checkups, getting regular care for chronic conditions and reporting that they are in excellent health. It also found large decreases in the share of people struggling to pay medical bills and relying on hospital emergency rooms for care. Under the new waivers, these gains will be reversed. It is also essential to recognize that Medicaid work requirements won’t work. There’s no evidence that Medicaid discourages work, which comports with common sense: You can’t pay rent or buy groceries with health coverage. About 80 percent of able-bodied adult Medicaid recipients are part of working families (that is, either they or their spouses work), and about 60 percent work themselves. Among adults on Medicaid who don’t work and could be subject to the work requirement, more than a third have a chronic health problem or disability, about half take care of family or go to school, and just under 10 percent can’t find work. It’s far more likely that Medicaid work requirements will backfire, at least in terms of improving beneficiaries’ living standards. By providing coverage for workers in jobs that are unlikely to provide such benefits, and by helping to stabilize the finances of people with illnesses, Medicaid has been found to help people stay employed or find work. Of course, not all the Republicans’ efforts to shrink Medicaid are occurring through executive, as opposed to congressional, action. The new tax law’s repeal of the Affordable Care Act’s individual mandate could, according to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office, cut five million from the Medicaid rolls by 2027. That’s because, absent the mandate, fewer low-income people will find out that they’re eligible for Medicaid, especially in expansion states… January 12, 2018: Courier Journal (Part of the USA Today Network) posted an article titled: “Kentucky first to win federal approval to roll back Medicaid expansion under Obamacare”. It was written by Deborah Yetter. From the article: Calling it an “exciting day,” Gov. Matt Bevin on Friday said federal authorities have given Kentucky broad power to reshape its Medicaid program, making it the first state in the nation to win such approval under rules that allow states to include work requirements for some recipients… …The news was released Friday by U.S. Rep. John Yarmuth just minutes before Bevin’s announcement. Yarmuth called the move “dangerous and irresponsible,” saying it will cause tens of thousands of Kentuckians to lose health coverage. But Bevin dismissed such comments and said the plan will transform Medicaid. “It will be a model for the nation,” he said. But advocacy groups disagreed, including Kentucky Voices for Health, a coalition of health organizations that had opposed the changes as unnecessary and harmful to low-income people who rely on Medicaid for health care… …The approval comes 16 months after Bevin, a Republican elected in 2015, announced sweeping changes to the $10 billion federal-state program that provides health care for 1.4 million low-income and disabled Kentuckians, arguing it is “not sustainable”. And it comes one day after the Centers for Medicaid and Medicare announced it has approved controversial new “community engagement” rules to allow stats to require some Medicaid beneficiaries to work or volunteer in order to get health coverage… …The program will be phased in starting in July, officials said Friday. Bevin’s plan would require some adults to work or volunteer at least 20 hours a week or be in school or job training to keep health benefits. He has said it will inject more personal responsibility into the government health plan and believes participants should have “some skin in the game.”… …[Leonard] Cuello [a lawyer with the Washington-based National Health Law Program] said Medicaid law is designed purely as a health law and efforts by states to add a work requirement, as authorized by federal aid programs such as food stamps, are not allowed. “Medicaid is a healthcare program,” he said. “It’s about health services. It’s not about employment encouragement.”… …Advocates say the changes will cause up to 95,000 Kentuckians to lose Medicaid health coverage, according to the administration’s own calculations…. January 12, 2018: Rewire News posted an article titled: “Despite Republican Claims, Medicaid Work Requirements Would Hurt People With Disabilities”. It was written by Robyn Powell. From the article: …Republicans have unwaveringly asserted that work requirement will only apply to people who are “able-bodied.” This claim is simply untrue. The disability exception promulgated in the new rules only covers people who receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) or Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI). In other words, anyone who has a disability and does not receive SSI or SSDI would likely need to adhere to the new work requirements, should their state implement them… …To receive SSI or SSDI, a person must meet the Social Security Administration’s (SSA) stringent definition of disability: “the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity (SGA) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment(s) which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.” Put differently, one’s disability must be deemed so significant that they are unable to work in any type of job. According to Rebecca Cokley, senior fellow at the Center for American Progress, “Cancer survivors, some chronic conditions, people with mental health disabilities, and those who are substance abuse survivors will likely still be impacted, as often these are folks who get Medicaid but don’t meet the qualifications for [SSI or SSDI],” Qualifying for SSI or SSDI is no small feat and most people who endure the lengthy application process do not ultimately receive benefits. In fact, fewer than four in ten applications for SSI and SSDI are ultimately approved. Moreover, applicants often are forced to wait years and go through many appeals processes before receiving SSI or SSDI; 10,000 people died last year while waiting for their appeal to process. Nevertheless, people with disabilities “will be forced to navigate a byzantine bureaucracy to qualify [for the work requirement] exceptions,” [Ari] Ne’eman [an Obama administration appointee to the National Council on Disability] said. January 16, 2018: Los Angeles Times posted an article titled: “Number of Americans without health insurance grows in Trump’s first year, new figures show”. It was written by Noam N. Levey. From the article: The number of Americans without health coverage, which declined for years after passage of the Affordable Care Act, shot up in President Trump’s first year in office, according to data from a new national survey. At the end of 2017, 12.2% of U.S. adults lacked health insurance, up from 10.9% at the end of 2016, as President Obama was completing his final term. The increase of 1.3 percentage points, although modest, marks the first time since at least 2008 that the share of adults without insurance increased from the previous year, according to the report from Gallup, which conducts a widely followed survey asking Americans about their health coverage. The increase indicates that 3.3 million Americans lost health coverage in 2017, Gallup concluded. The decline in coverage was most pronounced among slices of the population on which the Obama administration and its allies had focused enrollment efforts; young adults, blacks, Latinos and households making less than $36,000 a year, Gallup found. The losses follow years of historic insurance gains driven by the healthcare law’s expansion of coverage, which started being fully implements in 2014… …A recent study of data from two states that have dramatically expanded coverage, Arkansas and Kentucky, found, for example, that low-income patients with chronic illnesses are now much more likely to seek recommended care. By contrast, there has been significantly less improvement among such patients in Texas, which has not expanded coverage fully through the healthcare law. But many Republicans, including leading Trump administration officials, have dismissed coverage gains as meaningless. They have argued that the coverage provided under the healthcare law is unaffordable – because of out-of-pocket costs are too high – or that patients face too many restrictions in their choice of doctors. Trump came into office last January pledging to roll back the law, common called Obamacare. His administration undertook a sustained campaign throughout 2017 to discredit the law while congressional Republicans tried to repeal it. The repeal campaign failed. But it helped weaken health insurance markets around the country, in regions that already had few insurers and higher prices than the rest of the country. At the same time, the Trump administration dramatically cut outreach and advertising efforts… January 19, 2018: Rewire News posted an article titled: “For People With Disabilities, Trump’s First Year Has Threatened Nearly Every Facet of Life”. It was written by Robyn Powell. From the article: …One of the main attacks on autonomy for people with disabilities was Republican’s fight against the Affordable Care Act (ACA), egged on by the President. Over the summer, people with disabilities, particularly members of the grassroots ADAPT, gained national attention for successfully battling the repeated attempts to repeal the ACA. Beginning with a “die-in” staged outside the office of Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) in late June, ADAPT held dozens of direct actions – at both the U.S. Capitol and congressional offices across the country. For people with disabilities, saving the ACA was a matter of life and death. Notably, each attempt by the GOP to repeal the ACA included significant cuts to Medicaid. This threatened not only health care for people with disabilities, but also access to necessary supports that enable us to live in our communities. Medicaid is the primary health insurer of children and adults with disabilities. It covers services that other commercial health insurance does not, such as personal care assistants (PCAs) who provide in-home care to people with disabilities. Without PCAs, some people with disabilities cannot work, go to school, or be contributing members of their community. Last week, the Trump administration delivered another blow to health care by allowing states to impose work requirements for people who receive Medicaid. Despite the GOP’s claims, Medicaid work requirements will likely harm people with disabilities, and will result in fewer disabled people receiving Medicaid… …In December, the GOP passed – and Trump signed into law – the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, harking this tax reform bill a win for everyone. While this bill will leave wealthy people far better off, people with disabilities will likely face greater tax burdens and decreased opportunities to live the life they choose. The bill includes massive cuts to Medicare and other safety-net programs and eliminates tax incentives for small businesses to modify their facilities to ensure accessibility for people with disabilities. Moreover, because the law includes a repeal of the ACA’s individual mandate, health insurance premiums will undoubtedly climb, leaving them unaffordable for many – including people with disabilities… January 22, 2018: Covered California posted information titled “Covered California Announces Continued Strong Enrollment and Reminds Consumers That Penalty Remains in Place Through 2018”. From the information: The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act’s requirements that consumers have health insurance remains in place, and consumers may face stiff tax penalties if they are not covered in 2018. A recent study estimates 70 percent of consumers, who are uninsured and eligible for financial help, could purchase health insurance coverage for less than the price of the tax penalty. Most consumers are paying less in monthly premiums than they did a year ago. More than 342, 000 consumers have newly enrolled during the current open-enrollment period, which remains ahead of last year’s pace, and continues in California through Jan. 31. …Covered California also reminded consumers that the Affordable Care Act’s individual shared responsibility payment, often called the individual mandate, remains in place throughout calendar year 2018. Consumers who do not have health insurance could face stiff tax penalties if they are not covered. These penalties are a minimum of $695 per adult and $347.50 per child, up to $2,085 per family, or at least 2.5 percent of annual household income – whichever is greater (for an estimated maximum penalty of $3,816 per individual and $19,080 for a family of five). The recent tax bill removes the penalty but it does not go into effect until 2019… …A recent Covered California analysis found that the net monthly premiums for enrollees who receive financial help are on average 10 percent lower than what new and renewing consumers paid last year. The lower prices are a result of more financial help being available for consumers who qualify for assistance. The Affordable Care Act is designed to protect consumers by providing more premium tax credits when premiums rise. And for the many Californians in the individual market who do not get financial help, the robust competition has meant that for many, premium increases have been kept in the single digits… February 9, 2018: Covered California posted information titled: “Covered California Finishes Fifth Open Enrollment Strong – New Sign-ups of 423,484 up 3 Percent Over Last Year.” From the information: More than 50,000 people selected health insurance plans through Covered California in the final three days of open enrollment. Covered California has now served more than 3.4 million consumers since 2014. The number of renewing enrollees dropped slightly, in part due to Covered California encouraging unsubsidized Silver plan enrollees to shop off-exchange. Consumers made smart choices for 2018, picking Gold plans in many cases to get the best value for themselves and their families. Subsidized consumers paid less for health coverage in 2018 than 2017 due to the protective effect of their subsidy rising to offset higher premiums, while unsubsidized consumers in the individual market – both in and out of Covered California – saw their costs rise. Without action by Congress, unsubsidized consumers nationwide could see their costs rise steeply in 2019 and find coverage increasingly unaffordable. February 14, 2018: Bloomberg posted an article titled: “Ignoring Obamacare Rules, Idaho ‘Freedom’ Plans Come With Limits”. It was written by Zachary Tracer. From the article: After Idaho’s Republican governor promised to find creative ways to get around Obamacare, one health plan in the state plans to offer skimpy coverage that may violate many of the law’s protections for patients. Blue Cross of Idaho said Wednesday that it will offer insurance plans that don’t comply with some Affordable Care Act requirements. The “Freedom Blue” coverage is a way to give some people lower premiums upfront in exchange for less comprehensive coverage. Others will pay more — the plans have limits on annual medical spending and will charge sicker people higher premiums or deny them coverage in some cases. Those policies are specifically forbidden by the 2010 law. The move sets up a potential conflict with the federal government. While President Donald Trump has said he opposes the law and has taken steps to undermine it, the administration will have to decide whether to enforce legal requirements that remain on the books… …If the department [of Health and Human Services] doesn’t act, it could be up to the courts to resolve whether Idaho is violating the law… …In early January, Idaho Governor Butch Otter directed the state’s insurance regulator to find “creative ways” for health insurers in the state to offer more affordable coverage. Otter said the state planned to use flexibility offered by the Trump administration in an executive order, and that it had authority to do so. The insurance regulator issued guidelines for the plans later that month… …The Idaho plan believes it’s following the flexibility it has under the law… …The proposed plans have a $1 million annual per-person limit to how much care the insurer will pay for. The plans have many of the same general benefits as ACA plans, though one won’t cover maternity care. They can also charge more to people who are sicker after asking them extensive questions about their health. While such policies were banned by the Affordable Care Act, Idaho plans to use the law as a backstop. If individuals end up with medical expenses that exceed the $1 million limit in the non-Obamacare plans, Idaho will require insurers to help them move into ACA plans, which don’t have limits on medical spending. February 15, 2018: The New York Times posted an article titled: “New Health Secretary Faces First Test as Idaho Skirts Federal Law”. It was written by Robert Pear. From the article: Alex M. Azar II, the new secretary of health and human services, said Thursday that he would closely scrutinize a plan by Idaho to allow the sale of insurance that does not comply with the Affordable Care Act, an early test of how he will enforce a law he opposes. But he said it was too early to know what action he might take… …Democrats in Congress, as well as the American Cancer Society and other groups representing patients, say the Idaho plan would allow insurers to discriminate against people with pre-existing medical conditions, in defiance of the federal law… …The plan presents Mr. Azar with a choice that he could face frequently in his new job: whether to try to shore up the health law or to “let Obamacare fail,” as President Trump has threatened to do. His decisions could have significant consequences both for consumers and for Republicans in the midterm elections… …Mr. Azar described Idaho’s plan as “a cry for help” by a state seeking more affordable coverage options for its residents. He said the Idaho program would be subject to “searching review for compliance” with federal law… …Idaho residents will still be able to obtain coverage that complies with the Affordable Care Act on the state’s health insurance exchange, Mr. Crapo said. But Idaho will allow other options, outside the exchange. The Republican governor of Idaho, C.L. Otter, known as Butch, issues an executive order last month to combat what he called “the overreaching, intrusive nature of Obamacare.” And on Jan. 24, the state Insurance Department issued guidelines for the sale of insurance policies that do not meed coverage requirements of the Affordable Care Act. Idaho’s new “state-based health benefit plans” will have to carry a disclaimer: “The policy is not fully compliant with federal health insurance requirements.” Insurers in Idaho could, in some cases, charge different rates based on a person’s health status or claims experience. In addition, insurers would not have to comply with provisions of the federal law limiting out-of-pocket costs, and they could impose caps on the dollar amount of benefits available to consumers. Dean L. Cameron, the director of the Idaho Department of Insurance, said in an interview on Thursday that insurers could start selling the new state-based health plans as early as April… February 20, 2018: CNN Money posted an article titled “Trump administration unveils alternative to Obamacare”. It was written by Tami Luhby. From the article: Officials Tuesday proposed regulations that will make it easier to obtain coverage through short-term health insurance plans — which don’t have to adhere to the Affordable Care Act’s consumer protections — by allowing insurers to sell policies that last just under a year. The new rules stem from an executive order President Trump signed in October aimed at boosting competition, giving consumers more choices and lowering premiums… …The proposal would reverse an Obama administration decision to limit the duration of short-term health plans to no more than 90 days in order to make them less attractive. Such plans could roil the Obamacare market, drawing healthier consumers away from the exchanges and pushing up the premiums for those who remain. Short-term health plans, which have been available for years and were originally designed to fill a temporary gap in coverage, are likely to be cheaper than Obamacare policies. But that’s because they are allowed to exclude those with pre-existing conditions and base rates on an applicant’s medical history, unlike plans sold on the Obamacare exchanges. Also, short-term plans don’t have to offer comprehensive coverage. Typically, they don’t provide free preventative care or maternity, prescription drugs and mental health benefits. They can also impose annual or lifetime limits, meaning they may only pay out a set amount — often $1 million or less — leaving the policyholder on the hook for the rest. And, unlike Obamacare policies, they don’t have to cap consumers’ cost-sharing burden at $7,350 for 2018… …Also, insurers aren’t required to renew the policies so those who become sick could find themselves unable to sign up again for the same plan… …The proposed regulations are the latest step in the Trump administration’s quest to weaken Obamacare. Last month, officials unveiled a proposed rule that would make it easier for small businesses — and some self employed folks — to band together and buy health insurance. That proposal also stemmed from Trump’s executive order and is designed to broaden access to what are known as association health plans. February 26, 2018: CNN posted an article titled: “9 million fewer Americans expected to have health insurance in 2019”. It was written by Tami Luhby. From the article: About 9 million fewer Americans will have health insurance next year, thanks to the Trump administration and Republicans in Congress, a new report estimates. Congress’ elimination of the individual mandate, which takes effect in 2019, and a trio of moves by President Donald Trump are expected to fuel the decrease, the Urban Institute said. Trump’s actions include the discontinuation of federal support of a key Obamacare subsidy, the reduction of advertising and assistance for Obamacare’s open enrollment season and the proposed expansion of short-term insurance policies. The Congressional Budget Office does not consider consumers with such policies to be insured… …The individual mandate, one of Obamacare’s least popular provisions, requires nearly all Americans to get coverage or pay a penalty. The CBO estimated in November that 4 million fewer people would be insured in 2019 because healthier people would be less likely to buy policies without the mandate in place… …The Urban Institute estimated that the mandate’s elimination, as well as the reduced federal support of open enrollment, would leave 6.4 million fewer people with coverage by 2019… …About 2.5 million people who would have been otherwise insured will opt for short-term policies next year instead, the Urban Institute estimates. Combined, the elimination of the individual mandate and the expansion of short-term plans will likely cause premiums for Obamacare policies to increase an average of 18.2% next year in the 43 states that do not prohibit or limit such policies, according to the Urban Institute. February 28, 2018: Vox posted an article titled: “20 states file a new lawsuit arguing Obamacare is illegal”. It was written by Sarah Kliff. From the article: Twenty state attorney generals have filed a new lawsuit that – like the many lawsuits before it – aims to take down the Affordable Care Act. The suit, filed in a Texas district court on Tuesday, makes a new legal argument that relies on Congress’s recent repeal of the individual mandate penalty… …Let’s start with the actual argument at play here. This lawsuit starts from Congress’s recent decision to ax Obamacare’s penalty for not carrying health insurance, reducing the fine from $695 to $0 – essentially getting rid of the provision. In previous rulings, the brief argues, the Supreme Court has stated that this mandate is crucial to making the Affordable Care Act work. The mandate gets healthy people into the insurance market, thus allowing the Affordable Care Act to also require insurers to offer coverage to those with costly pre-existing conditions, too. With the individual mandate penalty killed, the lawsuit argues that the entire law is no longer workable and ought to be struck down… …Or, as the lawsuit itself puts it: “Once the heart of the ACA – the individual mandate – is declared unconstitutional, the remainder of the ACA must also fall.”… …This lawsuit is brought by 20 different states, and they no doubt decided to bring their case in a district court that they thought might be more conservative, and more sympathetic to their arguments… The lawsuit is called “State of Texas, et. al. v United States of America, et. al.” It was filed in the United States District Court Northern District of Texas. Full text of the lawsuit can be found on the Texas Attorney General website. Plaintifs include: Texas (Attorney General Ken Paxton – Republican) Wisconsin (Attorney General Brad Schmiel – Republican) Alabama (Attorney General Steve Marshall – Republican) Arkansas (Attorney General Leslie Rutledge – Republican) Arizona (Attorney General Mark Brnovich – Republican) Florida (Attorney General Pam Bondi – Republican) Georgia (Attorney General Christopher Car – Republican) Indiana (Attorney General Curtis Hill – Republican) Kansas (Attorney General Derek Schmidt – Republican) Louisiana (Attorney General Jeff Landry – Republican) Maine (Governor of Maine Paul LePage – Republican) Mississippi (Governor Phil Bryant – Republican) Missouri (Attorney General Josh Hawley – Republican) Nebraska (Attorney General Doug Peterson – Republican) North Dakota (Attorney General Wayne Stenehjem – Republican) South Carolina (Attorney General Alan Wilson – Republican) South Dakota (Attorney General Marty Jackley – Republican) Tennessee (Attorney General Hubert Slattery III – Republican) Utah (Attorney General Sean Reyes – Republican) West Virginia (Attorney General Patrick Morrisey – Republican) Defendants include: United States of America United States Department of Health and Human Services, Alex Azar, in his Official Capacity as Secretary of Health and Human Services United States Internal Revenue Service and David J. Kautter, in his Official Capacity as Acting Commissioner of Internal Revenue March 1, 2018: Health Affairs posted a survey titled “Eliminating the Individual Mandate Penalty in California: Harmful but Non-Fatal Changes In Enrollment And Premiums”. It was written by John Hsu, Vicki Funs, Michael E. Chernew, Alan M. Zaslavsky, William Dow, and Joseph P. Newhouse. The California Health Care Foundation provided funding for the 2017 survey and data analysis. The survey was done in partnership with Covered California. From the survey: The federal tax reform act of December 2017 eliminated the penalty for noncompliance with the Affordable Care Act’s (ACA) individual mandate (also known as the shared responsibility requirement) starting in 2019. This legislative change has highlighted uncertainty about the penalty’s importance in inducing lower-risk individuals to purchase insurance, to purchase insurance, and the potential for higher premiums in the individual insurance market should they not do so. The Congressional Budget Office and the Joint Committee on Taxation (CBO/JCT) estimated that within one year, eliminating the penalty would leave four million fewer individuals insured nationwide, including three million fewer with individual market insurance. Moreover, the higher risk profile of the remaining insured would drive up individual insurance market premiums by 10 percent. CBO/JCT also predicted that over time more enrollees would drop out of the insurance market, partly due to the rising premiums, resulting in five million fewer insured in 2027 compared with baseline estimates without the repeal. Proponents of the mandate repeal suggested that the CBO/JCT methodology is flawed because it overstates the importance of the mandate for coverage. Another recent analysis suggests that the size of the mandate penalty had little effect on coverage in 2014 and 2015, but ignores any generalized “woodwork” effect of the mandate. Importantly, the effect of eliminating the penalty on market stability depends both on 1) the number of people who no longer purchase insurance, and 2) whether these people are healthier than those retaining insurance and thus have below-average medical costs. If most enrollees continue to purchase insurance, or if those who do not purchase have similar average risk to those who do purchase, there will be less impact on premiums. From here, the survey digs into data collected in a random sample of California enrollees in the individual market. A total of 3,010 people responded who either purchased individual insurance market plans through the Covered California marketplace or outside the marketplace. Respondents were asked whether they knew that they would have to pay a tax penalty if they did not have insurance coverage, and if so, whether they would have purchased health insurance coverage this year (2017) if there were no penalty. The survey was conducted between May and September 2017, prior to the passage of the tax reform bill. 18 percent of enrollees in California’s individual market in 2017 say they would not have purchased insurance in the absence of a penalty. The substantial majority of lower-risk enrollees would still have purchased. Based on this changing mix, the surveyors estimate that eliminating the mandate penalty would have caused premiums to rise 5 percent to 9 percent in California’s individual market plans. Overall, 91 percent of individual market enrollees in this California sample were aware that there was a mandate penalty, and 18 percent (or almost one in five enrollees) said they would not have purchased insurance in 2017 if the penalty had not existed. This reduction (about 378,000 fewer enrollees in California) is comparable to the CBO/JCT estimate of enrollment reductions nationally in the first year following the elimination of the mandate penalty, but larger than the 7 percent reported in an October 2017 nationwide Kaiser Health Tracking Poll. Enrollees with the lowest levels of predicted medical spending were more likely to say they would not have purchased insurance in 2017 in the absence of the penalty, compared with those at higher levels of predicted spending. For example, 30 percent and 21 percent of those in the lowest two deciles of predicted spending said they would not have purchased insurance in the absence of the penalty, compared to 13 percent and 10 percent of those in the top two deciles of predicted spending. At each level of predicted spending, the majority of respondents (70 percent to 90 percent) would likely have purchased insurance in the absence of the mandate penalty. Eliminating the mandate penalty could matter less in California than in other states because California has one of the most stable individual markets in the nation with a more favorable risk mix than other states, as reflected in the average risk scores published by the Center for Consumer Information & Insurance Oversight. California has implemented a number of policies to reduce adverse selection into and within the market. For example, California was one of 11 states that prohibited the sale of ACA non-compliant plans in 2014, which likely improved the favorability of the individual market risk pool. It was one of five states to mandate some kind of alignment of plans sold on and off the public marketplace by requiring that all plans sold on-markeptlace have a mirrored product sold off-marketplace. Relative to other states, California has invested heavily in outreach and education efforts to increase insurance uptake, outreach, and education efforts to increase insurance uptake, emphasizing reasons other than the mandate for buying insurance such as financial and health protection. March 8, 2018: Covered California released an analysis titled: “Individual Markets Nationally Face High Premium Increases in Coming Years Absent Federal or State Action, With Wide Variation Among States”. From the Highlights of the analysis: All states’ individual markets risk higher than normal premium increases – ranging from 35 to 90 percent over three years – due to continued uncertainty at the federal level, but state variation informs understanding of local risks. Premium increases in the individual markets will likely range from 12 to 32 percent in 2019, and cumulative increases from 2019-2021 will range from 35 percent to more than 90 percent. Increases are on average more than double the rate of medical inflation as a result of healthier consumers leaving the individual market. The report identifies 17 states that are more likely – because of their historic mix and enrollment – to have cumulative premium increases of 90 percent or more and 19 additional states are at a higher risk of experiencing hikes of 50 percent. Policy actions could both lower premiums and promote more plan competition by reducing uncertainty – with independent actuarial analysis finding that reinsurance or similar programs could cut premium increases in half, bringing them to single digits in many states. The analysis has details about premium costs in a “State-by-State Interactive Mapping of Premium Increase and Instability Risk” map. It is color coded to indicate which category each state falls into: Significant Marketplace Risk: These states could face a possible 35% premium increase by 2021): Washington, Oregon, California, Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Minnesota, Kentucky, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut. High Marketplace Risk: These states could face a possible 50% premium increase by 2021): Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, Arizona, New Mexico, Kansas, Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, Georgia, Florida, Virginia, Maryland, Delaware, New York, Vermont, and Maine Catastrophic Marketplace Risk: These states could face a possible 90% premium increase by 2021): Texas, Oklahoma, Arizona, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina, Wisconsin, Michigan, Ohio, West Virginia, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and New Hampshire. It doesn’t say why Alaska and Hawaii are not on the map, or what level of marketplace risk they face. March 8, 2018: New York Magazine posted an article titled: “White House Tells Idaho to Sabotage Obamacare More Subtly”. It was written by Eric Levitz. From the article: In January, Republicans in Idaho decided that if Congress wasn’t going to repeal the Affordable Care Act, they would just have to repeal it themselves. Governor C.L. “Butch” Otter signed an executive order that nullified a whole host of ACA regulations: Insurers in the Gem State would now be able to sell health-care plans that didn’t cover maternity care, mental illness, or other “essential health benefits”; to charge higher premiums to people with preexisting conditions, and deny them coverage outright if they had failed to maintain “continuous coverage”; and set a dollar limit on the amount of benefits that consumers could draw on (which is to say, a sneak provision that renders the insurance plan useless if an enrollee happens to develop an exorbitantly expensive medical condition). The one catch was that insurers who sold such skimpy plans would be required to also sell at least one Obamacare-compliant option over the exchanges. This arrangement would allow (temporarily) healthy people to get (junky) insurance at a very cheap price – while rendering the risk pool for Obamacare-compliant plans exceptionally sickly, there by causing premiums to skyrocket for people who required comprehensive coverage. This all constituted a flagrant violation of federal law, But responsibility for enforcing said law lay with Trump’s Health and Human Services Department, which has been flagrantly violating the spirit of Obamacare for more than a year now… …But on Thursday night, Trump’s Health Department (somewhat apologetically) announced that it would not allow Idaho to comport itself as a sovereign nation. In a letter to Governor Otter, Seema Verma, administrator of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), wrote, “CMS is committed to working with states to give them as much flexibility as permissible under the law to provide their citizens the best possible access to healthcare. However, the Affordable Care At remains the law.”… …Verma encouraged Idaho to try a subtler approach to nullifying Obamacare, noting that its proposal could have passed legal muster “with certain modifications.”… April 9, 2018: Reuters posted an article titled: “Trump administration issues rule further watering down Obamacare”. From the article: The Trump administration took additional steps to weaken Obamacare on Monday, allowing U.S. states to relax the rules on what insurers must cover and giving states more power to regulate their individual insurance markets. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services issued a final rule that allows states to select essential health benefits that must be covered by individual insurance plans sold under former President Barack Obama’s healthcare law. The 2010 Affordable Care Act requires coverage of 10 benefits, including maternity and newborn care and prescription drugs. Under the new rule, states can select from a much larger list which benefits insurers must cover. That could lead to less generous coverage in some states, according to Avalere Health, a research and consulting firm. President Donald Trump’s administration has used its regulatory power to undermine Obamacare after the Republican-controlled Congress last year failed to repeal and replace the law. About 20 million people have received insurance coverage through the program… April 10, 2018: Modern Healthcare posted an article titled: “5 takeaways from CMS’ final 2019 ACA marketplace rule”. It was written by Shelby Livingston. CMS stands for Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. From the article: The CMS allows states to determine which essential health benefits individual and small-group plans must offer, starting in 2020. States can either adopt another state’s 2017 benchmark plan; replace one or more of its benefit categories with that of another state’s; or completely build a new essential benefits package from scratch so long as the new plan is not too generous and is in line with a “typical employer plan”. Plans will still have to offer the 10 essential health benefits required by the Affordable Care Act, such as maternity care or mental health care. The CMS is upping the rate increase threshold that triggers a review by state regulators to premium hikes of at least 15% for 2019. The agency is also exempting student health insurance coverage from rate review requirements, effective July 1. HHS (Department of Health and Human Services) is allowing “a big chunk” of Obamacare customers to drop their insurance in 2018 without having to pay an individual mandate penalty. The CMS is allowing insurance exchanges to extend exemptions to the penalty based on a lack of affordable coverage available in an area. CMS will allow anyone who lived an a region with just one insurer or none at all to claim a “hardship” exemption from the penalty for as far back as 2016. Those who only have access to an insurance plan that covers abortion may also get out of the penalty if they object to abortion coverage. The individual mandate penalty was zeroed out starting in 2019. The new exemptions would affect all those still subject to penalty for 2018 if they don’t buy coverage. The CMS went ahead with its proposal to promote innovative plan designs by eliminating standardized options from the federal marketplace in 2019. This is a major win for the health insurance industry. Starting in 2019, the CMS is relaxing the rules surrounding how much of an insurer’s premium income must bet spent on medical claims and quality improvement activities, a figure known as the medical-loss ratio. Insurers covering individuals and small businesses today must spend at least 80% of their premiums on healthcare and quality improvement. In 2019, states will be able to request changes to the individual market medical-loss ratio that insurers must meet if states can demonstrate that a lower medical-loss ratio would help stabilize their markets. April 30, 2018: Journal Sentinel (Part of the USA Today Network) posted an article titled: “Wisconsin unlawfully denies necessary treatment for transgender Medicaid recipients, lawsuit claims”. It was written by Bruce Vielmetti. From the article: Wisconsin unlawfully denies Medicaid coverage for necessary transgender medical treatments, two transgender residents claim in a federal lawsuit filed Monday. Their doctors say Cody Flack of Green Bay and Sara Ann Makenzie of Baraboo need additional surgery to help confirm their gender identities, but the state has turned them down for coverage, which they can’t afford on their own, citing a rule that groups the treatments with tattoo removal and earlobe repair. Though the federal Medicaid Act and state statutes say coverage should not be arbitrarily withheld based on diagnosis or condition, a Wisconsin Department of Health and Human Services regulation from 1997 cites care related to gender transition – along with tattoo removal and earlobe repair – as “medically unnecessary”… …Wisconsin is one of 10 states that deny Medicaid coverage of treatments for gender transition, according to the lawsuit. Nineteen states explicitly cover, and the rest have no explicit policy either way. Ever since, bureaucrats cite the rule to deny breast removal or augmentation, genital surgeries and some hormone treatment coverage for transgender Medicaid recipients, even when admitting the procedures are effective in treating gender dysphoria, the range of conditions suffered by those who identify as a gender other than the one assigned at birth. The lawsuit, filed in federal court in Madison, contends there is no rational or legitimate basis for excluding the coverage, which denies necessary care to members of a disfavored group… …The suit says Wisconsin’s coverage exclusion violates the Affordable Care Act, the Medicaid Act and the due process guarantee of the Fourteenth Amendment. It asks that the court enjoin enforcement of the regulation and award damages and costs to the plaintiffs… April 30, 2018: Politico posted an article titled: “Maine governor sued for defying Medicaid expansion ballot measure”. It was written by Rachana Pradhan. From the article: Obamacare supporters are suing Maine Gov. Paul LePage’s administration to force him to expand Medicaid, accusing the Republican of ignoring a ballot initiative that ordered the state to join the coverage program. LePage has refused to expand Medicaid nearly six months after 59 percent of the state’s voters approved it in a first-of-its-kind ballot measure. He has insisted he won’t adopt Medicaid expansion unless state lawmakers meet his conditions for funding the program. “With the goal of getting health care to people as soon as possible, we decided we couldn’t wait any longer,” said Robyn Merrill of Maine Equal Justice Partners, one of the advocacy groups behind the lawsuit. The lawsuit against LePage’s administration was expected after the Maine Legislature’s recent session ended without a funding agreement. A LePage spokesperson didn’t immediately respond to a request for comment. LePage, now in his last year in office, previously vetoed Medicaid expansion bills five times, prompting the state’s Obamacare supporters to organize the ballot initiative last year. Advocates are spearheading similar campaigns to get measures on the ballot this year in Idaho, Nebraska, and Utah… …Roughly 80,000 low-income Maine adults are supposed to qualify for Medicaid benefits starting July 2, according to the ballot measure. The LePage administration skipped an early April deadline to formally notify the federal government it would expand Medicaid. The lawsuit against the Maine Department of Health and Human Services was filed in state Superior Court. Other groups bringing the lawsuit include the Maine Primary Care Association and Maine Consumers for Affordable Health Care. The office of Maine Attorney General Janet Mills, a Democrat running for governor this year, declined to comment on whether she would defend the state in the litigation… May 2018: Urban Institute posted The Healthy America Program. It was written by Linda J. Blumbert (an Institute fellow in the Health Policy Center at the Urban Institute. She is an expert on private health insurance (employer and nongroup), health care financing, and health system reform. It was also written by John Holahan (an Institute fellow in the Health Policy Center, where he previously served as center director for over 30 years. His recent work focuses on health reform, the uninsured, and health expenditure growth, and on developing proposals for health systems reform.) It was also written by Stephen Zuckerman (a senior fellow and Vice President for health policy at Urban. He has studied health economics and health policy for 30 years and is a national expert on Medicare and Medicaid payment, including how payments affect enrollee access to care and the volume of services they receive.) Here are some key points of The Healthy America Program: Since efforts to “repeal and replace” the Affordable Care Act (ACA) have failed, and bipartisan attempts to improve the law have stalled, some policymakers are now looking beyond incremental fixes. Here, we present a set of policy ideas that would provide universal access to comprehensive coverage but would allow people to keep their employer-sponsored coverage, would offer a range of insurer options and ensure broad pooling of health care risk, would not have an employer mandate, would provide income-related federal assistance, and would create a more flexible individual incentive to remain insured under the ACA. The proposal builds on components of the Medicare program and the ACA Marketplaces. However, it simplifies the current health insurance system by integrating Medicaid acute care for nonelderly people and the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) – while preserving access to their benefits – with coverage for people enrolled in private nongroup insurance and people currently uninsured. This large new Medicare-style marketplace, featuring a public plan and private insurer options, would contain costs by fostering competition among many insurers, capping provider payment rates, and addressing prescription drug pricing. This proposal is less ambitious than a single-payer system (i.e. Medicare for All), but would get close to universal coverage with much lower increases in federal spending and less disruption for people currently enrolled in employer coverage or Medicare… We propose a new program called Healthy America that would be open to all non elderly Americans. It would improve income-based assistance for premiums and cost-sharing and reduce costs in less competitive areas. Like Medicare, it would offer a public plan and private insurance plans; like Medicare Advantage, its private options would benefits from caps on provider payment rates. The Healthy America program would collect enrollees’ monthly payments of income-related premiums, and these payments would be reconciled with actual income through tax filings at the end of the year. People who decide to remain uninsured would lose a tax benefit, but they could reverse some of that loss by becoming and remaining insured in the following year. The tax-excluding for employer-sponsored insurance would stay in place, providing the financial incentive for most workers to continue obtaining coverage through their workplace. People who choose to enroll in employer-sponsored insurance would not pay income-related premiums for Healthy America. The acute care portion of Medicaid for the non elderly and CHIP would be incorporated into the Healthy America program, along with supplemental benefits (e.g., transportation; early and periodic screening, diagnostic and treatment; access to essential community providers) for low-income children and enrollees with disabilities to ensure that people eligible for Medicaid under current law would have the same benefits under the new program. States would be required to continue contributing what they currently do to Medicaid and CHIP for these populations, and future state spending amounts would be indexed to a five-year rolling average of gross domestic product (GDP) growth. Adults and children would no longer have to change insurance plans when family income changes. Nonelderly people with disabilities who are eligible for Medicare could choose between enrolling in coverage with income-related assistance through the Healthy America program or obtaining their coverage through Medicare as under current law. Nonelderly people with disabilities who are ineligible for Medicare would be edible for coverage through the Healthy America program. The Medicare program would remain unchanged for all people ages 65 and older and for eligible people with disabilities. The current Medicare cost-sharing structure, including different deductibles for Parts A, B, and D and no out-of-pocket limits, could be changed to match the Healthy America program. All Healthy American plans would cover the ACA’s essential health benefits, along with supplemental benefits for low-income children and for enrollees with disabilities. These supplements would ensure that people eligible for Medicaid under current law would have the same benefits under the new program. Here are some details on how premiums would work: Premiums for the Healthy America plans would be income related, with federal subsidies tied to the premium associated with the benchmark 80 percent AV public plan option. People with incomes below the tax-filing threshold and others with incomes below 138 percent of FPL would not be charged premiums if they enroll in a plan with premiums no higher than the benchmark plan. People with incomes between 138 and 150 percent of FPL would pay premiums ranging from 0 to 2 percent of income for the benchmark plan. People with incomes between 150 and 200 percent of FPL would pay premiums ranging from 2 to 4 percent of income for the benchmark plan. People with incomes between 200 and 250 precent of FPL would pay premiums ranging from 4 percent to 6 percent of income for the benchmark plan. People with incomes between 250 and 300 percent of FPL would pay premiums ranging from 6 to 7 percent for the benchmark plan. People win incomes between 300 and 400 percent of FPL would pay premiums ranging from 7 to 8.5% of income for the benchmark plan. People with higher incomes would pay premiums of no more than 8.5 percent of income for the benchmark plan. At all incomes, household premium contributions for the benchmark plan would never exceed the total benchmark premium for that person or family. Premiums would be subject to modified community rating rules as under ACA, with age rating limited to a ratio of 3 to 1, as in the ACA-compliant nongroup and small-group insurance markets today. Here are some additional details: The benchmark premium would be set much like it is in the Medicare program. People who remain uninsured would be responsible for paying their own medical bills and dealing directly with providers. Uninsured people and people with employer-based insurance could enroll in insurance through the Healthy America program at standard rates during the annual open enrollment period, as under the ACA. Limited special enrollment periods would also be available for circumstances such as birth, adoption, and loss of employer coverage. To limit adverse selection, uninsured people would lose a percentage of their standard deduction (or the equivalent for the itemized deduction) when they pay income taxes. The percentage of the standard deduction they would lose would increase with income, making the penalty progressive. By design, people with incomes below the tax-filing threshold would owe no penalty because they would not own premiums. People with incomes of $1 million or more would lose the entire standard deduction. Most people would need to take direct action to enroll in the Healthy America program. Higher federal investment (compared with that under ACA) in outreach and enrollment assistance during open enrollment periods and throughout the year would increase awareness and lead to higher coverage rates. To boost enrollment in Healthy America and increase the diversity of its health insurance risk pools, people receiving SNAP and TANF payments would be automatically enrolled. This population would be eligible for coverage with no premium in a Healthy America plan. Short-term and other private insurance plans that do not comply with Healthy America regulations (consistent with the ACA’s regulatory framework) would be prohibited. Prohibited types of plans include short-term, limited-duration policies, and association health care risks. May 1, 2018: The Washington Post posted an article titled: “Trump’s former health secretary: Americans will pay more because GOP weakened Obamacare”. It was written by Jeff Stein. From the article: President Trump’s former top health official on Tuesday said the Republican tax law would raise the cost of health insurance for some Americans because it repealed a core provision of the Affordable Care Act. Tom Price, Trump’s first secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, said people buying insurance on government-run marketplaces will face higher prices because the law repealed the ACA’s individual mandate. The mandate had forced most Americans to have health coverage or face a financial penalty. “There are many, and I’m one of them, who believes that that actually will harm the pool in the exchange market, because you’ll likely have individuals who are younger and healthier not participating in that market, and consequently that drives up the cost for other folks within that market,” Price said at the World Health Care Conference in Washington… …”Those effects would occur mainly because healthier people would be less likely to obtain insurance and because, especially in the nongroup market, the resulting increases in premiums would case more people to not purchase insurance, the CBO [Congressional Budget Office] said at the time. [in November of 2017]… May 4, 2018: MedPage Today posted an article titled: “ACP, ACOG Fear Return of ‘Domestic Gag Rule'”. It was written by Molly Walker. From the article: Citing “something imminent” from the Trump administration in relation to Title X funding, the American College of Physicians (ACP) and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) reiterated their concern about any changes to these programs. While it is unclear if these changes will come in the form of an executive order or more formal rulemaking, the organizations are warning of a potential Reagan-era “domestic gag rule” that forbade providers receiving Title X funding from discussing or making referrals for abortion. The rule also mandated financial and physical separation of Title X-funded programs from activities related to abortion. It was reminded in 1993 by President Clinton. In addition to reproductive healthcare, Title X clinics also provide preventative services, such as gynecology exams, for primarily low-income individuals. Officials at ACOG and ACP, which represent more than 200,000 physicians nationwide, stressed that they haven’t seen the final action so they “don’t know yet what it’s going to do”. But they believe the current administration is planning to change eligibility requirements for providers and healthcare centers to receive Title X funding, inhibiting them from offering women the fullest range of preventative reproductive health services available. The officials characterized the anticipated regulations as “turning back the clock” on women’s healthcare. “We are deeply concerned about anticipated changes to Title X, which move away from science-based principles and erode standard of care by interfering in the patient/provider relationship,” said Hal Lawrence, MD, ACOG executive vice president and CEO. “We don’t need the government interfering in the exam room, and the government should not be interfering in what women can know and what kind of options she should be given.” He further characterized the idea of not being able to go in and discuss “something that is available” with a patient as “against the ethics of the practice of medicine.” Shari Erickson, ACP’s Vice President for governmental affairs and medical practice, described any such changes to Title X as “out of date and out of touch” and that they have the potential to impact “millions of individuals,” especially women seeking access to contraception, reproductive healthcare and preventative services. “We are strongly opposed to changes that restrict federal funding for physicians and healthcare professionals,” she added… May 8, 2017: President Trump signed a Special Message to the Congress of the United States. It said: In accordance with section 1012 of the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974 (2 U.S.C. 683), I herewith report 38 rescissions of budget authority, totaling $15.4 billion. The proposed rescissions affect programs of the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Energy, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, Justice, Labor, State, Transportation, and the Treasury, as well as the Corporation for National and Community Service, Environmental Protection Agency, Railroad Retirement Board, the Millennium Challenge Corporation, and the United States Agency for International Development. The details of these rescissions are set forth in the enclosed letter from the Director of the Office of Management and Budget. The letter from the Director of the Office of Management and Budget is long and very detailed. Here are the parts that relate to health care: Rural Community Facilities Program Account – $2,000,000 proposed for rescission. The community facilities grants provide assistance to low income rural communities for essential community facilities such as police stations and medical clinics. The FY 2018 appropriations fully funded the program, and these balances are not needed to carry out the program in FY 2018. Children’s Health Insurance Fund – $5,149,512,000 proposed for rescission. The proposal would rescind $5.1 billion in amounts made available by the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 to supplement the 2017 national allotments to States, including the $3.1 billion in unobligated balances available on October 1, 2017, and $2 billion in recoveries as of May 7, 2018. The 2017 one-time appropriation was made available in addition to the annual Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) appropriation to reimburse states for eligible CHIP expenses. Authority to obligate these funds to states expired on September 30, 2017, and the remaining funding is no longer needed. Enacting the rescission would have no programmatic impact. The proposed recession would have no effect on outlays. Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation – $800,000,000 proposed for rescission. This proposal would rescind $800 million in amounts made available under Public Law 111-148 for FYs 2011 to 2019 for the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation (the Innovation Center) of which there were $3.5 billion available on October 1, 2017. The Innovation Center was created to test innovative payment and service delivery models to reduce program expenditures under Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP while preserving or enhancing quality of care. These funds are in excess of amounts needed to carry out the Innovation Center’s planned activities in FYs 2018 and 2019, and the Innovation Center will receive a new mandatory appropriation in FY 2020. Enacting the rescission would also the Innovation Center to continue its current activity, initiate new activity, and continue to pay for its administrative costs. Child Enrollment Contingency Fund – $1,865,000,000 proposed for rescission. This proposal would rescind $1.9 billion in amounts available for the Children’s Health Insurance Program Contingency Fund, of which there were $2.4 billion available as of March 23, 2018. The Contingency Fund provides payments to States that experience funding shortfalls due to higher than expected enrollment. At this time, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services does not expect that any State would require a Contingency Fund payment in FY 2018; therefore, this funding is not needed. Enacting this rescission would have no programmatic impact. The proposed rescission would have no effect on outlays. International Disaster Assistance – $252,000,000 proposed for rescission. This proposal would rescind $252 million in prior year balances of emergency funding appropriated in FY 2015 for the Ebola response, of which there were $470 million in emergency balances available for the Ebola respond on October 1, 2017. The Congress provided these for countries affected by, or at risk of being affected by, the Ebola virus disease outbreak in 2015. These funds remain from the initial outbreak in 2015, and are no longer needed because the Ebola response has largely concluded. Enacting the rescission would therefore not impact the Ebola response. May 8, 2017: The Congressional Budget Office posted a Cost Estimate titled: “Proposed Rescissions for the Children’s Health Insurance Program”. From the Cost Estimate: The proposals would rescind approximately $7 billion. Of this, $5.1 billion would be rescinded from the unobligated balances made available by section 301(b)(3) of Public Law 114-10, and $1.9 billion would be rescinded from amounts made available for fiscal year 2018 under the Child Enrollment Contingency Fund, section 2104(n)(2) of the Social Security Act. CBO was asked for its assessment of the proposed rescissions’ effect on federal spending and insurance coverage. Authority to distribute the funds to states made available under 301(b)(3) expired in 2017. In addition, based on information from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, CBO projects the the rescission from the Child Enrollment Contingency Fund would not affect payments to states over the 2018-2028 period. For these reasons, CBO estimates that rescinding the unobligated balances would budget authority by $7 billion, but would not affect outlays, or the number of individuals with insurance coverage. May 9, 2018: The Congressional Budget Office posted a Cost Estimate titled: “H.R. 3, Spending Cuts to Expired and Unnecessary Programs Act.” From the Cost Estimate: H.R. 3 would rescind budget authority that was proposed to be rescinded in special messages transmitted to the Congress by the President on May 8, 2018, pursuant to Title X of the Impoundment Control Act of 1974. Assuming enactment by the end of June 2018, CBO estimates that the provisions of H.R. 3 would reduce budget authority by approximately $15 billion and outlays by $1 billion over the 2018-2028 period. Further, CBO estimates that the combined budgetary effects of the President’s proposals would be the same as the contents of H.R. 3. Outlay savings would be significantly lower that the amount of budget authority reminded for two reasons. First, many of the amounts proposed for recession have remained unspent by agencies for years; CBO reviewed the historical spending patterns of the affected accounts and concluded that most of the funding would not be spend under current law. Second, the administration has indicated that these proposals are aimed at reducing funding that is no longer necessary for agencies to fulfill the purposes for which it was originally appropriated by the Congress. In a letter from the Office of Management and Budget accompanying the President’s special messages, the Administration estimates that those proposals would reduce outlays by $3 billion… May 11, 2018: The White House posted “President Donald J. Trump’s Blueprint To Lower Drug Prices”. From the Blueprint: …President Donald J. Trump’s blueprint includes new actions and proposals to drive down drug prices for all Americans. President Trump’s blueprint will seek to encourage innovation, while also promoting better price competition and addressing foreign freeloading. The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) will: Take steps to end the gaming of regulatory and patent processes by drug makers to unfairly protect monopolies. Advance biosimilars and generics to boost price competition. Evaluate the inclusion of prices in drug makers’ ads to enhance price competition. Streamline and accelerate the approval for over-the-counter drugs. Speed access to and lower the cost of new drugs by clarifying policies for sharing information between insurers and drug makers. Avoid excessive pricing by relying more on value-based pricing by expanding outcome-based payments in Medicare and Medicaid. Work to give Part D plan sponsors more negotiation power with drug makers. Examine which Medicare Part B drugs could be negotiated for a lower price by Part D plans, and improving the design of the Part B Competitive Acquisition Program. Update Medicare’s drug-pricing dashboard to increase transparency. Prohibit Part D contracts that include “gag rules” that prevent pharmacists from informing patients when they could pay less out-of-pocket by not using insurance. Require that Part D plan members be provided with an annual statement of plan payments, out-of-pocket spending, and drug price increases. Work across the Administration to address intellectual property theft and foreign freeloading… ..The U.S. Trade Representative will prioritize addressing unfair intellectual property and market access policies in our trade agreements, so that partners contribute their fair share to innovation. The Administration will publish a comparison of drug prices in the United States with those in other OECD countries, to examine freeloading… The next part provides the following information on “Budge Proposals to Lower Drug Prices”: President Trump has proposed reforms to the Medicare Part D program, including: Allowing greater flexibility in benefit design to encourage better price negotiation. Offering free generics to low-income seniors. Requiring plans to share a minimum portion of drug rebates with patients. Discouraging plans from accelerating beneficiaries into catastrophic phase of the benefit with costly brand name drugs. Protecting seniors from catastrophic costs through a new out-of-pocket maximum, while ensuring plans are incentivized to limit excessive costs. Medicaid Part B reforms proposed by the President would limit payment for price increases that are above the inflation rate and cut incentives for doctors to write high-price prescriptions. Reforms would ensure hospitals paid under Medicare Part B that provide more than one precent of their patient costs in charity care could retain a discount under the 340B program. The President has proposed actions to maximize competition and innovation, including curbing abuse of FDA safety rules an the 180-day “first-to-file” exclusivity clock… May 12, 2018: President Trump released a statement titled: “Presidential Message on National Women’s Health Week”. From the statement: This Sunday marks the beginning of National Women’s Health Week. This is an opportunity to honor the importance of women across America and renew our pledge to support their health and wellbeing. Women are integral members of our families and communities who can face unique healthcare challenges. Whether breast cancer, heart disease, or Alzheimer’s, my Administration is committed to continue addressing women’s health through advancements in medical research, rapid reviews and approvals of new safe and effective therapies, and affordable treatments and care options. The ongoing opioid crisis is of particular concern for women. On average, 115 Americans die each day from opioid-related overdoses – a faster that has contributed to the decrease in life expectancy over the past two years. The crisis has hit women particularly hard in part because they are more likely to suffer from chronic pain conditions for which opioids are often prescribed…. …The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has developed a comprehensive strategy to combat the opioid epidemic and enhance non-addictive pain treatments by working with medical experts, policymakers, community groups, and families who have experienced the tragedy of opioid addiction. Through these partnerships, the HHS Office of Women’s Health has awarded 20 grants to public and private organizations that are on the frontlines of the opioid crisis. The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration has also published guidance for treating pregnant women and new mothers with opioid use disorder, a critical resource for the Nation’s hardworking medical professionals. It is vital for the wellbeing of our Nation that we support those who are suffering from drug addictions as well as all expecting and postpartum mothers. Similarly, the National Institutes of Health is engaging in research regarding interventions to help both the mothers and infants born to women with opioid use disorder. …Through robust tax reform, we championed a doubled Child Tax Credit to ensure parents can adequately support their children. We are also focused on expanding access to paid family leave benefits for new mothers and fathers. The new reality is that in more than 60% of the homes of American married couples with children, both parents work…. Recent research suggests that women’s labor force participation has stalled due to the lack of family-friendly policies, including paid leave….Additionally, I signed an Executive Order to expand access to sports, fitness, and nutrition, with a specific focus on helping girls from economically challenged communities live act and healthy lifestyles… May 14, 2018: 45 United States Senators sent a letter to Alex M. Azar II, Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. From the letter: We are writing today in support of the Title X family planning program (Title X) and to express our strong opposition to any changes to Title X that would restrict access to affordable, high-quality and lifesaving reproductive healthcare in communities across the country. Title X is the nation’s only federal program dedicated to providing family planning services to low-income and otherwise underserved individuals. Each year, roughly four million women, men, and adolescents rely on Title X-funded health centers for basic preventative health care, including cancer screenings, birth control, sexually transmitted infection (STI) screenings, pregnancy testing, and well-woman exams. Nearly two-thirds of Title X patients have incomes at or below the federal poverty level, and 43% of patients are uninsured. In 2016, nearly 4,000 Title X funded health centers performed 720,000 Pap tests, provided nearly one million women with breast exams, and administered 1.2 million HIV tests. Title X providers offer confidential, medically accurate, and evidence-based care, ensuring that patients relieve the highest standard of medical care. In addition to providing care to low-income, uninsured, and underinsured individuals, Title X yeilds critical cost savings to the American healthcare system. Every dollar invested in Title X saves more than seven dollars in Medicaid-related costs. By helping individuals obtain the preventative services they need, Title X advances the health and well-being of individuals, families, and our nation as a whole while saving taxpayer dollars in the process. In keeping with longstanding legal, ethical, and medical standards of healthcare, Title X providers offer patients medically accurate counseling on and referrals for all pregnancy options – including parenting, adoption, and abortion. The Title X program has never funded abortion services at its health centers. Health centers that receive Title X to provide family planning care may also separately provide abortions using non-federal funds. In spite of the critical role that Title X-funded health centers play in promoting the health and wellbeing of millions of people, President Trump may seek to dramatically reduce the reach of Title X by reinstating the “domestic gag rule,” which was first issued under the Reagan administration but was never fully implemented. This “gag rule” would bar patients from receiving information to support their ability to make informed decisions about their own reproductive health. This means that the millions of patients who obtain care at Title X-funded health centers annually would be denied the ability to receive complete and accurate information about their medical options, including counseling on, and referrals, for abortion. On top of the ban on counseling and referrals, the “gag rule” would impose additional requirements intended to bar providers from participating in Title X that also separately provide abortion services. Calls to reinstate these policies directly acknowledge this effort as an opportunity for President Trump to fulfill his pledge to “defund Planned Parenthood,” whose health centers remain an essential part of the family planning safety net, serving 40 percent of Title X patients. In reality, other providers of Title X-funded care would face immense challenges in attempting to absorb the patients that would lose access to care if Planned Parenthood were eliminated as a Title-X funded provider. According to recent analyses, other Title-X funded providers would have to expand their contraceptive caseloads by an average of 70 percent just to maintain access to contraceptive care at current levels. A “domestic gag rule” would have a devastating impact on the overall Title X network and the millions of individuals who rely on it for care. This move would disproportionately impact communities of color, the uninsured, and low-income individuals, and it could reverse progress made in critical areas. For example, unintended pregnancy rates in the U.S. – including those among teenagers – have been declining. We cannot threaten to reverse this progress by crippling Title X: in 2015 alone, the contraceptive services supported by Title X helped women to avoid 822,000 unintended pregnancies, which would have resulted in 387,000 unplanned births to 278,000 abortions. We strongly oppose efforts to undermine the integrity of the Title X program and harm the millions of people who rely on it for care. Federal health policy should be evidence-based and produced with the best interests of patients in mind. May 15, 2018: 169 members of the United States House of Representatives sent a letter to Alex M. Azar II, Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. From the letter: We would like to express our support of the Title X family planning program and our strong opposition to any plans to reinstate the “domestic gag rule,” which imposes restrictions on Title X providers and restricts access to affordable, quality, and lifesaving health care in communities across the country. As you know, Title X is the only federal grant program dedicated to providing family planning services to low-income and otherwise underserved individuals. Each year, Title X offers roughly four million women and men confidential, medically accurate, and evidence-based care. With services ranging from cancer screenings to well-woman exams, Title X providers ensure their patients receive the highest standard of medical care. As every federal dollar invested in Title X saves Medicaid more than seven dollars, this is also a program that taxpayers can – and do – believe in. In keeping with longstanding legal, ethical, and medical standards of health care, Title X providers offer patients medically accurate counseling on and referrals for all pregnancy options – including parenting, adoption and abortion. The Title X program has never funded abortion services at its health centers, and health centers that receive Title X funds to provide family planning care may also separately provide abortions using non-federal funds. In spite of the critical role that Title X plays in promoting the health and well-being of millions of people, President Trump has indicated he plans to dramatically reduce its reach by reinstating the “domestic gag rule.” This rule would prevent health care providers from receiving Title X funding if they even mention aboriton or abortion-related services to their patients. The domestic gag rule would effectively restrict the ability of patients to receive medical counseling on abortion and make informed decisions about their own reproductive health. On top of the ban on counseling and referrals, the ‘gag rule’ would impose additional requirements intended to bar providers from participating in Title X that also separately provide abortion services. This would have a devastating effect on the millions of Americans who rely on Title X for basic health needs, and it would have a disproportionate impact on low-income individuals and communities of color. Reinstating the domestic gag rule is nothing more than an opportunity for President Trump to fulfill his pledge to “defund Planned Parenthood,” whose health centers serve 40 percent of Title X patients and remain an essential part of the family planning safety net. Additionally, other providers of Title X-funded care would face immense challenges in attempting to absorb the patients that would lose access to care through Planned Parenthood. Finally, a “domestic gag rule” could revers progress made in critical areas. Primarily, unintended pregnancy rates in the U.S. – including those among teenagers – have been declining. In 2015 alone, the contraceptive services supported by Title X helped women avoid 822,000 unintended pregnancies, which would have resulted in 387,000 unplanned births and 278,000 abortions. Cutting access to eligible providers would only pare back access to contraceptive services. We strongly support efforts to undermine the integrity of the Title X program and harm the millions of people who rely on it for care. Federal health policy should be evidence-based and produced with the best interests of patients in mind. It should not be the result of the political whims of a partisan campaign pledge. May 16, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Graham working on new ObamaCare repeal bill”. It was written by Peter Sullivan. From the article: Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) said Wednesday he is working on a new version of his ObamaCare repeal-and-replace bill and has not given up on efforts to do away with the law despite Republicans’ failure last year… …The effort appears to have little, if any, chance of passing this year. Republican leadership has made clear that it has moved on from the ObamaCare repeal effort, and the GOP has an even slimmer margin in the Senate than they did last year when they failed to win enough votes for a bill. The new bill would keep the core element of last year’s bill from Graham and Sen. Bill Cassidy (R-La.), which is repealing ObamaCare’s subsides and Medicaid expansion and giving that money to the states in a block grant… …Graham said Wednesday that he has been talking to other senators about his effort. “We’re talking to everybody,” he said. Graham’s effort is working in parallel with an effort from conservative groups like the Heritage Foundation and the Galen Institute, which are working with former Sen. Rick Santorum (R-Pa.) and other groups on a new ObamaCare replacement plan. The White House told The Hill earlier this month that it “fully supports” the effort, and White House staff have been attending meetings on the plan at the Heritage Foundation… May 16, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Trump expected to cut Planned Parenthood funding through regs”. It was written by Jessie Hellmann. From the article: The Trump administration may take action to cut federal funding to Planned Parenthood as a result of pressure from congressional Republicans and anti-abortion lobbyists. Opponents of abortion have launched an all-out campaign urging the administration to bring back Reagan-era abortion restrictions on federal family planning dollars that would target Planned Parenthood. The regulations would ban organizations that receive family planning dollars under the Title X Family Planning Program, which funds organizations providing services like birth control to low-income women and men, from promoting abortion or referring patients for abortions. Former President Reagan first issues the regulations, which Democrats describe as a “domestic gag rule”, in 1988. They also require a physical separation of Title X funding recipients from abortion providers. Republicans see the action as a way to movie the GOP base ahead of the midterm elections, where the party’s majorities in the House and Senate are in play… …Due to a lengthy legal battle, the regulations were never fully implemented but were upheld by the Supreme Court after Reagan left office. But with a Republican president who has promised to defund Planned Parenthood, now is the perfect time to restore the regulations, abortion opponents say… …While federal law prohibits the use of federal funding for abortions in most cases, abortion opponents and Republicans have long argued money that goes to Planned Parenthood still indirectly supports the procedure. Anti-abortion advocates have been frustrated over the GOP Congress’s failure to defund Planned Parenthood. The GOP’s slim majority in the Senate has been the obstacle. Frustration swelled when Congress passed a spending bill earlier this year that excluded a measure defunding Planned Parenthood, a result negotiated between Democrats and Republicans to avoid a government shutdown… May 16, 2018: Pacific Standard posted an article titled: “Transparency Advocates Log the Disappearance of Obamacare Information from Government Websites.” The article was written by Francie Diep. From the article: Though the Affordable Care Act remains in effect, various mentions of it have disappeared from .gov webpages. The only webpage on Medicare.gov that was dedicated to describing how the Affordable Care Act affects Medicare was quietly taken down last year, a government transparency group has found. Before December of 2017, visitors to Medicare.gov could navigate to a page called “The Affordable Care Act & Medicare” from the website’s “About Us” section. The page told Medicare enrollees whether the passage of the Affordable Care Act – commonly known as Obamacare – meant the had to sign up for new plans. (It didn’t.) The page also emphasized that the law now meant Medicare covered more disease-prevention services and brand-name prescription drugs than before. Transparency advocates worry that the page’s unexplained disappearance, after months of hot debate over Obamacare’s fate, could be confusing for Medicare users, leaving them wondering if their status has changed. “Doing things quietly can oftentimes be more confusing than having a notice or having some kind of communication about why things are changing,” says Toly Rinberg, who tracks changes to .gov websites for the non-profit Sunlight Foundation. Rinberg and a team of colleagues discovered the change to Medicare.gov… …Journalists and researchers have documented various mentions of the ACA disappearing from .gov websites. An ACA link was removed from the Department of Health and Human Services’ homepage within hours of President Donald Trump’s inauguration, The New York Times reports. Later, summaries of the law and positive user testimonies were taken down. Rinberg says he and his colleagues, who are automatically tracking changes to about 25,000 .gov webpages having to do with health care and immigration, have seen removals of Obamacare information from numerous websites, including that of the Department of Health and Human Service, offices within the department, and other health agencies. The Sunlight Foundation plans to publish a detailed report about those changes in about a month… May 17, 2018: Benefits Pro posted an article titled: “Obamacare startup Oscar plans expansion to new states”. It was written by Zachary Tracer. From the article: Oscar Insurance Corp., the Obamacare-focused health insurance startup, plans to expand to Arizona and at least three other new markets next year, a bet on the health law’s survival despite the turbulent politics surrounding it. In an interview, Chief Executive Officer Mario Schlosser said Oscar is meeting its goals to increase membership and revenue while gaining a better handle on medical costs… …Oscar has stuck with Obamacare even after years of financial losses, as well as political uncertainty driven by the Trump administration’s push to repeal the law. After pulling back from several states for 2017, the company expanded to four markets for 2018 – Cleveland, New Jersey, Austin and Nashville – and enrolled about 240,000 members at the end of the first quarter, but from 90,000 last year… …Schlosser said the company is expanding into four new markets, though he declined to name them because the company is still working on its filings with state regulators. Oscar will enter into close partnerships with hospitals systems, he said, as it did with the Cleveland Clinic in that hospital’s home city. The hospital deals help Oscar make up for one of its main disadvantages to more-established health insurance rivals, which have already established networks of doctors, clinics and medical centers. By partnering, Oscar can offer customers access to care without having to rent a medical network – a costly proposition… May 17, 2018: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Trump Administration to Tie Health Facilities’ Funding to Abortion Restrictions”. It was written by Julie Hirschfeld Davis and Maggie Haberman. From the article: Clinics that provide abortions or refer patients to places that do would lose federal funding under a new Trump administration rule that takes direct aim at Planned Parenthood, according to three administration officials. The rule, which is said to be announced Friday, is a top priority of social conservatives and is the latest move by President Trump to impose curbs on abortion rights, in this case by withholding money from any facility or program that promotes abortion or refers patients to a caregiver that will provide one… …Federal family planning laws already ban direct funding of organizations that use abortion as a family planning method. But conservative activists and lawmakers have been pressing Alex M. Azar II, the secretary of health and human services, to tighten the rules further so that abortions could not occur – or be performed by the same staff – at locations that receive Title X federal family planning money. Dawn Lagunes, the executive vice president of Planned Parenthood Federation of America, called the new proposal “outrageous” and “dangerous.” The policy, she said in a statement Thursday, is “designed to make it impossible for millions of patients to get birth control or preventative care from reproductive health care providers like Planned Parenthood. This is designed to force doctors and nurses to lie to their patients. It would have devastating consequences across this country.”… …Mr. Trump has shown ambivalence about Planned Parenthood, sometimes expressing support for its health-related services other than abortion. His daughter, Ivanka Trump, a senior adviser, has urged him not to strip funding for the organization, as many Republicans have proposed, warning of the possible political repercussions. Mr. Trump is set next week to give the keynote speech at the “Champion for Life” gala held by the Susan B. Anthony List. Ms. [Marjorie] Dannenfelser [president of the Susan B. Anthony List, a group that opposes abortion rights] has called Mr. Trump “the most pro-life president of our nation’s history.” The Trump administration has pressed repeatedly to impose abortion limits. Upon taking office, Mr. Trump signed a presidential memorandum reinstitution and expanding the so-called global gag rule, which bars federal funding for organizations around the world that provide abortion counseling or referrals. Mr. Trump has also taken particular aim at Planned Parenthood, which serves 41 precent of women who receive federally funded family planning services. He signed legislation last year aimed at cutting off government money from the group and others that perform abortions… …Doctors have also expressed alarm at the prospect of such changes to federal family planning rules. In a conference call this month, officials from the American College of Physicians and American College of Gynecologists said the policy would harm women’s health… …Abortion rights advocates also argue that the new rules could result in women not receiving reproductive health care at all, leading to more unintended pregnancies and higher mortality rates. They note that Planned Parenthood and other groups that perform abortions are often the only federally funded health care providers in certain areas of the country, meaning that some women in those places may simply not receive medical care at all under the new policy… May 18, 2018: HuffPost posted an article titled: “Trump’s New ‘Domestic Gag Rule’ Would Strip Funds from Planned Parenthood”. It was written by Laura Bassett. From the article: The Trump administration will propose a new rule Friday that would block federal funds to any organization that provides or even shares space with an abortion provider – a domestic version of the so-called “Global Gag Rule” the president reinstated and expanded last year. The move would notably strip Title X funding from Planned Parenthood, which provides birth control, STI testing and treatment, and cancer screenings to more than one-third of the federal family planning program’s 4 million low-income patients… …”This is a far-reaching attack and attempt to take away women’s basic rights and reproductive rights, period,” Dawn Laguens, executive vice president of Planned Parenthood, said in a call with reporters Friday… …Anti-abortion advocates have been pushing Trump since the beginning of his term to fulfill his campaign promise to defund Planned Parenthood, especially since Republicans in Congress have repeatedly tried and failed to do so. A coalition of conservative groups sent the administration a letter on May 1 urging them to take this step… …Federal law already prohibits public funds from being used to pay for abortions. Women who seek abortions at Planned Parenthood or other providers must cover the cost of the procedure themselves unless their insurance plan covers it. Trump’s proposed rule would strip funds used for birth control and STD testing from organizations like Planned Parenthood and roll back a requirement that providers who receive federal subsidies for family planning services offer women information about the full range of reproductive health options, including abortion… May 18, 2018: The White House posted a statement from the Press Secretary titled: “Statement from the Press Secretary Regarding the Proposed Title X Family Planning Program Rule from the Department of Health and Human Services.” From the statement: The Administration’s announcement today of a proposed rule on Title X family planning program fulfills President Donald J. Trump’s promise to continue to improve women’s health and ensure that Federal funds are not used to fund the abortion industry in violation of the law. The President is pleased to support the proposed rule from the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), which would update the regulations governing the Title X family planning program. This important proposal would ensure compliance with the program’s existing statutory prohibition on funding programs in which abortion is a method of family planning. The new proposed rule would not cut funds from the Title X program. Instead, it would ensure that taxpayers do not indirectly fund abortions. Contrary to recent media reports, HHS’s proposal does not include the so-called “gag rule” on counseling about abortion that was part of the Regan Administration’s Title X rule. May 18, 2018: Reuters posted an article titled: “Obamacare tied to earlier cancer detection in young women”. It was written by Shereen Lehman. From the article: Under the Affordable Care Act (ACA) provision allowing adult children to stay on their parents’ health insurance policy until age 26, young women with gynecological cancers were diagnosed and treated sooner, researchers say. Before the law, often called Obamacare, went into effect, one in three women ages 19 to 26 years had health insurance, and today more than four in five women in this age group are insured, the study team notes in Obstetrics & Gynecology. In a comparison of young women who would have had access to insurance coverage under the law, and slightly older women who would not have had the same access, researchers found that 3.6 percent more of the younger group had their cancers diagnosed at an early stage… …For their study, the researchers analyzed data from a national cancer database. They included in the analysis women aged 21 to 35 diagnosed with uterine, cervical, ovarian, vulvar or vaginal cancer during the yers 2004 to 2009, before the ACA went into effect, and 2001 to 2014, after the ACA went into effect. Among women diagnosed at ages 21 to 26, the study team identified a total of 1,912 gynecologic cancer cases before the ACA and 2,059 during the ACA, and among women diagnosed between 27 and 35, there were 9,782 cases before ACA and 10,456 cases during the ACA. In addition to the younger women being more likely to be insured and diagnosed when their cancer was at an earlier stage, women in both age groups were more likely to receive fertility-sparing cancer treatments during the ACA years, the study found… …The immediate extension of insurance coverage to dependents under age 26 by the ACA in 2010 resulted in improved insurance coverage rates and earlier stage at diagnosis of uterine cancer in young women aged 21 to 25… …Young women have traditionally faced discriminatory insurance practices such as higher insurance premiums than mean at the same age and denial of maternity coverage… May 29, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Fourth federal judge blocks Trump’s cuts to teen pregnancy prevention.” It was written by Jessie Hellman. From the article: A fourth federal judge has ruled against the Trump administration’s decision to prematurely end grants aimed at cutting teen pregnancy rates. Judge John Coughenour in Washington state ruled Tuesday afternoon that the administration unlawfully ended grants two years early for the King County Health Department in Seattle, which participated in the Teen Pregnancy Prevention (TPP) Program. “This ruling is such a relief, as we are so close to the finish line for completing this study and building an evidence base for sex education nationwide,” said Patty Hayes, director of public health for Seattle and King County. The ruling is significant as a class-action lawsuit filed by the remaining 72 grantees plays out in court. Federal judges have now ruled in four different cases involving nine TPP grantees that the administrations actions were unlawful. The rulings mean the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) will have to process applications for the final two years of funding… …Trump appointees at HHS are pushing to give the TPP program a greater emphasis on abstinence education… May 30, 2018: The White House posted a fact sheet titled: “President Donald J. Trump to Sign Right to Try Legislation Fulfilling the Promise He Made to Expand Healthcare Options for Terminal Americans”. From the fact sheet: The bill amends Federal law to allow certain unapproved, experimental drugs to be administered to terminally ill patients who have exhausted all approved treatment options and are unable to participate in clinical drug trials. Eligible drugs must have undergone the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) Phase I (safety) testing. The bill requires any manufacturer or sponsor of an eligible investigational drug to report to the FDA on any use of the drug on a “Right to Try” basis. The FDA wil post an annual summary report of “Right to Try” use on its website. The bill limits the the liability of drug sponsors, manufacturers, prescribers, or dispensers that provide or decline to provide an eligible investigational drug to an eligible patient. The FDA’s “compassionate use” application is complicated and time-consuming, resulting in only 1,200 approved applications per year. With President Trump’s signature the Federal government joins with 40 states that have approved the right of terminally ill patients to try potentially life saving drugs. May 30, 2018: Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump tweeted: “With the #RightToTry Law I signed today, patients with life threatening illnesses will finally have access to experimental treatments that could improve or even cure their conditions. These are experimental treatments and products that have shown great promise…” May 30, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Trump signs ‘right to try’ drug bill”. It was written by Jessie Hellmann. From the article: President Trump signed a bill Wednesday allowing terminally ill patients access to experimental medical treatments not yet approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Dubbed “right to try,” the law’s passage was a major priority of Trump and Vice President Pence, as well as congressional Republicans… …Trump thanked lawmakers sitting in the audience who sponsored the bill, including Sen. Joe Donnelly, a vulnerable Democrat up for reelection in Indiana. Despite calling Donnelly a “really incredible swamp person” earlier this month, Trump thanked the senator for his work on the bill. Sen. Joe Manchin (W. Va.), another vulnerable Democrat up for reelection, was the only other Democratic co-sponsor on the bill, but did not attend the ceremony because he is in West Virginia this week, his office said… …Most Democrats and public health groups oppose the bill, arguing that it could put patients in danger. “FDA overbite of access to experimental treatments exists for a reason – it protects patients from potential sale oil salesmen or from experimental treatments that might do more harm than good,” said Rep. Frank Pallone Jr. (D- N.J.), ranking member of the House Energy and Commerce Committee. Opponents also argue it gives “false hope” to patients, since drugmakers aren’t required to give approved medicines to patients who ask for them. Supporters say, however, it will provide new treatment opportunities for terminally ill patients who have exhausted existing options… May 30, 2018: NJ.com posted an article titled: “Phil Murphy signs law protecting Obamacare from Trump with N.J. mandate to have health insurance.” It was written by Susan K. Livio. From the article: Gov. Phil Murphy on Wednesday signed a law preserving a critical yet controversial part of the Affordable Care Act that President Donald Trump’s administration repealed last year. One of the laws creates a statewide individual mandate, which will require all New Jerseyans who don’t have health coverage through a government program like Medicare or their jobs to buy a policy, or pay a fee at tax time. The landmark federal health care Lae, better known as Obamacare, imposed the mandate to ensure younger and healthier people who might otherwise forgo insurance will buy-in and share costs… May 31, 2018: USA Today posted an article titled: “Virginia, after 5-year battle, passed Medicaid expansion for 400,000 poor people”. It was written by Doug Stanglin. From the article: After a five-year battle, the Virginia legislature has voted to expand Medicaid coverage for some 400,000 poor people, despite opposition from the White House. The Republican-controlled Senate voted Wednesday in favor of a state budget expanding Medicaid and the House of Delegates, which had previously backed the measure, gave its final approval shortly afterwards. Several Republicans in both chambers joined with Democrats to approve the measure. Democratic Gov. Ralph Northam, a pediatrician who made Medicaid expansion a centerpiece of his campaign in 2017, is expected to sign the legislation soon… …The votes makes Virginia the 33rd state to approve Medicaid expansion under the Affordable Care Act, or Obamacare, according to figures compiled by the Kaiser Family Foundation… …The move also reflected the state’s sharp shift to the left in the 2017 elections in which Democrats picked up 15 seats in the House of Delegates and almost took control of the body. In the final hours, Sen. Ben Chafin, a Republican lawmaker from Virginia’s economically depressed southwest coal country, announced his support for expansion on the Senate floor. He said his rural area needs expansion to bolster its hospitals and provide care for constituents. “I came to the conclusion that no just wasn’t the answer anymore,” Chafin said. Virginia GOP Speaker Kirk Cox, however, said the Trump administration’s openness to conservative reforms, including work requirements, “was probably the biggest key” in getting Republican support for the Medicaid expansion… May 31, 2018: Bloomberg posted an article titled: “Senator Behind Right-to-Try Law Says Its Intent is to Weaken FDA”. It was written by Anna Edney. From the article: Senator Ron Johnson, the chief sponsor of a new law giving terminally ill patients easier access to experimental drugs, said the aim of the measure is to weaken the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. In a letter to FDA Commissioner Scott Gottleib on Thursday, the Wisconsin Republican said the goal is to “diminish the FDA’s power over people’s lives, not increase it.” The blunt message came a day after President Trump signed the so-called right-to-try bill into law. It was in response to previous comments Gottleib had made detailing how the agency plans to implement the law. Gottleib told the news outlet Stat this month that the FDA may need to propose new regulations to ensure that patients are protected. The agency has a program to approve patient requests for access to experimental drugs if they aren’t eligible for a clinical trial. The “right-to try” law allows patients to get the unproven medications without FDA permission… …The law was backed by the Goldwater Institute, a libertarian think tank, and Americans for Prosperity, which is affiliated with the conservative Koch brothers…. May 31, 2018: The Democratic Governors Association (DGA) posted a letter that they sent to Secretary of Health and Human Service (HHS), Alex Azar. From the letter: As governors representing 90 million Americans, we are deeply concerned with the Administration’s plan to undermine women’s health and place sweeping restrictions on reproductive healthcare providers across our country. For more than 40 years, Title X has been an important partnership between the federal government and states that has been supposed by Democrats and Republicans alike. This dangerous proposal would upend decades of bipartisan cooperation, taking away women’s healthcare through trusted medical providers like Planned Parenthood and eroding their access to comprehensive, medically accurate information. We strongly urge you to reconsider this plan, which is nothing more than a domestic “gag rule” that poses serious risks to women’s health. We stand with women and men in our states by rejecting this Administration’s efforts to interfere with the doctor-patient relationship, gut women’s access to family planning services, and force medical professionals to knowingly withhold information from their patients. If the federal government breaks its commitment to states in the Title X program, we will react in kind and do what is necessary to protect the health of our constituents. We call on Americans to actively and aggressively oppose this proposed action. And if this reckless policy is finalized as written, we will have no choice but to explore all possible avenues, including legal options, to block it from harming the women in our states. Our voices will be heard on this damaging proposal, and we are prepared to match our words with actions. We strongly urge you not to undermine the important work that Governors and administrations of both parties have done for decades to support women and families through Title X. We will continue to consult with our states’ Attorneys General, state legislatures, and state health agencies to stop this rule from harming the millions of women we are sworn to protect. It was signed by the following Democratic Governors: Governor Jay Inslee – Washington Governor Gina Raimondo – Rhode Island Governor Andrew Cuomo – New York Governor Mark Dayton – Minnesota Governor John Hickenlooper – Colorado Governor Dan Malloy – Connecticut Governor Steve Bullock – Montana Governor David Ige – Hawaii Governor Tom Wolf – Pennsylvania Governor Kate Brown – Oregon Governor John Carney – Delaware Governor Roy Cooper – North Carolina Governor Phil Murphy – New Jersey Governor Ralph Northam – Virginia June 1, 2018: Fortune posted an article titled: “Virginia Will Expand Medicaid Under Obamacare. That’s a Huge Deal for 400,000 People.” It was written by Sy Mukherjee. From the article: A raging political battle over Obamacare came to an abrupt end Wednesday when the Virginia legislature – controlled by Republicans – voted to expand Medicaid under the health law. Newly elected Democratic Governor Ralph Northam is expected to sign the legislation, which is projected to extend health coverage to some 400,000 low-income Virginia residents… …While Congress did nix Obamacare’s individual mandate to carry health insurance as part of the tax law signed by President Trump late last year, most of its major provisions – including the popular Medicaid expansion aimed at households earning just 138% of the Federal Poverty Level (or about $35,000 for a family of four) – remain in effect… June 1, 2018: Des Moines Register posted an article titled: “Sen. Chuck Grassley: ‘We’ve got to give up’ on repealing, replacing Obamacare”. It was written by Luke Nozicka. From the article: Republican Sen. Chuck Grassley this week told people gathered at an Iowa town hall that politicians should “give up” on repealing and replacing the Affordable Care Act. During the meeting Thursday in Orange City, Grassley started answering a question about bipartisan efforts to improve the legislation before saying, “Oh, by the way, we’ve got to give up on repeal and replace.” A video of his answer was posted online by American Bridge 21st Century, a Democratic organization. In an email, Grassley’s press secretary, Nicole Teiman, said the senator was speaking to a “mathematical reality: the votes to repeal and replace Obamacare aren’t there in the current Congress, an assessment he and other senators have expressed before.”… …A majority of Iowans, 58 percent. said they mostly oppose the direction congressional Republicans were heading in as they crafted health care legislation, the Des Moines Register/Mediacom Iowa Poll found in July 2017. Most of those opponents, 61 percent, said the GOP’s proposed changes go to far, while 31 percent said they do not go far enough. June 2, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “States defy Trump on ObamaCare”. It was written by Nathaniel Weixel. From the article: …Several states, including California and Maryland, are looking to put limits on short-term insurance plans, even as there Trump administration is poised to expand access to them nationwide. The states are doing so because they fear the availability of the short-term plans will drive up premium costs for ObamaCare. On another front, Vermont and New Jersey have passed laws that require people to buy health insurance. These individual mandate laws are meant to replace the now-repealed federal requirement. Advocacy groups and state officials that back these measures say states are seeking to protect advances made under ObamaCare from attacks by the Trump administration, which sought to repeal and replace the law and, failing that, tried to chip away at it… …Costs are a big driver in the efforts by states. The cost of health insurance premiums on the ObamaCare exchanges is projected to jump in the coming weeks and months. Some states could see major double-digit spikes next year. The high costs are blamed on actions the administration has taken that could cut into ObamaCare’s enrollment. “There’s been a series of actions taken by the current administration that have undermined enrollment,” Chet Burrell, president and CEO of CareFirst BlueCross BlueShield, said when he announced a potential 26 percent premium increase for next year in Maryland… …Massachusetts first imposed a mandate in 2006 as part of then Gov. Mitt Romney’s (R) heart reform plan, which served as a model for ObamaCare. Vermont’s Republican Gov. Phil Scott also signed an individual mandate bill late in May, but it won’t take effect until 2020, and many of the details, including the penalty and enforcement mechanisms, still need to be decided. Maryland lawmakers discussed passing a mandate law for 2016, but ultimately only passed a commission to study it… …California passed a bill that would completely prohibit the sale of short-term plans beginning in 2019, but it has yet to be signed into law. Lawmakers in Hawaii passed a bill that would essentially eliminate the state’s short-term health plan market by prohibiting their sale to anyone eligible for a plan on the ObamaCare exchange. That bill is also awaiting the governor’s signature. Maryland’s GOP Gov. Larry Hogan recently signed a bill that limits short-term plans to three month, and prohibits their renewal… June 4, 2018: Reuters posted an article titled: “U.S. black lung fund will need taxpayer bailout of coal tax fails: GAO”. It was written by Valerie Volcovici. From the article: A federal fund to help U.S. coal miners disabled by black lung disease will require a multibillion-dollar taxpayer bailout if Congress does not extend or increase the tax on coal production that funds it, according to a government report on Monday. Coal companies are currently required to pay $1.10 per ton tax on underground coal production to finance the federal Black Lung Disability Trust Fund, which pays medical and living expenses for eligible miners, but that amount is scheduled to revert to the 1977 level of 50 cents. “With the scheduled 2019 tax decrease, our moderate case simulation suggests that expected revenue will likely be insufficient to cover combined black lung benefit payments and administrative costs, as well as debt repayment expenditures,” according to a report from the non-partisan Government Accountability Office. Cases of black lung, an incurable illness caused by inhaling coal dust, are rising to levels not seen in decades as miners plumb the depths of played-out coal seams using heavy blasting equipment, according to government health officials. The fund that helps them is already roughly $6 billion in debt, as revenue since it was created in the 1970s has failed to keep up with outflows. The debt could balloon to $15 billion by 2050 without congressional action, the GAO report said. The GAO offered three options to improve the solvency of the fund: extend the current excise tax rate to reduce the debt to $4.5 billion debt by 2050, increase the tax rate by approximately 25 percent to eliminate the debt entirely by 2050, or allow the tax rate to sunset as scheduled, cancel the current debt, and appropriate $7.8 billion to the fund. The third option would amount to a multibillion-dollar transfer of liability for black lung victims from coal companies to taxpayers. The coal industry has been lobbying hard against the tax, arguing its payments have already been too high at a difficult time for mining companies and that the fund has been abused by underserving applicants, such as smokers… …The United Mineworkers Union of America, the coal miners’ trade union, called on Congress to ensure that the excise tax coal companies now pay remains at current levels, especially as the incidence of disease continues to rise and affect younger miners… June 6, 2018: The New York Times posted an article titled: “Alex Azar, Health Secretary, Denies Sabotaging Insurance Markets”. It was written by Robert Pear. From the article: Alex M. Azar II, the secretary of health and human services, denied on Wednesday that Trump administration policies were driving up health insurance costs, which many experts expect to surge again in 2019. Mr. Azar, testifying before a House committee, vigorously disputed suggestions by Democrats that President Trump had sabotaged Affordable Care Act marketplaces, where millions of people obtain insurance subsidized by the federal government… …The Congressional Budget Office said the full unsubsidized premium for a benchmark midlevel plan in the marketplaces rose 35 percent this year, on average, and was likely to increase about 15 percent next year. But some insurers have already requested rate increases of more than 30 percent for 2019… …Insurers and consumer advocates say Mr. Trump’s efforts to undercut the Affordable Care Act have created uncertainty for insurers, causing some to withdraw from the public marketplaces… …Nancy Pelosi, the House Democratic leader, cited news reports indicating that insurers around the country were using Trump administration policies to justify 2019 rate increases in Maine, Maryland, New York, Pennsylvania, Vermont, Virginia and Washington, among other states. In seeking higher rates for 2019, insurers point to several developments. Mr. Trump cut off subsidies that insurers use to reduce out-of-pocket medical costs for low-income people. And Congress, with encouragement from Mr. Trump, eliminated tax penalties for people who go without insurance, starting next year, giving healthier people less incentive to obtain coverage… …Mr. Azar did announce one policy that is likely to help consumers and insurers. He said the administration would, in effect, allow insurers to continue shifting certain costs to the federal government – because officials did not have time to issue rules banning the practice in 2019. To offset the loss of federal “cost-sharing” payments, many insurers increased premiums this year. State officials in many states told them to load all the increases onto midlevel “silver plans,” because the federal government uses the cost of such plans as a benchmark in calculating premium subsidies. Those subsidies made insurance much more affordable, because they covered most or all of the premiums for many people this year. Administration officials had expressed concern about the practice and considered banning it. But Mr. Azar said, “We certainly are not able to regulate in time for the plan year” that starts in January. He also defended the administration’s decision to allow states to impose work requirements on low-income people covered by Medicaid…. June 7, 2018: The Chicago Tribune posted an article titled: “Trump administration won’t defend Affordable Care Act in case brought by GOP states”. It was written by Amy Goldstein. From the article: The Trump administration said Thursday night that it will not defend the Affordable Care Act against the latest legal challenge to its constitutionality – a dramatic break from the executive branch’s tradition of arguing to uphold existing statutes and a land mine for health insurance changes the ACA brought about. In a brief filed in a Texas federal court and an accompanying letter to House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., the Justice Department agrees in large part wit the 20 Republican-led states who brought the suit. They contend that the ACA provision requiring most Americans to carry health insurance soon will no longer be constitutional and that, as a result, consumer insurance protections under the law are not valid either. The three-page letter to Pelosi from Attorney General Jeff Sessions begins by saying that Justice adopted its position “with the approval of the President of the United States.” The letter acknowledges that the decision not to defend an existing law deviates from history but contends that it is not unprecedented. The bold swipe at the ACA, a Republican whipping post since its 2010 passage, does not immediately affect any of its provisions. But it puts the law on far more wobbly legal footing in the case, which is being heard by a GOP-appointed judge who has in recent case ruled against more minor aspects. The administration does not go so far as the Texas attorney general and his counterparts. In their suit, lodged in February in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas, they argue that the entire law is now invalid. By contrast, the Justice brief and letter say that many other aspects of the law can survive because they can be considered legally distinct from the insurance mandate and such consumer protections as a ban on charging more or refusing coverage to people with preexisting medical conditions. A group of 17 Democratic-led states that have won standing in the case also filed a brief on Thursday night arguing for the ACA’s preservation… …It was an unusual filing just before 6 p.m. Thursday, when the brief was due, and three career Justice attorneys involved in the case – Joel McElvain, Eric Bekenhauer and Rebecca Kopplin – withdrew…. …The new challenge comes six years after the Supreme Court’s divided ruling that the ACA is constitutional. That ruling hinged on the reasoning that, while the government “does not have the power to order people to buy health insurance,” as Chief Justice John Roberts wrote for the majority, it “does have the power to impose a tax on those without health insurance.”… …The suit is being heard by Judge Reed O’Connell, who was appointed by President George W. Bush and has ruled against the ACA in other cases the past few years… June 7, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Sessions explains to Congress rationale for not defending ObamaCare”. It was written by Julia Manchester. From the article: Attorney General Jeff Sessions sent a letter to House Speaker Paul Ryan (R-Wis.) on Thursday defending the Department of Justice’s (DOJ) rationale for not defending the Affordable Care Act, also known as ObamaCare. “As you know, the Executive Branch has a longstanding tradition of defending the constitutionality of duly enacted statutes if reasonable arguments can be made in their defense,” Sessions wrote. “But not every professionally responsible argument is necessarily reasonable in this context,” he continued, adding this is “a rare case where the proper course is to forgo defense” of the law… …Sessions’s move marks a break for the DOJ, which typically defends federal laws when they are challenged in court… June 7, 2018: Reuters posted an article titled: “U.S. Justice Department says Obamacare individual mandate unconstitutional” From the article: The U.S. Justice Department said on Thursday that the part of Obamacare requiring individuals to have health insurance is unconstitutional, an unusual move that could lead to stripping away some of the most significant and popular parts of the law. In a brief filed in federal court in Texas, the department said a tax law signed last year by President Donald Trump that eliminate penalties for not having health insurance rendered the so-called individual mandate under Obamacare unconstitutional. The Justice Department said that it also nullifies two other major provisions of Obamacare linked to the individual mandate, including one barring insurance companies from denying coverage to people with pre-existing conditions. Attorney General Jeff Sessions, in a letter to House of Representatives Speaker Paul Ryan, said he had determined the individual mandate will be unconstitutional when the tax law becomes effective in 2019… …Sessions said in his letter that the Justice Department was not arguing that the entire law does not pass constitutional muster. He said the department only refused to defend the pre-existing conditions provision as well as one forbidding insurers from charging people in the same community different rates based on gender, age, health status, or other factors… June 7, 2018: The U.S. House of Representatives passed H.R. 3 “Spending Cuts to Expired and Unnecessary Programs Act”. It is a recession bill designed allow Congress to take away appropriated funding from programs at the Departments of Agriculture, Commerce, Energy, Health and Human Services, Justice, Labor, State, Transportation, Treasury, and the Railroad Retirement Board. H.R. 3 was sponsored by Representative Kevin McCarthy (California – Republican). The health care related recessions included: $5.1 billion from Children Health Insurance Fund – The Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) provides health coverage to eligible children, through both Medicaid and separate CHIP programs. CHIP is administered by states, according to federal requirements. The program is funded jointly by states and the federal government. The President’s proposal contains two provisions related to CHIP that would simply rescind funds that are either no longer necessary or can’t be spent because the authority to do so expired last year. Rescinding these funds will likely have no impact on the program. $1.8 billion from the Child Enrollment Contingency Fund – Under CHIP, the Contingency Fund provides payments to States that experience funding shortfalls due to higher than expected enrollment. At this time, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services does not expect that any State would require a Contingency Fund payment in FY 2018; therefore, this funding is not needed. It is important to note that the proposal would not rescind all available funding, meaning sufficient funding would be available should a state eventually qualify for a payment. $800 million from the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovations – Created under the Affordable Care Act, the Center for Medicare & Medicaid Innovation (the Innovation Center) with CMS supports the development and testing of innovative health care payment and service delivery models. Some details from the text of H.R. 3 about how much will be rescinded from certain programs: $5,149,512,000 from the unobligated balances of the Social Security Act are rescinded $800,000,000 from the amounts made available of the Social Security Act are rescinded $1,865,000,000 of the amounts deposited in the Child Enrollment Contingency Fund for fiscal year 2018 are permanently rescinded The vote on H.R. 3 in the House of Representatives happened on June 7, 2018. The vote was 201 YEAs to 205 NAYS. This means that the bill passed the House of Representatives. Next, it would be sent to the U.S. Senate. All of the people who voted YEA were Republicans. 19 of the people who voted NAY were Republicans: Vernon Buchanan (Florida – Republican) Carlos Curbelo (Florida – Republican) Mario Díaz-Balart (Florida – Republican) Brian Fitzpatrick (Pennsylvania – Republican) Will Hurd (Texas – Republican) John Katko (New York – Republican) Mike Kelly (Pennsylvania – Republican) Leonard Lance (New Jersey – Republican) Tom MacArthur (Connecticut – Republican) Brian Mast (Florida – Republican) David McKinley (West Virginia – Republican) Ilena Ros-Lehtinen (Florida – Republican) Peter Roskam (Illinois – Republican) Keith Rothfus (Pennsylvania – Republican) Elise Stefanik (New York – Republican) Mike Turner (Ohio – Republican) Fred Upton (Michigan – Republican) Jackie Walorski (Indiana – Republican) Kevin Yoder (Kansas – Republican) 187 of the people who voted NAY were Democrats. 11 people did not vote: Joyce Beatty (Ohio – Democrat) Salud Carbajal (California – Democrat) Kristi Noem (South Dakota – Republican) Steven Palazzo (Missouri – Republican) Jared Polis (Colorado – Democrat) Terri Sewell (Alabama – Democrat) John Shimkus (Illinois – Republican) Bill Shuster (Pennsylvania – Republican) Juan Vargas (California – Democrat) Mimi Waters (California – Republican) Tim Walz (Minnesota – Democratic-Farmer-Labor Party) June 7, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “House passes Trump’s plan to claw back $15 billion in spending”. It was written by JulieGrace Brufke and Niv Elis. From the article: The House voted along party lines late Thursday to pass a White House proposal that would claw back nearly $15 billion in previously approved government funding. The House approved the measure in a vote of 210 – 206, with conservatives calling ti a step in the right direction after they ripped into the price tag of the $13 trillion spending bill President Trump signed earlier this year… …Trump had pushed lawmakers earlier this week to vote in favor of the clawback plan, known as the Spending Cuts to Expired and Unnecessary Programs Act, which GOP leaders have been working on for two months… …While the move was welcomed by fiscal hawks, Democrats and a handful of moderates argued it could hinder future budget negotiations and drain unused funds that may prove necessary for programs down the road. Opponents blasted the administration’s decisions to target unobligated funds within the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) – which make up nearly half of the $14.7 billion in rollbacks – alleging the cuts could lead to a loss of coverage that is higher than expected… …The CBO analysis supported Republican arguments that the plan would not affect children’s health. Its analysis found that the recessions would not affect any spending on children’s health, and would not affect any coverage. But it also showed that the move would have little impact on spending. Because the funds in question were unobligated or associated with expired programs, canceling the budget authority to spend them would do little to affect the actual spending… …Whether the Senate will move on the measure remains unclear… June 7, 2018: CNN posted an article titled: “Trump moves pushing up Obamacare premiums for 2019”. It was written by Tami Luhby. From the article: …Insurers in several states have requested large rate hikes for 2019, with many pointing to steps taken by President Donald Trump and Republicans in Congress as the main reason why. New York insurers want to hike rates by 24%, on average, while carriers in Washington are looking for a 19% average premium increase. In Maryland, CareFirst is asking for an average 18.5% rate bump for its HMO plans and a 91% spike for its PPO policies (which have far fewer enrollees), while Kaiser Permanente wants to boost premiums by more than 37% on average. Many insurers cite two key drivers of the increases: Congress’ elimination of the penalty for the individual mandate — which requires nearly all Americans to have coverage or pay up — and the Trump administration’s expected expansion of two types of health plans that don’t have to adhere to Obamacare’s regulations… …Jettisoning the individual mandate penalty is expected to cause premiums to rise by about 10%, the industry group said, citing reports by the Congressional Budge Office and independent actuaries. That’s because younger and healthier people will be more likely to forgo insurance since they will no longer have to pay a penalty. Insurers fear they will be left with sicker and older policyholders, prompting them to request higher rates to cover the anticipated increase in claims. Also, Trump last year issued an executive order directing federal agencies to make it easier to buy two alternates to Affordable Care Act plans. One would allow small business to band together to buy coverage through association health plans, while the other would let Americans buy short-term coverage that would last less than a year, rather than the current 90-day limit. Both of the types of policies are expected to have lower premiums, but would cover fewer benefits — making them more attractive to healthier Americans who don’t need comprehensive coverage. Insurers in remaining states will file proposed rates in coming weeks. Regulators will review the requests and could change them significantly. Premiums will be finalized in September and open enrollment starts November 1… …Also, most Obamacare enrollees won’t have to pay more for coverage next year, regardless of how much insurers hike premiums. That’s because they receive federal subsidies that limit their rates to less than 10% of their income. However, the rate hikes will hit the millions of Americans who earn too much for subsidies or who buy individual coverage outside of the Obamacare exchanges. June 8, 2018: The American Psychiatric Association posted a news release titled: “APA Calls on Administration to Defend Patient Progections in Affordable Care Act”. From the news release: In response to the recent decision by the Department of Justice not to defend the constitutionality of the patient protections provided in the Affordable Care Act in the federal lawsuit Texas v. United States, the American Psychiatric Association (APA) issued the following statement: “We strongly condemn the Administration’s decision not to defend the patient protections provided in the Affordable Care Act, an established law of the land,” said APA President Altha Stewart, M.D. “In particular, this decision could lead to insurers denying coverage to the 130 million Americans with pre-exsiting conditions. This is harmful to the health of these Americans and is very short-sighted considering the nation is in the midst of an opioid epidemic and 30% rise in suicide rates. We call upon the Administration to reverse this decision and defend the rights of our patients.” June 8, 2018: NBC News posted an article title: “Sessions takes aim at heart of Obamacare – coverage for pre-existing conditions”. It was written by Andrew Harnik. From the article: The Trump administration said in a court filing late Thursday that it will no longer defend key parts of the Affordable Care Act, including the requirements that people have health insurance and provisions that guarantee access to health insurance regardless of any medical conditions. The decision, announced in a court filing in Texas, is a rare departure from the Justice Department’s practice of defending federal laws in court. Texas and other Republican-led states are suing to strike down the entire law because congress recently repealed a provision that people without health insurance must pay a fine. The repeal takes effect next year. Texas says that without the fine in place the requirement to have health insurance is unconstitutional and that the entire law should be struck down as a result. The administration said it agrees with Texas that the so-called individual mandate will be unconstitutional without the fine. It also said that provisions shielding people with medical conditions from being denied coverage or charged higher premiums and limiting how much insurer can charge older Americans should fall as well. But it said the rest of the law, including Medicaid expansion, can remain in place. In many ways, the lawsuit, filed in February, is a replay of the politically divided litigation that ended with the Supreme Court upholding the health care overhaul in 2012. In the new suit, California is leading a group of Democrat-led states in defending the law. The major difference is that the Justice Department under President Donald Trump has largely switched sides. Attorney General Jeff Sessions said in a letter to Congress on Thursday that Trump, who campaigned on repealing the law and nearly did so in his first year in office, approved the legal strategy… …Shortly before the government’s court filing, three career lawyers at the Justice Department withdrew from the case and were replaced by two political appointees, according to court filings. Timothy Jost, law professor emeritus at Washington and Lee University in Virginia said the Trump administration is trying to persuade the court to do what it was unable to achieve in Congress last year – essential, repeal key parts of the Obama health law. Jost said its telling that three career Justice Department lawyers refused to support the administration’s position…. …Despite the Justice Department position, the Health and Human Services Department has continued to apply the health law. Indeed, sign-up season for 2018 under the Trump administration resulted in only a slight enrollment drop-off from Obama’s last year. Insurers are now finalizing their premium requests for 2019, and Jost said the Justice Department filing may prompt jittery carriers to seek higher rates… June 8, 2018: President Trump issued a statement titled: “Presidential Message on Men’s Health Week”. From the statement: Men’s Health Week is an opportunity to raise awareness of the diseases and illness that are most prevalent among American men and to reiterate the importance of early detection and preventative health practices. During this week, I encourage all men to evaluate both their mental and physical health hand to focus on living a healthy lifestyle. While there are many factors that contribute to a healthy life- including diet, exercise, stress management, and mental and emotional wellness – one of the most important practices is to regularly visit the doctor and the dentist. Men are less likely than women to visit their healthcare providers, often missing out on critical treatments that can protect their overall health and wellbeing. Individuals who have routine check-ups better understand the association between a healthy lifestyle and a greater quality of life. Although Americans are living longer, healthier lives, we cannot ignore emotional and mental health, or the stigmas that prevent individuals from seeking treatment and recovery support services as part of their overall welfare. Serious mental illness, such as major depressive disorder, has robbed too many fathers, brothers, and sones, of their potential, and has contributed to rising suicide and drug overdoses. For these reasons, my fiscal year 2019 Budget request to Congress includes $10 billion in new funding to address the opioid abuse and overdose epidemic and mental health. This funding will improve access to evidence-based treatment services to support those suffering from mental disorders and substance use disorders… …As we observe Men’s Health Week, we celebrate the advances we have made in improving men’s healthcare, while recognizing the importance of prioritizing both physical and mental health in men of all ages. June 8, 2018: Senator Diane Feinstein (Democrat – California) posted a press release titled: “Senate Democrats Urge Trump DOJ to Reverse Decision Not To Defend Affordable Care Act In Court”. From the press release: …The text of the Senate Democrat’s letter can be found below: Dear President Trump: We are deeply concerned that you have directed the Justice Department to no longer defend the constitutionality of the Affordable Care Act, including its vitally important protections for people with pre-existing conditions. Your decision yesterday to call protections for pre-existing conditions “unconstitutional” directly contradicts the 2012 U.S. Supreme Court decision, NFIB v. Sebelius. Disturbingly, this also represents another step in your administration’s continuous attacks on the rights of people with pre-existing health conditions and we urge you to reverse this decision. There are currently as many as 133 million non elderly Americans with a pre-existing condition – which is more than half of the people not on Medicare. Taking this position could render millions of Americans uninsurable or facing higher premiums. Prior to 2014, people with pre-existing conditions often faced higher costs or were denied coverage altogether. Under your administration, Americans have repeatedly faced the prospect of a return to the dark days in which becoming sick could mean an inability to find health insurance, women could be charged more than men, or premiums and medical costs were so high that it sent families into bankruptcy in an effort to cover the payments. During your presidential campaign, you repeatedly promised that you would retain protections for people with pre-existing conditions. Then you changed your position and supported numerous health care bills that would have gutted these protections and repealed the entire health care act. The bills would have allowed insurers to charge more or deny coverage outright based on a person’s health status, exclude critical benefits, and once again impose annual or lifetime limits on the amount of care a person could receive. Despite the repeated failure of this legislation, your administration remains undeterred in its efforts to eliminate protections for patients for pre-existing conditions and is currently in the process of finalizing a rule to expand “junk insurance.” These plans are allowed to exclude critical types of health care coverage, deny care when a person gets sick, and charge more based on gender or a pre-existing condition. You recently indicated you plan to finalize this rule, despite knowing that not a single group representing patients, physicians, nurses or hospitals is supportive. Mr. President, it is time to stop the sabotage. We are a country of laws, and the law must be respected, defended, and enforced regardless of the person occupying the Oval Office. It is concerning that career Justice Department officials withdrew from the case and were replaced by political appointees as the administration abandoned its defense of the law. The American public widely supports retaining protections for pre-existing conditions. We implore you to listen to the voices of career Justice Department lawyers, as well as concerned families, patients, doctors and hospitals that want to retain these protections, and start working with Democrats to strengthen our health care system instead of trying to tear it down. Sincerely, Senator Diane Feinstein Senator Charles E. Schumer Senator Patty Murray Senator Ron Wyden June 8, 2018: Reuters posted an article titled: “Insurer lobby group weighs in on Obamacare individual mandate case.” It was written byTamara Mathias. From the article: Removing certain provisions tied to the Affordable care Act, former U.S. President Barack Obama’s signature healthcare law, could strike out important consumer protections and potentially harm millions of Americans, a trade association that represents U.S. health insurers said on Friday. The comments from America’s Health Insurance Plans (AHIP) come a day after the U.S. Justice Department called Obamacare’s individual mandate – which requires individuals to have health insurance or pay a penalty – unconstitutional… …”Zeroing out the individual mandate penalty should not result in striking important consumer protections, such as guaranteed issue and community rating rules, that help with pre-existing conditions,” AHIP said in a statement. Removing consumer friendly provisions like guaranteed issue, whereby health insurers cannot deny coverage to applicants or charge more based on health status, will result in renewed uncertainty in the market as well as push up rates for older and sicker patients, AHIP added… June 8, 2018: Politico posted an article titled: “Trump’s latest health care move squeezes Republicans”. It was written by Jennifer Haberkorn and Adam Cancryn. From the article: Republicans who have tried to repeal Obamacare for nearly a decade believe the Trump administration is reviving a politically risky battle with a court filing that could eliminate one of the most popular parts of the law: protections for people with pre-existing conditions. The administration wants a federal court to strike the protections, providing fresh fodder to Democrats who argue that the GOP cannot be trusted to protect Americans’ health insurance months ahead of a midterm election in which health care was already a top issue. It also threatens to shift attention away from the GOP’s message on tax cuts, refocusing it on an Obamacare fight most Republicans wanted to put behind them. The administration late Thursday asked a U.S. District Court in Texas to do something congressional Republicans weren’t willing take on themselves during last year’s repeal effort: Strike the most popular part of Obamacare. Few congressional Republicans rushed to defend the administration’s move Friday, instead emphasizing their support for preserving pre-existing condition protections…. …Sen. Susan Collins of Maine – one of three GOP senators who blocked the Obamacare repeal effort last year – also pushed back, warning the administration’s new bid “exacerbates our current challenges” and could undermine key patient protections. Other lawmakers points to past support for policies to prevent insurance companies from denying or dropping people with pre-existing conditions… …Senate Democrats, who this week promised to force votes on health care during August, said the court filing proves their warnings that Republicans remain intent on repealing Obamacare through any means available… …Within hours of the news, Democrats pounced on the Senate Republicans up for reelection this fall. The Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee blasted releases questioning whether those Republicans – such as North Dakota hopeful Rep. Kevin Cramer – back the Trump administration’s decision… …During last year’s repeal debate, Republicans decided to leave pre-existing conditions protections in place after they repeatedly became the subject of sometimes fiery town hall meetings with constituents… …It is unclear how soon the U.S. District Court judge may respond to the administration’s request. If the courts strike the provision, the ruling would all but certainly be appealed – likely by a group of Democratic-led states that have weighed in on the case in courts… …Insurance companies have already requested double-digit premium increases for 2019 in several states. The industry has blamed Trump administration decisions to undermine the health law, such as cutting off a key subsidy program to help low-income people pay their out-of-pocket health expenses… June 8, 2018: HuffPost posted an article titled: “Democrats Say They Have Proof Health Care Can Turn Trump Voters Against Republicans”. It was written by Kevin Robillard. From the article: …Clarity Campaigns, a Democratic polling firm, conducted the surveys in Maine’s 2nd Congressional District, a sprawling, heavily forested rural district that includes almost the entire state outside of Portland and its suburbs. The district, represented by Republican Congressman Bruce Poliquin, flipped back from backing Barack Obama by a 9-pont margin in 2012 to supporting Trump’s by 10 percentage points in 2016. Two Democratic groups, Not One Penny and Protect Our Care, paid for the polls. They have spent the past 10 months on a sustained campaign against Poliquin in the Bangor media market, which includes half the district, and their polling shows real damage. In a memo provided to HuffPost, Clarity Campaigns said the more voters fond out about Poliquin’s votes to repeal the Affordable Care Act and to support the GOP tax bill, the less they liked him. At the beginning of the campaign, 28 percent of voters in the media market approved of Poliquin and 38 percent disapproved. By the end, his numbers were significantly weaker: Just 25 percent approved, and 45 percent disapproved… …The experiment reinforces the major Democratic strategy for winning back House districts where voters flipped from Obama to Trump: Focus relentlessly on unpopular GOP policies on taxes and health care, not directly on Trump’s behavior or the Russia investigation. Democrats need to win 24 seats to take back control of the House in November… June 9, 2018: Brian Schatz (U.S. Senator from Hawaii – Democrat) posted a tweet on his verified Twitter account. It said: “Whatever your political party of your views on the size of government or social issues or foreign policy or Rosanne or the NFL, if you are one of the 52 million Americans with a pre-existing health condition, I encourage you to vote for Democrats this year to save your healthcare.” June 9, 2018: The American Academy of Family Physicians, American Academy of Pediatricians, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, American College of Physicians, American Osteopathic Association, and American Psychiatric Association wrote a Joint Statement on Texas v United States. From the Joint Statement: Our organizations, which represent a combined membership of more than 560,000 physician and medical student members are concerned about the Department of Justice’s decision to not defend the constitutionality of existing laws that extend patient protections to individuals in insurance markets as part of Texas v Unite States. The elimination of these protections could result in millions of people facing limited access to health care coverage and higher cost as a result of insurers being allowed to return to discriminatory coverage and pricing practices. Our organizations disagree with the Department of Justice’s decision not to defend the protections established by the Affordable Care Act that prohibit insurance companies from denying or discontinuing coverage for individuals with pre-existing conditions or other factors such as gender or race. As physicians who provide a majority of care to individuals for physical and mental conditions, we can speak clearly that these insurance reforms and protections are essential to ensuring that the more than 130 million Americans, especially the more than 31 million individuals between the ages of 55 an 64 who have at least one pre-existing condition are able to secure affordable health care coverage. We strongly urge the Department of Justice to consider its decision in Texas v United States and that we all seek policy solutions that increase access to affordable health care that provides all individuals, regardless of their gender, race, and health status, reasonable protections against discrimination in coverage and pricing. June 10, 2018: Bloomberg posted an article titled: “Health Warning: Obamacare Is in Legal Peril Once Again”. It was written by Noah Feldman. From the article: …Just in case you haven’t thought about the individual mandate and the Constitution in the last six years, let me provide an update and a brief refresher. The update is that, in 2017, Congress passed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. In the law, Congress repealed the tax penalty associated with the individual mandate that everyone have health insurance. In other words, the ACA still says you have to have insurance. But if you don’t, nothing happens to you… …Now comes the new constitutional challenge to the ACA, filed by a group of states led by Texas. Their argument begins with the fact that, when the Supreme Court upheld the individual mandate, it did so in a very strange way. The five conservative justices all agreed that, under the commerce clause of the Constitution, Congress did not have the authority to make people buy insurance. Their reasoning was borrowed from Prof. Barnett, who had proposed in his article that while the Congress has the power to regulate existing commercial activities, it can’t force people to undertake a commercial activity they are not already engaged in. This was the famous broccoli hypothetical: the conservatives argued that the commerce clause wouldn’t allow Congress to pass a law requiring everyone to buy and eat broccoli, even though Congress could lawfully regulate broccoli prices. Despite this conclusion about the commerce clause, however, Chief Justice John Roberts joined the four liberals to uphold the individual mandate on the ground that it was a tax, and therefore fell within Congress’s separate taxing power. The other four conservatives were clearly frustrated with Roberts, but his vote carried the day. The states are now arguing that once Congress repealed the tax penalty for the individual mandate in the 2017 law, no more constitutional authority exists for Congress to keep the individual mandate in place. The commerce clause is already excluded by the Supreme Court, and now the tax rationale is gone. Trump’s Department of Justice has agreed with this claim. The states say that without the individual mandate, the whole ACA should be struck down as unconstitutional. Trump’s Justice Department didn’t go quite that far. But it did say the the ACA provisions on pre-existing conditions are so linked to the individual mandate that it should now be struck down…. …But it is entirely possible that five justices would follow the chain of formal logic laid out by the states and adopted by the Justice Department. The best argument in favor of that position is that the Obama Department of Justice told the Supreme Court years back that these provisions were interlinked – “irreversible” in legal jargon. There is therefore a real and indeed significant chance that the most popular parts of the ACA could be struck down… June 11, 2018: Bloomberg posted a very detailed article titled: “Air Ambulances Are Flying More Patients Than Ever, and Leaving Massive Bills Behind”. It was written by John Tozzi. From the article: …Favorable treatment under federal law means air-ambulance companies, unlike their counterparts on the ground, have few restrictions on what they can charge for their services. Through a quirk of the 1978 Airline Deregulation Act, air-ambulance operators are considered air-carriers – similar to Delta Air Lines or American Airlines – and states have no power to put in place their own curbs. Prices for emergency medical flights have increased dramatically, as air ambulance operators expanded their networks and responded to a wider set of emergencies, including traumas, strokes, and heart attacks. The medical charge to Medicare for a medical helicopter flight more than doubled to almost $30,000 in 2014, from $14,000 in 2010, according to a report last year by the U.S. Government Accountability Office. Air Methods’ average charge ballooned from $13,000 in 2007 to $49,00 in 2016, the GAO said. Medicare, the federal health program for people 65 and older, pays only a fraction of billed charge; Medicaid, the state-federal program for the poor, pays even less… …Seth Myers, president of Air Evac, said that his company loses money on patients covered by Medicaid and Medicare, as well as those with no insurance. That’s about 75 percent of the people it flies. “I fly people based on need, when a physician calls or when an ambulance calls,” He said. “We don’t know for days whether a person has the ability to pay.” According to a 2017 report commissioned by the Association of Air Medical Services, an industry trade group, the typical cost per flight was $10,199 in 2015, and Medicare paid only 59 percent that. Air-medical operators back U.S. legislation proposed by Senator Dean Heller of Nevada and Representative Jackie Walorski of Indiana, both Republicans, that would boost reimbursements by as much as 20 percent over three years. The bill would also have Medicare collect cost data from air-ambulance companies and use it to update rates to reflect “the actual costs of providing air ambulance services.” Both versions have co-sponsors from both parties. For people with private insurance, short flights in an air ambulance are often followed by long battles over the bill… …The industry says insurers put patients in the middle. “We need to hold the insurers’ feet to the fire to say we need a reasonable rate,” said Myers, the Air Evac executive. He said health plans often won’t agree to network contracts that could lower costs. He declined to say how large in-network discounts are, citing nondisclosure agreements. Consumer groups and insurers counter that air-ambulance companies strategically stay out of health-plan networks to maximize revenue… …Montana Senator John Tester, a Democrat, has introduced legislation that would rollback the special status of air-ambulance companies. A Federal Aviation Administration reauthorization bill passed by the House in April would make medical services provided by air ambulances subject to state regulation… June 12, 2018: Axios posted at blog titled: “Private equity’s thirst for health care providers”. It was written by Bob Herman. From the article: KKR’s $10 billion deal to take Envision Healthcare private, along with Bloomberg’s deep dive on the billing tactics of air ambulances, exemplifies private equity firms’ appetite for buying health care providers that weird a lot of market power. The big picture: These companies are a leading source of surprise medical bills, which infuriate patients but are profitable for private equity owners. Emergency rooms and ambulances aren’t real marketplaces – consumers can’t stop and shop for the best price in the middle of an emergency. The bottom line: Physician groups, emergency room staffing, and air and ground ambulances can (and in most cases do) make a lot of money because people will use their services regardless of the price… …Physicians and ambulances can opt out of an insurance company’s network, unbeknown to a patient, if they feel they aren’t getting paid enough – and patients are saddled with the remaining costs… …Physician and ambulance groups contend they need to bill commercial insurance more to make up for shortfalls in Medicare and Medicaid, but the cost-shifting theory often falls flat… …The big question for the latest KKR deal: Will Envision stay transparent about its efforts to reduce surprise medical bills? Going private means health care groups don’t have to disclose a whole lot about their finances or strategy… June 12, 2018: Politico posted an article titled: “McConnell: ‘Everybody’ in Senate likes pre-existing condition safeguards”. It was written by Jennifer Haberkorn. Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell said “everybody” in the Senate wants to preserve consumer protections for people with pre-existing conditions, an Obamacare provision that the Trump administration last week said is unconstitutional and should be struck down. “Everybody I know in the Senate – everybody – is in favor of maintaining coverage for pre-existing conditions,” McConnell told reporters in the Capitol. “There is no difference in opinion about that whatsoever.” Obamacare’s prohibition on insurance companies canceling or denying coverage for people with pre-existing conditions is among the most popular provisions of the 2010 law. Congressional Republicans opted to preserve the idea of having a requirement last year even as they laid plans to repeal the law. Several GOP health plans last year would have barred insurance companies from denying coverage over pre-existing conditions but would have done so by requiring people to maintain continuous coverage or face higher costs or a waiting period. Critics said those requirements wouldn’t be as strong as the one in the Affordable Care Act. The Trump administration surprised its congressional allies last week when it asked a U.S. district court in Texas to strike the provision, along with the law’s individual mandate and Obamacare’s requirement that people cannot be charged substantially more than other people in the same age range and geographic area. Democrats immediately pounced on the Justice Department move, warning they would make it a prominent issue in the midterm election… …McConnell also touted forthcoming regulations the administration could issue as soon as this week expanding association health plans, which he said could bring down premium costs. June 12, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Warren presses health chief over Trump’s promise of drug price cuts.” It was written by Peter Sullivan. From the article: Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) pressed Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Alex Azar on Tuesday about why no drug companies have announced price decreases despite President Trump saying they would. Warren focused on Trump’s statement at the end of May that “in two weeks” drug companies would “announce voluntary massive drops in prices.” The two-week mark from that statement is this Wednesday. “He said there would be massive decreases in drug prices within two weeks,” Warren said during a Senate Health Committee hearing. “It’s been two weeks and there have been no decreases and an indication of increase.” Azar counters at the hearing that there are drug companies working on price decreases… …The health chief said the holdup is that negotiators known as pharmacy benefit managers (PBMs) are actually discouraging price decreases because that could reduce the amount of rebates that the PBMs get… …Warren, a liberal champion who is a possible 2020 presidential contender, did not buy that argument, saying, “In the words, the president’s promise that we would see massive decreases in two weeks hasn’t happened and you don’t have anyone lined up who’s actually going to decrease drug prices.”… June 13, 2018: The American Academy of Actuaries released an Issue Brief titled: “Drivers of 2019 Health Insurance Premium Changes”. From the Issue Brief Summary: Key drivers of 2019 premium changes include: Medical trend, which is the underlying growth in health care costs; Recent legislative and regulatory changes, including the elimination of the individual mandate penalty, the pending expanded availability of short-term limited duration health plans and association health plans, and whether changes made regarding how insurers are instructed to load premiums to account for cost-sharing reduction subsidies; Changes in the risk pool composition and insurer assumptions from 2018; and Any state actions to implement reinsurance programs, impose individual mandate penalties, or enact rules that would facilitate or prohibit the availability of alternative coverage options. Average premium rate changes may not represent the rate change experience by a particular consumer. A number of factors can result in a consumer’s premium differing from the average rate change, including changes in plan selection, age/family status, tobacco status, geography, or subsidy eligibility. From the Issue Brief section titled: “Premium Changes From a Consumer Perspective”: The following situations could result in a consumer’s premium change differing from the average premium change reflected in a premium rate filing. Changes in Plan Selection: As insurers enter or exit marketplaces or otherwise change their plan offerings, consumers could have different choices of insurers or plans. If particular plans are discontinued, consumers may be re-enrolled in a different plan. Even if their current plan continues to be available, consumer may choose to enroll in a different plan. Either of these scenarios could lead to a consumer’s premium change that differs from the state’s or insurer’s average premium change. Changes in Age/Family Status: Most individual consumer will experience a premium increase each year, due to aging one year. The ACA allows premiums to vary by family size. Family premiums reflect the premiums for each covered adult plus the premiums for each of the three oldest covered children younger than 21. Therefore, consumers with family coverage who experience a change in family composition could face a premium change. Tobacco Status: In most states, insurers are allowed to charge smokers more than nonsmokers, and this surcharge can vary by state and by age. For instance, older smokers can face higher surcharges than younger smokers. In plans that vary the surcharge by age, consumers who smoke will see a premium change due to the change in the tobacco use surcharge. In addition, consumers who have either started or stopped using tobacco products could see a premium change. Finally, carrier care allowed to change their tobacco rating factors with sufficient justification. Geographic Area Factors: All states require all insurers within the state to use identical rating areas approved by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Insurers are not allowed to change the rating areas, but they are allowed to change how premiums vary across areas due to differences in networks, relative provider charge levels, and levels of medical management. While the overall impact of area factor modifications will be included in the average aggregate premium change, reported in the rate filing each insurer submits, the actual change a specific consumer experiences may vary significantly depending on where he or she lives. In addition, a consumer moving from one rating area to another may experience a premium change due to the differences in area factors. Subsidy Eligibility: The ACA provides premium subsidies in the individual market based on household income and the premium for the second-lowest silver plan. Changes in income alone can result in upward or downward changes in the net premiums that any specific consumer may have pay, even if there is no change in the underlying premiums. And even if there is no change in income, premium subsidies can increase if premiums increase. Changes in how states load premiums to cover cost-sharing reductions (CSRs) can also affect premium subsidies. Insurers are required to notify subsidized enrollees of premium changes before open enrollment. However, the notification is based on the current year subsidy and will not reflect subsidy changes due to any premium changes, including how premiums are loaded to account for CSR’s. Individuals may not be aware of the impact of the subsidy changes unless this process is changed or insurers develop additional communications. A change in available plans offered in the market also could affect the subsidy an individual receives. June 14, 2018: The American Cancer Society posted News titled: “ACS CAN filed legal brief in support of protections for people with serious health needs”. From the News: The American Cancer Society Cancer Action Network (ACS CAN) joined with four other national patient advocacy organizations today to file a legal brief or amicus curiae that describes the devastating impact patients would face if the district court rules the Affordable Care Act is not a valid law. Twenty states, led by Attorney General of Texas, recently filed a lawsuit, Texas v United States of America. They argue that the Affordable Care Act must be struck down because it cannot stand now that Congress repealed the tax penalty that a person receives if they do not have health care coverage. ACS CAN and the other patient groups urged the court in their legal brief to uphold the Affordable Care Act and to “recognize Congress’s clear intent to improve access to lifesaving health care for millions of Americans.” The Department of Justice (DOJ) is typically responsible for defending the country’s laws, but, in this case, the Department has filed a brief declining to defend the Affordable Care Act. The DOJ argues that certain protections the health care law guarantees for people with pre-existing conditions are invalid. If the Affordable Care Act is struck down, this could have dire consequences, leaving millions of Americans with serious illnesses like cancer unable to get health care coverage. Studies show that uninsured patients are less likely to be screened for cancer, and are more likely to be diagnosed at more advanced stages of their cancer when it is harder and more expensive to treat. “If people don’t have real health insurance – comprehensive health insurance – they die,” said Mary Rouvelas, senior counsel at ACS CAN. Since the Affordable Care Act was signed into law, more people have signed up for health care coverage and the uninsured rate has decreased by more than six percent nationwide. In a joint statement, ACS CAN and the patient groups said in reference to the health care law, “This has improved patients’ ability to prevent, detect, and treat their disease. For instance, there is already a small but statistically significant shift toward early-stage diagnosis for colorectal, lung, breast and pancreatic cancer in states that have increased access to health care through Medicaid because of the law.” June 14, 2018: HuffPost posted an article titled: “They Fought Over the Last Obamacare Lawsuit, But They Agree This One Is Nonsense”. It was written by Johnathan Cohn. From the article: Five scholars who argued with each other over past legal challenges to the Affordable Care Act have joined forces to file a friend of the court brief about a new lawsuit that could wreck the law. They all think the courts should reject the lawsuit. And they don’t think it’s a particularly close call. The lawsuit, Texas v. United States, comes from Republican officials in 20 states and alleges that the 2010 health care law is unconstitutional. Last week, the Justice Department declined to defend the law, breaking from the customary role the federal government plays when states challenge a federal statute… …The case is now before a federal district judge in Texas. On Thursday, five well-known scholars were among those filing briefs urging the judge to reject the lawsuit. The five are Johnathan Adler from Case Western Reserve University, Nicholas Bailey from the University of Michigan, Abbe Gluck from Yale University, Ilya Somin from George Mason University, and Kevin Walsh from the University of Richmond… …Adler was actually an architect of the lawsuit in King v Burwell, which could have crippled the Affordable Care Act’s newly created private insurance markets in a majority of states. He filed a brief in the case and, and in a series of articles and public appearances, frequently squared off with Bailey and Gluck, who collaborated on their own brief in defense of the law. The Supreme Court rejected that lawsuit in 2015. It was the second time the high court upheld the constitutionality of the law known as Obamacare. The first time was in 2012, in a case called NFIB v. Sebelius. Somin was an influential, high-profile supporter of the lawsuit and the author of a brief supporting it. As for Walsh, he is an expert on “severability,” which is the legal doctrine about when a court must strike down an entire law, or large parts of it, because it has found one piece to be unconstitutional. Justice Clarance Thomas just cited one of Walsh’s briefs in a recent Supreme Court decision on the subject… The Amici Curiae was posted by The Incidental Economist and is available to view as a PDF. June 14, 2018: CBS News posted an article titled: “Pre-existing conditions coverage at risk for more than thought?” From the article: …Two independent experts said Wednesday that the administration appears to be taking aim at provisions of the ACA that protect people in employer plans, not only the smaller pool of consumers who buy a policy directly from an insurer. The new Trump administration position was outlined last week in a legal brief filed by the Justice Department in a Texas case challenging the Obama health law. Workers “could face the prospect of insurance that doesn’t cover their pre-existing conditions when they enroll in a plan with a new employer,” said Larry Levitt of the nonpartisan Kaiser Family Foundation. University of Michigan law professor Nicholas Bailey said the administration does not appear to have thought through all the consequences of moving against one provision of a health law that has many complicated interlocking parts. “The lack of care on the brief is jaw-dropping,” said Bagley, who supports the Obama health law but considers himself a “free agent” critic of both sides. “There is no question that the Trump administration has to clarify what the scope of its injunction would be and grapple with the consequences of mowing down parts of the ACA. “For someone with a pre-existing condition thinking about switching jobs, the answer to that question could make a life-changing difference,” added Bagley… …Nearly 160 million workers and family members have coverage through employers, although the number covered by small employers is much smaller. June 15, 2018: Two Cents posted an article titled: “You Could Be Denied Pre-Existing Conditions Coverage by Employer Health Plans if the ACA Is Repealed”. It was written by Alicia Adamcyzk. From the article: …If you don’t care much about the issue because you have insurance through your employer, it could affect you too. That’s because the provisions that the Trump administration is contesting apply to all private health coverage, including employer plans. Before the ACA, your employer plan couldn’t deny you coverage or charge you more, but it could exclude coverage for your pre-existing conditions for a year if you don’t maintain continuous coverage. That’s what the plans would revert to if the ACA’s provisions are overturned. (Large and small group plans would face worse outcomes.) As Timothy Jost, an Demetrius professor of law at Washington and Lee University writes, the biggest impact on those with employer insurance is that it would “lock you into” your jobs once again. The ACA gave some people more freedom to leave jobs and pursue entrepreneurial or freelance jobs, because they were guaranteed to find health insurance coverage… It also gives more freedom to leave an unfailing job you’re keeping simply for the benefits. That wasn’t a given before, and it could be on the line again… June 19, 2018: AHIP posted a statement titled: “AHIP Comments on Final Rule Expanding the Use of Association Health Plans”. From the statement: America’s Health Insurance Plans (AHIP) issued the following statement after the Department of Labor issued its final rule expanding the use of the Association Health Plans (AHP). “Every American should be able to get comprehensive health care coverage they can afford, and we support the goal of increasing competition and choice in ways that improve affordability. The final rule provides some important protections by ensuring consumers, including those with pre-existing conditions, do not face discrimination as new association plans are created, and by preserving state authority to regulate AHPs offered in their markets. “However, we remain concerned that broadly expanding the use of AHP’s may lead to higher premiums for consumers who depend on the individual or small group market for their coverage. Ultimately, the rule could result in fewer insured Americans and may put consumers at greater risk of fraudulent actors entering this market. “We will continue to work with the Administration, Congress, and state leaders to ensure that all coverage markets remain steady and reliable for all Americans.” June 19, 2018: The Washington Post posted an article titled: “House GOP plan would cut Medicare, Medicaid to balance budget”. It was written by Erica Werner. From the article: …The House Republican budget, titled “A Brighter American Future,” would remake Medicare by giving seniors the option of enrolling in private plans that compete with traditional Medicare, a system of competition designed to keep costs down but dismissed by critics as an effort to privatize the program. Along with other changes, the budget proposes to squeeze $537 billion out of Medicare over the next decade. The budget would transform Medicaid, the federal-state health-care program for the poor, by limiting per capita payments or allowing states to turn it into a block-grant program – the same approach House Republicans took in their legislation that passed last year to repeal the Affordable Care Act (the repeal effort died in the Senate, but the GOP budget assumes the repeal takes place). It also proposes adding work requirements for certain adults enrolled in Medicaid. Changes to Medicaid and other health programs would account for $1.5 trillions in savings. Social Security comes in for more modest cuts of $4 billion over the decade, which the budget projects could be reached by eliminating concurrent receipt of unemployment benefits and Social Security disability insurance. The budget also proposes a number of other cost-saving measures, some of which could prove unpopular if implements, such as adding more work requirements for food-stamp and welfare recipients and requiring federal employees – including members of Congress – to contribute more to their retirement plans…. A legal brief filed by ACS CAN, American Heart Association, American Lung Association, American Diabetes Association, and the National Multiple Sclerosis Society is available to read online. June 19, 2018: The Center on Budget and Policy and Priorities posted a CBPP statement titled “Greenstein: House Budget Committee 2019 Budget Continues Trend of Harsh, Deep Cuts” It was written by Robert Greenstein. From the statement: House Budget Committee Chairman Steve Womack’s new 2019 budget shows that the House majority’s fiscal priorities haven’t changed. The budget plan maintains the costly 2017 tax cuts, while making deep cuts in health care and basic assistance for struggling families, repealing the Affordable Care Act (ACA), and severely cutting funding over time for investments that can boost the nation’s productivity and thereby foster economic growth. The committee’s materials show that the budget would make nearly $6 trillion in cuts over ten years to entitlements and non-defense discretionary programs, including $2.1 trillion in health care alone, including to Medicaid, ACA premium tax credits, and Medicare. The budget incorporates the failed House ACA repeal bill, which, at the time the bill was considered, the Congressional Budget Office estimated would have taken away health coverage from 23 million Americans by 2026. (This estimate includes the effect of repealing the individual mandate, which Congress has since enacted.)… June 20, 2018: The United States Senate voted on H.R. 3 “Spending Cuts to Expired and Unnecessary Programs Act”. The vote was 48 YEAS to 50 NAYS. This bill required at least 51 YEA votes to pass. It only got 48 YEA votes. Senators who voted YEA: Alexander (R-TN) Barrasso (R-WY) Blunt (R-MO) Boozman (R-AR) Capito (R-WV) Cassidy (R-LA) Corker (R-TN) Cornyn (R-TX) Crapo (R-ID) Cruz (R-TX) Daines (R-MT) Enzi (R-WY) Ernst (R-IA) Fischer (R-NE) Flake (R-AZ) Gardner (R-CO) Graham (R-SC) Grassley (R-IA) Hatch (R-UT) Heller (R-NV) Hoeven (R-ND) Hyde-Smith (R-MS) Inhofe (R-CA) Isakson (R-GA) Johnson (R-WI) Kennedy (R-LA) Lankford (R-OK) Lee (R-UT) McConnell (R-KY) Moran (R-KS) Murkowski (R-AK) Paul (R-KY) Perdue (R-GA) Portman (R-OH) Rich (R-ID) Roberts (R-KS) Rounds (R-SD) Rubio (R-FL) Sasse (R-NE) Scott (R-SC) Shelby (R-AL) Sullivan (R-AK) Thune (R-SD) Tooney (R-PA) Wicker (R-MS) Young (R-IN) Senators who voted NAY: Baldwin (D-WI) Bennet (D-CO) Blumenthal (D-CT) Booker (D-NJ) Brown (D-OH) Burr (R-NC) Cantwell (D-WA) Cardin (D-MD) Carper (D-DE) Casey (D-PA) Collins (R-ME) Coons (D-DE) Cortez Masto (D-DE) Donnelly (D-IN) Duckworth (D-IL) Durbin (D-IL) Feinstein (D-CA) Gillibrand (D-NY) Harris (D-CA) Hassan (D-NH) Heinrich (D-NM) Heitkamp (D-ND) Hirono (D-HI) Jones (D-AL) Kaine (D-VA) King (I-ME) Klobuchar (D-MN) Leahy (D-VT) Manchin (D-WV) Markey (D-MA) McCaskill (D-MO) Menendez (D-NJ) Merkley (D-OR) Murphy (D-CT) Murray (D-WA) Nelson (D-FL) Peters (D-MI) Reed (D-RI) Sanders (D-VT) Schatz (D-HI) Schumer(D-NY) Smith (D-MN) Stabenow (D-MI) Tester (D-MT) Udall (D-NM) Van Hollen (D-MD) Warner (D-VA) Warren (D-MA) Whitehouse (D-RI) Wyden (D-OR) Senators who did not vote: McCain (R-AZ) Shaheen (D-NH) June 20, 2018: The Press Herald posted an article titled: “Senate rejects billions in Trump spending cuts as 2 Republicans, including Collins, vote ‘no'”. It was written by Erica Werner. From the article: The Senate on Wednesday rejected billions in spending cuts proposed by the Trump administration as two Republicans joined all Democrats in voting “no”. The 48-50 vote rebuffed a White House plan to claw back some $15 billion in spending previously approved by Congress – a show of fiscal responsibility that was encouraged by conservative lawmakers outraged over a $1.3 trillion spending bill in March. The House had approved the so-called “recessions” package earlier this month. But passage had never been assured in the Senate, where a number of Republicans had been cool to the idea from the start. Nevertheless, Wednesday’s outcome was startling because one of the “no” votes came from Sen. Richard Burr (R-NC), who does not normally buck the White House or leadership. Burr’s office had no immediate comment. Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), a moderate who is one of the Republicans who most frequently sides with the Democrats, cast the other ‘no’. The cuts in the recessions package included $7 billion from the Children’s Health Insurance Program, mostly from an expired account that can no longer be used; $5 billion from Energy Department programs, including a little-used loan program for advanced technology vehicle manufacturing; and smaller amounts from a variety of other programs ranging from Forest Service land acquisition to the Millennium Challenge Corp… June 20, 2018: Politicus USA posted an article titled: “As America Is Distracted By Trump Child Abuse, GOP Moves To Gut Medicare And Medicaid”. It was written by Jason Easley. From the article: While the American people are rightly outraged by the Trump administration’s abuse abuse of migrant children, House Republicans proposed a budget that would gut Medicare and Medicaid. The 2019 budget that Republicans are working on in the House Budget Committee would pay for tax cuts with a gutting of Medicare and Medicaid. According to The Center for Budget and Policy Priorities, “House Budget Committee Chairman Steve Womack’s new 2019 budget shows that the House majority’s fiscal priorities haven’t changed. The budget plan maintains the costly 2017 tax cuts, while making deep health care and basic assistance for struggling families, repealing the Affordable Care Act (ACA), and severely cutting funding over time for investments that can boost the nation’s productivity and thereby foster economic growth. The committee’s materials show that the budget would make nearly $6 trillion in cuts over ten years to entitlement and non-defense discretionary programs, including $2.1 trillion in health care alone, including cuts to Medicaid, ACA premium tax credits, and Medicare. The budget incorporates the failed House ACA repeal bill which, at the time the bill was considered, the Congressional Budget Office estimated would have taken away health coverage from 23 million Americans by 2026.”… June 20, 2018: Forbes posted an article titled: “Once More Into The Breach: Conservative Think Tankers Publish A New Obamacare Replacement”. It was written by Avik Roy. Conservative health care think tank scholars have published a new proposal to repeal and replace Obamacare, hoping that they can persuade Congress to take up the issue one more time before November. Can it succeed where prior efforts have failed? The proposal, entitled “The Health Care Choices Proposal: Policy Recommendations to Congress – Why Congress Much Act,” was published by the Health Policy Consensus Group, a kind of conservative health wonk Jedi Council led by Grace-Marie Turner of the Galen Institute, who is also a Forbes contributor. (I am also a participant in the Consensus Group.) The plan emerged from the aftermath of the 2017 effort by Bill Cassidy (R., La.) and Lindsey Graham (R., S.C.) to put forth an Obamacare replacement after all the previous efforts by congressional GOP leadership had failed. The Graham-Cassidy bill…was designed to preserve the vast majority of Obamacare’s spending on the uninsured, but reformat that spending as block grants to state governments. The critical flaw in Graham-Cassidy is that it bore the potential to make health insurance markets work, not better, because due to design flaws in the bill, most states would have been strongly incentivized to eliminate their private individual insurance markets and replace them with an enlarged expansion of Medicaid, a program whose enrollees have health outcomes no better than those who are uninsured. …The Consensus Group proposal improves upon Graham-Cassidy by requiring that “at least 50% of the block grant goes toward supporting people’s purchase of private health coverage” in the individual insurance market. Under the new program, states would be required to offer Market enrollees the opportunity to purchase “commercially available coverage” with their Medicaid dollars, and plans sold under the block grants would be exempted from costly Obamacare rules, like 3:1 age bands that double the triple the costs of insurance for young people. The proposal would also double contribution limits to health savings accounts, and it would reform the limits on what kinds of insurance can be associated with HSAs: The Proposal would make more HSA-compatible. Today, in order to be HSA-compatible, a policy must have a deductible of a least $1,350 ($2,700 for families). The average Obamacare Silver plan had deductible of at $4,033 ($8,292 for families). In 2016, more than four of every five plans on the federal exchange had deductibles greater than the legal minimum for HSAs, but less than a fifth were HSA-eligible. This proposal would change the requirement to qualify, so that any plan with an actuarial value less than a specified (e.g., 70%, 80%) could be HSA-compatible… …The likelihood that the Consensus Group proposal becomes law is low. And that’s despite the fact that its focus is narrow; it doesn’t attempt to reform the pre-Obamacare Medicaid program or any of our other health are entitlements, nor does it try to tackle the underlying reasons why health care is so expensive in the first place. Graham-Cassidy died because there weren’t enough votes in the Senate to support it. Republicans control 51 seats in the Senate right now, and one of those belongs to John McCain (Ariz.), who is battling brain cancer and is rarely in Washington. Hence, every other GOP senator has to vote “aye” for any health care bill to pass. And they can’t get to 50. Kentucky Sen. Rand Paul (R.) has repeatedly expressed his opposition to any plan that replaces Obamacare with subsidies for the uninsured. Mike Lee (R. Utah) has also been generally unfriendly to robust replacement bills. And that’s before you even get to the moderate Republican senators, who have their own suite of concerns. Democrats are almost certainly unwilling to entertain a proposal in which the word “uninsured” appears exactly zero times… June 21, 2018: John Yarmuth (Ranking Member of the House Budget Committee), (Kentucky – Democrat) posted a statement on the House Committee on the Budget Democrats website. From the statement: Kentucky Congressman John Yarmuth, Ranking Member of the House Budget Committee, issued the following statement after the Republican majority voted to pass the House Republican 2019 budget and rejected every amendment offered by Democrats: “Today, during consideration of the Republican budget, Democrats offered amendment after amendment to advance the needs and priorities of the American people. We proposed protecting Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security, ending extreme cuts to infrastructure, education and nutrition assistance, and even ensuring that surviving military spouses receive full benefits with no penalties. At every turn, Republicans voted to protect their $2 trillion in tax cuts for millionaires and big corporations instead of American families.” June 21, 2018: Topher Spiro (Senior Fellow, Economic Policy and VP, Health Policy at American Progress) posted a thread on his verified Twitter account that started with this tweet: “BREAKING: The House GOP just voted a budget bill out of committee that fast tracks ACA repeal and $2 TRILLION in cuts to Medicare and Medicaid. We need to flood them with calls to prevent a floor vote.” June 21, 2018: USA Today posted an article titled: “Obamacare: Outreach groups nervous as Trump remains silent on funding.” It was written by Ken Alltucker. From the article: A year after steep cuts to a key Affordable Care Act outreach program, the Trump administration has remained quiet on how much it will fund nonprofit and grass-roots groups that help people sign up for health insurance. The federal navigator program funds groups that help people to sign up for health insurance on the Obamacare federal and state insurance exchanges or assist low-income adults and children sign up for Medicaid coverage. Navigator groups located in federal exchange states are funded through September but have no idea how much money will be available then. The six-week open enrollment period that allow consumers to choose a plan for the upcoming year begins Nov. 1… …The Trump administration, which has been critical of the efficiency of these groups, has reshaped the Obama-era program to operate with limited resources, according to an HHS draft rule. Under new HHS regulations that took effect June 18, navigator groups would no longer need to be physically located in the states they serve. The new regulations also eliminate a requirement that at least one navigator group in a community be a consumer-focused nonprofit… …Administration officials would not say when the funding details will be publicly released leaving navigator groups in limbo on budgets to prepare for this year’s six-week enrollment starting Nov. 1. Last year, the Trump administration cut funding to the navigator program more than 40 percent weeks before the start of signups. While the administration has not publicly revealed budgets for the year. HHS officials noted that limited resources are a driving factor for the proposed regulatory overhaul this year… June 22, 2018: Nancy Pelosi (Minority Leader of the U.S. House of Representatives) (California – Democrat) posted a tweet on her verified Twitter account: “It’s been 6 months since Republicans forced the $1.5 trillion #GOPTaxScam for the rich. It’s been ~24 hours since they voted to steal over $2 trillion from Medicaid, Medicare, Social Security and other key investments. They really don’t care about the harm they’re inflicting.” June 22, 2018: Sun-Sentinel posted an article titled: “South Florida’s 3 Obamacare providers file proposals to return in 2019”. It was written by Ron Hurtibise. From the article: …Three companies that offered 2018 plans in South Florida are back – market leader Florida Blue, which has been offering a wide array of plans to fit all budgets and circumstances – plus narrow-network, lower-cost alternatives Molina Healthcare and Ambetter. All three submitted 2019 rate proposals with the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation as required by June 20, along with four other companies that filed to sell plans in other areas of the state. In all, rate increases proposed by eight companies offering ACA-compliant plans on and off the exchange, average 8.8 percent, according to a news release by the state office late Friday afternoon. That compares with a 17.8 percent increase requested a year ago by the same companies…. …Of the 1.7 million Floridians who enrolled in 2018 marketplace plans, 92 percent qualified for subsidies and saw an average $595 monthly premium reduced to $70, according to data maintained by the Department of Health and Human Services. In the tricounty region, 762,000 are enrolled… …A new company has even filed to offer ACA plans in the state. Oscar Health, which currently sells plans in California, Texas, and New York, on Thursday announced plans to expand into Florida, Michigan and Arizona in 2019… …Market giant Florida Blue, which absorbed most of the policies abandoned by competitors Aetna, Cigna, UnitedHealthcare and Humana after Obamacare’s first three years, plans to remain in all 67 Florida counties… June 24, 2018: Forbes posted an article titled “Poll: 66% Of Voters Oppose Trump DOJ’s Move To Gut Patient Protections”. It was written by Bruce Japsen. From the article: By a 2-to-1 margin, U.S. voters disapprove of the U.S. Justice Department’s decision to support a lawsuit that would eliminate popular protections for patients with preexisting conditions under the Affordable Care Act, a new poll shows… …The survey of more than 1,000 likely voters by Hart for the group Protect Our Care was conducted June 11 to 17 following the action by Republican state attorneys general to challenge the constitutionality of consumer insurance programs like the ban on refusing coverage or charging higher premiums to Americans with pre-exiting conditions. The poll, which is the latest to show growing support for the ACA, and its consumer protections in particular, shows 66% of voters disapprove of the Trump Justice Department’s move and nearly half, or 47% of all voters “strongly disapprove” of the lawsuit gutting the ACA’s consumer protections. Only 11% strongly approve, the survey shows… …Already, providers of medical care and health insurers have voiced strong opposition to the Justice Department’s brief in support of Texas and 19 other states attempt to declare as unconstitutional protections for patients with pre-existing conditions. June 26, 2018: The Kansas City Star posted an article titled: “Insurer plans to expand Obamacare offerings into Missouri counties in KC area”. It was written by Andy Marso. From the article: Another insurance company has filed to sell plans on the Affordable Care Act exchange in Kansas City next year, possibly bringing the total to three just one year after it appeared the city might have only one option. Minnesota-based Medica announced this week it has filed documents with the Missouri Department of Insurance to sell its Select plan in Cass, Clay, Jackson and Platte counties. The plan, which limits hospital coverage to St. Luke’s Health System locations, is now offered only to residents of Johnson and Wyandotte counties in Kansas… …Medica’s announcement is the latest in a slew of market changes for the area’s Affordable Care Act, commonly called Obamacare, marketplace. Major insurers like UnitedHealthcare and Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Kansas City have gotten out, but new players like Medica and Centene, with its “Ambetter” plans, have jumped in. The one constant in the Missouri counties of the metro over the last few years has been Cigna. If the Connecticut-based insurer and Centene stay for 2019, then people in Jackson, Clay, Cass and Platte counties will have three companies to choose from when open enrollment starts in November. Johnson County and Wyandotte County have also seen turnover the last few years. But according to the Kansas Insurance Department, Medica, Centene and Blue Cross Blue Shield of Kansas have again filed their intent to sell 2019 plans that are similar to what they’re offering those year. That would be Medica throughout the state, Centene in Johnson County and Wyandotte County, and BCBS Kansas in every county except Johnson and Wyandotte… June 27, 2018: SunSentinel posted an article titled: “South Florida’s 3 Obamacare providers file proposals to return in 2019”. It was written by Ron Hurtibise. From the articles: …The three companies that offered 2018 plans in South Florida are back – market leader Florida Blue, which has been offering a wide array of plans to fit all budgets and circumstances – plus narrow-network, lower-cost alternatives Molina Healthcare and Ambetter. All three submitted 2019 rate proposals with the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation as required by June 20, along with four other companies that filed to sell plans in other areas of the state. In all, rate increases proposed by eight companies offering ACA-compliant plans on and off of the exchange, average 8.8 percent, according to a news release by the state office late Friday afternoon. That compares with a 17.8 percent increase requested a year ago by the same companies… …Of the 1.7 million Floridians who enrolled in 2018 marketplace plans, 92 percent qualified for subsidies and saw an average $595 monthly premium reduced to $70, according to data maintained by the Department of Health and Human Services. In the tricounty region, 762,000 are enrolled… …A new company has even filed to offer ACA plans in the state. Oscar Health, which currently sells plans in California, Texas and New York, on Thursday announced plans to expand into Florida, Michigan and Arizona in 2019… June 27, 2018: Kaiser Family Foundation posted an article titled: “Poll: Two-thirds of Voters Say a Candidate’s Position on Pre-existing Conditions is Important to their Vote, More than Say the Same about Drug Costs, ACA Repeal or Medicare-for-all”. From the article: About two-thirds (65%) of voters say a candidate’s support for continued protections for people with pre-existing health conditions is either the “single most important factor” or “very important” to their vote in the upcoming midterms elections, finds the Kaiser Family Foundation tracking poll. That’s a larger share than says the same about other health care issues, including bringing down prescription drug costs (58%), repealing the Affordable Care Act (53%), stabilizing the ACA marketplaces (52%), or passing a national health plan or Medicare-for-all (48%), the poll finds. There are differences by partisan identification. Eight in 10 Democratic (81%) and nearly two-thirds (63%) of independent voters say the issue is at least “very important” to their vote – making it top health care issue for both groups of voters. About half (51%) of Republican voters say the same, ranking the issue below repealing the ACA (58%) among Republicans…. …Almost six in 10 Americans (57%) say that they or someone in their household has a pre-existing condition of some sort, the poll finds. This includes majorities of men and women, and majorities in all age groups except those under 30. Among the general public, large majorities say that the ACA’s provisions that bar insurers from discriminating against people with pre-existing conditions are “very important” to them, the poll finds… June 29, 2018: NPR posted an article titled “Federal Judge Blocks Medicaid Work Requirements In Kentucky”. It was written by Alison Kodjak. From the article: A federal judge has blocked work requirements for Medicaid patients in Kentucky, just days before new rules mandated by Gov. Matt Bevin’s administration were set to go into effect. In Friday’s ruling, U.S. District Judge James Boasberg called the Trump administration’s approval of the program, Kentucky HEALTH, “arbitrary and capricious”. He writes that in approving Kentucky’s work requirement proposal, Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar “never adequately considered whether Kentucky HEALTH would in fact help the state furnish medical assistance to its citizens, a central objective of Medicaid.” The judge pointed out that Azar did not mention that 95,000 people could lose coverage under the plan – an oversight that he called “glaring”… …Bevin filed a counter lawsuit in February and has threatened to dismantle Kentucky’s Medicaid expansion if the courts do not allow him to add the work requirement. HHS approved Bevin’s request to change Kentucky’s Medicaid program in January. It requires “able bodied” Medicaid recipients to either find work, do job training or do volunteer work to be eligible for Medicaid benefits. It was the first state to get such approval, after Seema Varma, the administrator for the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, said she would look favorably on such proposals. Verma said in a statement that she is disappointed by the decision.. …She said the agency is talking with the Justice Department to decide whether to appeal… …Verma and Azar have argued that Medicaid beneficiaries will benefit from what’s known as “community engagement” requirements because finding work will help lift them from poverty, and therefore improve their health. But the judge didn’t buy that argument… …HHS has approved work requirements for Medicaid in four states. An additional seven states have requests awaiting agency approval, according to the Kaiser Family Foundation. The ruling is available to view online. The case is called “Ronnie Maurice Stewart, et. al., v. Alex M. Azar II, et. al.,” From the ruling: In 2010, Congress enacted the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act – popularly known as Obamacare – which is “a comprehensive national plan to provide universal health insurance coverage” across the nation… …One central component of that statute was an expansion of Medicaid, allowing states to provide “health care to all citizens whose income falls below a certain threshold.”… …The “expansion,” the Supreme Court has held, represented “a shift in kind, not merely degree.”… …While the “original program was designed to cover medical services for four particular categories of the needy: the disabled, the blind, the elderly and needy families with dependent children,” the Affordable Care Act “transformed” Medicaid “into a program to meet the health care needs of the entire non elderly population with income below 133 percent of the poverty level… …Defendants in this case sought to roll back those reforms. Upon assuming office in March 2017, Defendant Seema Verma, the Administrator for the Centers of Medicare & Medicaid Services – along with then-Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services Tom Price – immediately circulated a letter to the Governors of all states to share her belief that the ACA’s Medicaid expansion”was a clear departure from the core, historical, mission of the program.”… …The letter encouraged states to apply for “waiver[s]” of some of the program’s coverage requirements – especially for the expansion group – promising to “fast-track” approval of such petitions… …Kentucky is one state to board that train. After the ACA went into effect, it elected to broaden Medicaid to include the expansion population, and by April 2016, more than 428,000 new residents had thereby received medical assistance. In July 2017, however, the state submitted an experimental plan to CMS called “KY HEALTH,” which is made up of several components, most significantly Kentucky HEALTH. That latter program promised to “comprehensively transform” its Medicaid program. Under that plan, the state would impose “community engagement” requirements for the expansion population, along with some of the traditional population as well. This new mandate would require that those recipients work (or participate in other qualifying activities) for at least 80 hours each month as a condition of receiving health coverage. The project also called for, among other things, increased premiums and more stringent reporting requirements. Consistent with CMS’s earlier invitation, the Secretary approved Kentucky’s application on January 12, 2018, waiving several core Medicaid requirements in the process. Plaintiffs in this case are fifteen Kentucky residents, each of whom is currently enrolled in the state’s Medicaid program. Together, they fear that that Kentucky HEALTH will relegate them to second-class status within Medicaid, putting them and others “in danger of losing” their health insurance altogether. They have thus brought this action to challenge the Secretary’s approval of Kentucky HEALTH. Although the Secretary is afforded significant deference in his approval of pilot projects like Kentucky’s, his discretion does not insulate him entirely from judicial review. Such review reveals that the Secretary never adequately considered whether Kentucky HEALTH would in fact help the state furnish medical assistance to its citizens, a central objective of Medicaid. This signal omission renders his determination arbitrary and capricious. The Court, consequently, will vacate the approval of Kentucky’s project and remand the matter to HHS for further review. The ruling included more specific details about the Kentucky HEALTH program: Community -engagement requirement: which requires beneficiaries to spend at least 80 hours per month on qualifying activities (including employment, job-skills training, education, community service, and participation in SUD treatment) or lose their Medicaid coverage. Limits on retroactive eligibility: which will excuse the state from “provide[ing] three months of retroactive eligibility for beneficiaries receiving coverage through the Kentucky HEALTH program; except for pregnant women and former foster care youth” Monthly premiums: including premiums varied based on income and/or length of time enrolled in Medicaid; Limits on non-emergency medical transportation: which “relieve Kentucky of the requirement to assure non-emergency medical transportation to and from providers for the new adult group” – i.e. adults without disabilities, except for those who are medically frail, former foster-care youth, or pregnant; Reporting requirements: which mandate that individuals provide information for an annual redetermination and report changes in income or circumstances that affect Medicaid eligibility within 10 days; and Lockouts: which allow the state to deny Medicaid coverage for up to six months for any beneficiary who (a) has income above 100% of the FPL and (b) failed to meet her premium or reporting requirements. Other interesting parts of the ruling include: …In this case, Plaintiffs accuse HHS of “take[ing] by regulatory fiat what it could not accomplish in Congress.”…The Secretary and Kentucky, they say, sought to do little more than “knock people off Medicaid and undermine the Medicaid expansion enacted by Congress.”… With that in mind, their nine-court Complaint – which relies almost exclusively on the APA – challenges nearly every component of Kentucky HEALTH… …Considering all of its aspects, Plaintiff say Kentucky HEALTH might strip them of Medicaid coverage altogether. Generally, “an eligible recipient… ha[s] a concrete interest in Medicaid benefits.”…The D.C. Circuit had “no doubt,” for example, that agency actions “threaten[ed] an individual’s ability to obtain Medicaid coverage… satisf[ied] the injury element of constitutional standing… …The Secretary does not dispute that any Plaintiffs subject to higher premiums would suffer a cognizable injury. Instead, he suggests that each named Plaintiff might be exempt from this requirement. Kentucky HEALTH, however, excepts only the following groups from premium payments: (1) former foster-care youth; (2) pregnant women; and (3) medically frail individuals. Although Kentucky has not yet defined medically frail, several Plaintiffs aver that they are “healthy and do not have any ongoing medical problems.”… …CMS suggest that these Plaintiffs might nevertheless meet one of the other two exemptions… but the Court cannot agree. Quite obviously, Roode, a 39-year-old man, is not a pregnant woman. Medical advances notwithstanding, Kasey, a 56-year-old woman, is also unlikely to meet that criterion…. Plaintiffs also represent in their briefing that they will not “be exempted as former foster care youth.” …The Court therefore finds it likely that at least two Plaintiffs would be required to pay increased premiums and thus would suffer a concrete injury from Kentucky HEALTH. This is all that is needed to challenge the program… …Kentucky tries to muddy the waters, arguing that Plaintiffs cannot satisfy the repressibility prong because “if [they] prevail in this action, the Commonwealth will not continue participating in expanded Medicaid.”… While the Governor has indeed issues an Executive Order directing the Commonwealth to “unexpand” Medicaid if any aspect of Kentucky HEALTH is invalidated… that Order has no bearing on the standing analysis here. The Executive Order calls for the Commonwealth’s Medicaid agency “to take the necessary actions to terminate Kentucky’s Medicaid expansion program” only after a final court judgement… The EO cannot take effect before this Court’s decision. Even if Kentucky were able to “unexpand” Medicaid (far from a foregone conclusion), Plaintiffs would have, at a minimum, momentary relief…. …At bottom, the record shows that 95,000 people would lose Medicaid coverage, and yet, the Secretary paid no attention to that deprivation. Nor did he address how Kentucky HEALTH would otherwise help “furnish… medical assistance.” In other words, he glossed over “the impact of the state’s project” on the individuals whom Medicaid “was enacted to protect.”…By doing so, he “failed to consider adequately” a salient purpose of Medicaid, and, thus, an important aspect of the program. The Court, consequently, cannot validate his approval of Kentucky HEALTH… …CONCLUSION For the foregoing reasons, the Court will deny Defendants’ Motions for Summary Judgement. It will also grant Plaintiff’s Motion for Summary Judgement via Count VII, vacate the Secretary’s approval of Kentucky HEALTH, and remand to the agency. A contemporaneous Order to that effect will issue this day. July 1, 2018: Forbes posted an article titled: “Trump’s Medicaid Work Rules Were Adding To Costs Even Before A Judge Blocked Them”. It was written by Bruce Japsen. From the article: The Trump administration’s efforts to require Medicaid patients to work has already been adding to costs from a new layer of administrative bureaucracy that began even before a federal judge ruled against them in one state, insurers say. U.S. District Judge James Boasberg said Trump’s health Secretary “never adequately considered whether Kentucky HEALTH would in fact furnish medical assistance to its citizens, a central objective of Medicaid.” Thus, that “omission renders his determination arbitrary and capricious.” The ruling Friday not only puts in doubt the effort to implement Medicaid work requirements proposed earlier this year by the Trump administration and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) under Seema Verma. But the work requirement implementation continues to be a headache for health insurers that administer Medicaid benefits for low income Americans as the health plans predicted it would be… …Prior to Trump and Verma, past administrations found work requirements “could undermine access to care and were thus inconsistent with the purposes of Medicaid,” background in the case says. In Kentucky, the work requirement added an annual reporting requirement and “redetermination” of eligibility as well as other rules patients, health plans and medical providers had to take into consideration when caring for patients. If the new requirements are still pursued in Kentucky and elsewhere, providers and insurers predict patients could face gaps in care and cause Medicaid patients to avoid seeing a doctor, and get sicker down the road and end up costing taxpayers and the health system more money in the long run… …With Medicaid work requirements, there’s a worry of an extra layer of burden to vet people who largely already have jobs. Studies show that most Medicaid beneficiaries are working and adding more paperwork could lead to unnecessary gaps in coverage… July 2, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Ky. governor cancels Medicaid dental, vision benefits after losing work requirement ruling”. It was written by Peter Sullivan. From the article: Kentucky Gov. Matt Bevin’s (R) administration is canceling dental and vision benefits for thousands of people on Medicaid in the state following a judge blocking the state’s Medicaid work requirements. The cancellation of dental and vision coverage for almost 500,000 enrollees in the state’s Medicaid expansion is “an unfortunate consequence of the judge’s ruling,” Doug Hogan, a spokesman for the Kentucky Cabinet for Health and Family Services, told the Louisville Courier-Journal. Democrats denounced the move and said they did not think Bevin had the legal authority to cancel the benefits… …Under Bevin’s Medicaid proposal, along with work requirements, enrollees would have had to earn dental and vision benefits through completing activities like taking classes or searching for a job. With the proposal blocked in court, Bevin’s administration is now canceling dental and vision benefits altogether… …Bevin has threatened to cancel the state’s Medicaid expansion altogether if the work requirements are struck down. Friday’s ruling can be appealed, though, so the issue is not fully resolved. July 2, 2018: MHPA (Medicaid Health Plans of America) posted a statement titled: “Statement from Jeff M. Myers, president and CEO of Medicaid Health Plans of America, on the US District Court’s rejection of the Kentucky HEALTH waiver”. From the statement: Today, U.S. District Judge James Boasberg rejected HHS Secretary Azar’s approval of the Kentucky HEALTH waiver that included not only Medicaid work requirements provisions, but other changes to the program as well. MHPA shares the concerns raised by Judge Boasburg about how the proposal would affect Medicaid enrollees. Our member health plans in Kentucky and other states that have proposed work requirements have invested significant resources in an attempt to address these issues. However, the ruling now puts in limbo all of the state infrastructure to implement these measures that our plans have been building. Furthermore, the states where work requirements, community engagement, co-pays, etc., were used to find legislative compromise now must perform a delicate balancing act to bring needed health care to hundreds of thousands of the working poor via state expansion. We encourage the prompt legal review of these issues to provide clarity and direction to all stakeholders. We expect that the ruling will be appealed. In the meantime, we are committed to working with our state partners over the next several months to determine the best path forward. July 6, 2018: Los Angeles Times posted an article titled: “South Carolina governor cuts healthcare to take antiabortion stand”. From the article: South Carolina Gov. Henry McMaster removed $16 million for healthcare from the state budget, saying Friday he wanted to make sure no taxpayer money goes to abortion providers. The Republican governor said he was keeping a promise he made repeatedly as he campaigns for a full term, disagreeing with Democrats and some Republicans who said Planned Parenthood gets less than $100,000 of the money and all of it goes for family planning and not abortion… …Planned Parenthood said the veto is a “political stunt” and the practical effect will be to remove birth control, testing for sexually transmitted disease and even cancer screenings for hundreds of thousands of poor women on Medicaid… …Republicans have been fighting over the “Family Planning” line in the budget for months. McMaster did not veto the entire $34 million in the item, with his office saying eliminating all that money would keep 700,000 women and children from getting prescriptions through Medicaid. Democrats and Republicans – even those adamantly against abortions – called removing the money from the budget shortsighted because so little goes to Planned Parenthood in the first place and removing ti from the spending plan could mean less money for things like law enforcement or help for families with children with autism… …McMaster said he would prefer if the federal government approves his request for a waiver that would allow South Carolina to withhold any public funds from Planned Parenthood, but his office does not know when that might be considered. July 7, 2018: CMS (Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services) posted a press release titled: “United States Court Ruling Puts Risk Adjustment On Hold”. From the press release: On February 28, 2018, the United States District Court for the District of New Mexico issued a decision invalidating use of the statewide average premium by the Center for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) in the risk adjustment transfer formula established under section 1343 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act for the 2014 – 2018 benefit years. The ruling prevents CMS from making further collections or payments under the risk adjustment program, including amounts for the 2017 benefit year, until the litigation is resolved. In light of a contrary decision by the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, the government moved the New Mexico district court to reconsider its decision, and CMS is currently awaiting the court’s ruling. CMS is seeking a quick resolution to the legal issue raised and will inform stakeholders of any update to the status of collections or payments at an appropriate future date. The calculated risk adjustment transfer amounts for the 2017 benefit year are $10.4 billion, which includes transfers across catastrophic, small group, and individual non-catostrophic risk pools… …The New Mexico district court’s ruling bars CMS from collecting or making payments under the current methodology, which uses the statewide average premium. This aspect of the risk adjustment methodology was promulgated as part of a regulation first issued by the Obama Administration in 2013. CMS will provide additional guidance shortly on how it will handle other issues relating to risk adjustment payments, including EDGE server data collection operations, appeals of 2017 risk adjustment amounts, and how issuers should treat risk adjustment amounts in the calculation of medical loss ratios… July 7, 2018: Protect Our Care posted a statement titled: “Protect Our Care Statement On Historic DOJ Health Care Sabotage”. From the statement: After a partisan team of Department of Justice lawyers decided to abandon the rule of law in order to help a lawsuit that could eliminate the Affordable Care Act overnight, Protect Our Care Campaign Director Brad Woodhouse made the following statement: “The Trump Administration just made history by undermining the rules of law in order to continue its no-holds barred war on American health care. By abandoning its legal and constitutional responsibilities to defend the law of the land, Jeff Sessions’ Department of Justice is prioritizing a political vendetta over centuries of legal precedent. If Trump and Sessions have their way, the Affordable Care Act and Medicaid expansion will disappear overnight, stealing coverage from millions of Americans, winding back the clock on people with pre-existing conditions, and undermining the stability of the U.S. economy. Tonight, as the President and his Administration launch their most dangerous sabotage effort yet, we are seeing just how far Republicans are willing to go in their quest to undermine the American health care system. And by sowing even more uncertainty into the health care markets, tonight’s action could encourage insurance companies to propose even higher rate increases than the double-digit hikes already threatening to hit American families next year.” July 7, 2018: BlueCross BlueShield posted a statement titled: “Blue Cross Blue Shield Association Statement on Risk Adjustment Payment Freeze.” From the statement: The Blue Cross Blue Shield Association issued the following statement today from President and CEO Scott Serota: “We are extremely disappointed that the administration has frozen payment transfers under the Affordable Care Act’s (ACA) risk adjustment program, which is designed to keep costs down for consumers while meeting the medical needs of those requiring significant care. Risk adjustment is a Congressionally-mandated program that supports both the individual and small group health insurance markets. “Without a quick resolution to this matter, this action will significantly increase 2019 premiums for millions of individuals and small business owners and could result in far fewer health plan choices. It will undermine Americans’ access to affordable coverage, particularly for those who need medical care the most. “CMS should use all legal avenues available to make the payments on schedule and should do so to protect consumers. “Risk adjustment is a concept that has been long supported and embraced by both Republicans and Democrats through programs like Medicare Advantage. The Program does not cost taxpayers any money and has worked effectively to help balance the cost of caring for those with significant health need by ensuring that health plans are able to enroll all consumers, regardless of their health status. “The actions taken today will create turmoil not only for the individual market – particularly as insurers finalize their offerings for the next open enrollment that begins in November – but also for the millions of businesses that rely on the small group market to provide affordable insurance options for their employees. “Risk adjustment is a mandatory program under federal law. CMS should take immediate action to reinstate these payment transfers to ensure the market works as intended under the law and that coverage for millions of Americans is not disrupted.” July 7, 2018: AHIP posted a statement titled: “AHIP Statement on the Freeze of Risk Adjustment Payments for the Individual and Small Group Markets.” From the statement: America’s Health Insurance Plans (AHIP) issued the following statement following the Administration’s decision to freeze risk adjustment payments for the individual and small group markets, in light of the decision earlier this year by the United States District Court for the District of New Mexico: “We all agree that Americans deserve affordable, comprehensive coverage and care – regardless of whether they are sick, healthy, or have a pre-existing condition. Because different plans cover different people, the health of the people they server differs as well. The risk adjustment program helps ensure coverage is available for high-need patients by sharing the cost of covering them. If a plan covers more patients who require more health care services, that plan receives funds from other plans that cover fewer high-ned patients – all without using any taxpayer dollars.” “We are very discouraged by the new market disruption brought about by the decision to freeze risk adjustment payments. This decision comes at a critical time when insurance providers are developing premiums for 2019 and states are reviewing rates. This decision will have serious consequences for millions of consumers who get their coverage though small businesses or buy coverage on their own. It will create more market uncertainty and increase premiums for many health plans – putting a heavier burden on small businesses and consumers, and reducing coverage options. And costs for taxpayers will rise as the federal government spends more on premium subsidies. “We agree that a quick resolution is needed to avoid greater harm to individual and small group markets. More than ever, American business and families want affordable coverage and care they need and deserve. We encourage the Administration to reevaluate its decision and work with all stakeholder to make health care more affordable for all Americans.” July 8, 2018: NPR posted an article titled: “Trump Administration Freezes Payments Required By the Affordable Care Act”. It was written by Maggie Penman. From the article: The Trump administration said Saturday that it is temporarily halting billions of dollars in payments designed to help insurers meet the Affordable Care Act requirement that they provide coverage regardless of whether a person is healthy or sick. The administration said it was withholding $10.4 billion in the so-called “risk adjustment” payments, citing a district court ruling from earlier this year in New Mexico. While the administration says it is required to stop payments because of the court decision, insurers say the move could result in higher premiums for millions of individuals and small businesses… …The New Mexico ruling fond fault with the formula the government used to calculate the payments, saying it was “arbitrary and capricious”. But another district court in Massachusetts upheld the formula. The announcement came as insurers were awaiting an annual report that usually comes at the end of June, informing them of whether they owe money into the risk adjustment program or will be paid out for the previous year. Insurers say the sudden halting of those payments creates uncertainty at a critical time, as they are currently developing their premiums for 2019… …”Insurers hate uncertainty, and when faced with it tend to raise premiums to hedge their bets,” says Larry Levitt, Senior Vice President at the Kaiser Family Foundation. He says halting the risk adjustment program will disrupt the individual markets, and might even cause insurers not to participate next year. “When the rules of the game chance after the fact – insurers don’t necessarily see the federal government as a particularly reliable partner right now,” Levitt says. “This is one of several steps the Trump administration has taken to undermine the ACA.”… July 10, 2018: Slate posted an article titled: “Trump’s Office of Refugee Resettlement Is Budgeting for a Surge in Child Separations”. It was written by Mark Joseph Stern. From the article: …There are currently about 11,800 children in ORR’s (Office of Refugee Resettlement) care. Alex Azar, the secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, has started that somewhere between 2,000 and 3,000 of those children were separated from their parents at the border. The remaining children in ORR custody are unaccompanied minors – children who crossed the border without a parent or guardian. In the documents obtained by Slate, ORR officials describe the budget implications of a potential surge in immigrant minors over the next three months. The ORR’s budgeting exercise is premised on the possibility that the agency could need as many as 25,400 beds for immigrant minors by the end of the calendar year. The documents do not indicate that ORR officials have specific knowledge that family separations will increase but do show that the agency is preparing for the possibility. The internal documents estimate that if 25,400 beds are needed, ORR would face a budget shortfall of $585 million for ORR for fiscal year 2018, which ends on Sept. 30. Under this scenario, that shortfall would increase to $1.3 billion in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, adding up to a total shortfall of $1.9 billion for the period between Oct. 1, 2017, and Dec. 31, 2018. The documents stress that these budget estimates represent maximum possible expenditures and that actual expenses may be lower. The Department of Health and Human Services did not respond to multiple requests for comment about these figures or anything else relating to the documents, To help cover potential costs, the documents say, HHS will seek supplemental appropriations from Congress. The documents also indicate that HHS plans to pay for child separation by reallocating money from the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Program, which, according to its website “provides a comprehensive system of care that includes primary medical care and essential support services for people living with HIV who are uninsured or underinsured.” Per the documents, the process of transferring those HIV/AIDS funds has already begun… July 12, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “Trump health chief defense suspending ObamaCare payments.” It was written by Nathaniel Weixel. From the article: The Trump administration is bound by a federal court decision to suspend billions of dollars in ObamaCare payments, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) Administrator Seema Verma said Thursday… …In a surprise announcement last week, the administration said it had suspended $10.4 billion in “risk adjustment” funding that is supposed to be paid to insurers to help them provide coverage to particularly sick and costly enrollees… …A federal court ruling in New Mexico found the administration did not properly justify its formula for dispensing the funds. Varma said the administration is defending the risk adjustment regulation, even though it was written under the Obama administration. Verma said CMS is asking the court to reconsider, but until that happens, the agency’s hands are tied… …Legal experts have expressed skepticism that the administration is doing everything it can to fix the problem. Some have said CMS is being deliberately disruptive because of its hostility to ObamaCare, and that government programs should not be at the mercy of a lone federal judge. But at the same time, Verma would not say if the administration plans to stop approving state Medicaid work requirement waivers… July 12, 2018: The Hill posted an article titled: “House panel advances bill that would temporarily halt ObamaCare’s employer mandate”. It was written by Jessie Hellmann. From the article: The House Ways and Means Committee on Thursday approved legislation that would chip away at ObamaCare, including a measure that would temporarily repeal the law’s employer mandate. The bill sponsored by GOP Reps. Devin Nunes (Calif.) and Mike Kelly (R- Pa.) would suspend penalties for the employer mandate for 2015 through 2019 and delay implementation of the tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health plans for another year, pushing it back to 2022. Congress repealed the penalty associated with the individual mandate last year, but it doesn’t take effect until 2019… …Powerful lobbying groups like the U.S. Chamber of Commerce have pushed for a repeal of the employer mandate. The other measure, sponsored by Reps. Peter Roskam (R.-Ill.) and Michael Burgess (R-Texas), would allow the use of ObamaCare’s tax credits for plans outside of the exchanges in the individual market. It would also allow anyone to purchase a catastrophic plan – plans that are cheaper but cover fewer services and are currently only available for those under the age of 30…. …Both measures advanced on party-line votes. Democrats opposed the bills, saying they would cost too much and destabilize ObamaCare. July 13, 2018: Vox posted an article titled: “How the slow sabotage of Obamacare may hurt America’s breast-feeding rate”. It was written by Julia Belluz. …the Affordable Care Act (ACA), also known as Obamacare, included provisions aimed at supporting mothers who want to breastfeed, as part of its expansion of preventative-health services coverage. The regulations – and how they are applies by companies – haven’t been perfect, and some women have fallen through the cracks. But in recent years, several studies have shown that the provisions – giving moms access to lactation consultants, breast pumps, and time and space at work to pump their milk until as late as a year after birth – have contributed to rising breastfeeding rates in the US. The ACA’s regulations went into effect in 2010 and 2012. From 2011 to 2014, the rate of women who were breastfeeding 12 months after giving birth rose from 27 percent to 34 percent, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. That amounted to the largest increase in any recent three-year period. Now, women’s health and breastfeeding advocates worry that we might be poised for a reversal of this trend. The news that the administration of President Donald Trump undermined breastfeeding at a United Nations global health meeting and aligned itself with the $70 billion baby formula industry has sent a powerful signal that expanding breastfeeding access won’t be a priority for his administration… …In addition, the administration’s focus on sabotaging the ACA doesn’t bode well for breastfeeding rates. It means that fewer people will access health care and insurance companies can now sell skimpier, short-term plans with few benefits and protections (such as coverage for preventative services like breastfeeding support.)… …Section 2713 of the law [the ACA] requires health insurance plans to provide coverage for breastfeeding support (like lactation counseling) and supplies (such as breast pumps) without any co-payments, deductibles, or co-insurance, as long as a woman opts for breastfeeding. This coverage is required for employer-sponsored plans, individual plans purchased through the Obamacare marketplaces, and for Medicaid enrollees who access public coverage through the ACA’s Medicaid expansion. Section 4207 of the ACA also requires that companies with annual sales of more than $500,000 provide break times and a private place (not including a bathroom) where moms can use breast pumps to express their milk at work… …Mara Gandal-Powers, of the Women’s Health Law Center, explained that these stories [of women whose health insurance companies refused to cover lactation consulting] are not uncommon. Because lactation consulting is a service that women need immediately after birth, they’re not typically in a position to haggle with insurance companies over coverage. “If you don’t get the services to help you increase your [breast milk] supply quickly, nursing can become difficult or impossible and not really happen. So we see women who pay out of pocket.” Instead of working to fix these gaps in coverage, the Trump administration has been attempting to dismantle the ACA. And while Republicans have failed to fully repeal the law, they’ve put forward a series of policies that have caused the uninsured rate to rise and have weakened the law in the process… …Breastfeeding is a “preventative service,” said Kaiser’s Salganicoff. “So if its a short-term plan, it doesn’t have to have maternity care, preventative services and women who enroll in the plans would not have the entitlement to the breastfeeding coverage.” July 13, 2018: Press of Atlantic City posted an article titled “N.J. extends 2019 Obamacare rates deadline amid federal shakeups”. It was written by Nicole Leonard. From the article: …State insurers are expected this month to determine how much residents who get health care coverage through the ACA should pay for their plans in 2019, but a recent disruption by President Donald Trump’s administration on payments that have helped stabilize the market is causing delays. The White House announced earlier this month that billions of dollars in federal payments under the ACA’s risk-adjustment program will be put on hold… …The freeze on the payments comes at a crucial time when insurers try to calculate what they should charge customers next year. Nearly 275,000 New Jersey residents selected Obamacare plans on the federal exchange during last year’s enrollment period, according to the U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid… …In response to the federal announcement, New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance officials said they extended the deadline for insurers to file ACA plan rates by another week to July 18 because the decision to halt adjustment payments came just days before the state’s original deadline of July 11… …The state’s insurance department told New Jersey Obamacare insurers, which this year included Horizon BlueCross BlueShield of New Jersey, AmeriHealth and Oscar, in a July 9 memo that they should calculate their plan rates, or premium prices, assuming the risk-adjustment payments will resume… …State officials said final ACA plan rates are expected to be finalized and released by the end of the summer ahead of open enrollment, which begins Nov. 1. July 13, 2018: Nashville Patch posted an article titled: “Tennessee Obamacare Insurers Cutting Premiums”. It was written by J. R. Lind. From the article: For the first time, Tennesseans with coverage through the health-insurance exchanges set up by the Affordable Care Act will see their premiums go down. According to state regulatory filings, Cigna plans to reduce premiums for its individual plans by an average of 4.8 percent and BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee will slash its average rate by 10.9 percent. Both Cigna and BCBST increased premiums by double digits the last four years. Oscar, the only other company offering individual plans in Tennessee, requested a 10.8 percent premium increase… THIS BLOG POST WILL BE UPDATED WHENEVER RELEVANT NEWS IS RELEASED. A Timeline of the GOP’s Attempts to Destroy Obamacare is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... That Demon Named PainMay 11, 2018Out of Spoons / Spoonie Poetry and ProseI wrote this poem on April 8, 2018, about the pain that my chronic illnesses inflict upon me. The poem was originally posted on Medium. It earned me a whole seven cents shortly after I posted it – and nothing after that. It is difficult to find poetry on Medium – and I think that is part of the reason why this poem got very little attention from readers. So, I pulled it off of Medium and moved it over here, to my own blog. Maybe I should have just posted this poem here in the first place. That Demon Named Pain That demon named Pain Has come back around to torment me Demands all of my attention Won’t let me sleep, eat, or focus on anything Other than itself An insatiable creature It steals away everything of value My time, health, quality of life Robs me of all that sustains me Laughs, and wants more That demon Pain With its jealously-green colored skin Shrinks my world ever smaller Convinces friends to keep their distance Beyond a sea of canceled plans Sometimes, I break free Walk outside for a while That demon Pain hunts me down Like a vengeful, controlling, partner Who exacts a heavy price Now, I’m getting “side-eye” While sitting in a priority seat on the bus They can’t see my invisible illnesses That demon Pain rips and burns my body I grimace and refuse to scream Things that ease the symptoms Provide small moments of blissfulness The illusion dissipates all too soon Right back to being tortured by That demon named Pain That Demon Named Pain is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Not Quite a Sinus InfectionMay 6, 2018Doctor Appointments / Out of SpoonsThe best thing to catch while waiting for the doctor to see me …. is a Pokémon. This time, it was a Whismur, but really, any of them would do. I was bored, and very tired, and fairly certain that I had a sinus infection (again). The 2018 Spring Pollen Season was coming to an end. It began around mid-January, and stubbornly stayed through most of April. The one was brutal! I start to get sick when the pollen count hits 7, and there were so many days where it was in the 9s or 10s. As one might expect, I started to feel like I had a sinus infection somewhere around the beginning of April. My body had become depleted after fighting allergens for literally months. After trying to wait-and-see for a few weeks, my husband convinced me to just go to the doctor. It might have been the next day that I woke up feeling even worse than I had been, and so, I made an appointment. My doctor works at what I call “the clinic for the poor people”. It takes my current health insurance. My doctor is not the first one I saw at this particular clinic – but he is the one I like best. I’m lucky to have him as my primary care doctor. The doctor, who speaks with a thick, Mexican accent (that I have no trouble at all understanding), did all the usual checks to see if I had a sinus infection. He determined that I didn’t have the “infection smell”, but decided it was a good idea for me to take antibiotics anyway. He knows how bad my allergies are, and understands that the Spring pollen season was bad (and made worse by high winds). The antibiotics are to help my body fight whatever I have BEFORE it turns into a full-blown sinus infection. He prescribed the same type of antibiotic that I was on when I had acute bacterial tonsillitis (back in October/November of 2017). We both knew I was not allergic to the antibiotic, and that it worked well before. I knew what to expect. He also prescribed a nasal spray – which I hate – but am taking because it helps temporarily reduce some of the sinus pain I’m experiencing. My doctor, once again, offered me a prescription of an antihistamine that I didn’t want. I’m sure it works fine for others, but when I tried it (years ago) it made my heart feel funny. I don’t think my doctor has put that into his notes. Maybe that information doesn’t fit into the boxes on the computer. Instead, he offered me the prescription-required version of the over-the-counter antihistamine that I’m already taking (and have been since before it was available over-the-counter). I hesitated, because I am very leery of going on a prescription for a long-term issue right now. The other two medications were temporary. I explained this to my doctor, saying that I had concerns that I wouldn’t be able to afford health insurance next year and didn’t think I could afford prescriptions without insurance covering some or all of it. “Why you think you won’t have insurance? You have to have it. If not, they make you pay,” my doctor explained. I pointed out that Trump and Congress got rid of the individual mandate. “Starting in 2019, if you don’t want insurance – you don’t have to buy it. And you won’t have to pay a fine.” My doctor’s eyes got wide. He looked shocked. The first thing he said was “Oh no… that’s gonna make the insurance prices go up. People aren’t gonna be able to afford their insurance after that.” He didn’t know the individual mandate was going away because, as he later told me, he doesn’t like politics. Long story short, I am incredibly lucky to have health insurance. I’m grateful to have a doctor that understands that people like me, with several chronic illnesses that are autoimmune disorders, sometimes need antibiotics before an impending infection becomes obvious. I’ve absolutely no idea if I will be able to qualify for health insurance coverage after whatever the current Congress does to “Obamacare” in the next few months. It’s obvious that I have several pre-existing conditions, and I’m worried that I will get denied coverage because I have allergies. (This has happened to me before “Obamacare”.) For now, I’m taking everything my doctor prescribed (including the antihistamine that requires a prescription but is the same as the over-the-counter version). The pharmacy was having issues when my husband went to pick up my prescriptions for me, and it was easier to just buy all three than wait for the pharmacy to fix it. I’m thankful that my husband could go get my medications for me because after the doctor appointment – I was too exhausted to do anything else. Yesterday, it all caught up with me. One of the side effects of amoxicillin is described as “fatigue”. I suspect that for people who are usually healthy, this is annoying but not too big a deal. For me, a person who has allergies, fibromyalgia, and rheumatoid arthritis – this new batch of fatigue, on top of my usual fatigue, is debilitating. I’m back to being asleep more hours than I am awake. My big, fun, plans for the day were over before they started. I wanted to go the comic shops for Free Comic Book Day, but didn’t have the energy to go. I had to opt-out the Dungeons & Dragons game I play (online) with friends every week because I was having too much trouble focusing and trying to stay awake. All of this – well, not all of it – but the extra struggles I’m fighting through now have an endpoint. The pollen seems to be getting more reasonable, and there is a limit to the number of amoxicillin pills I’m supposed to take. But right now, I’m stuck trying to battle through the smallest things with even less energy than usual. Not Quite a Sinus Infection is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Head Full of PollenApril 10, 2018Out of Spoons / Spoonie Poetry and ProseTen point four today If I make no sense later Blame pollen and drugs Head Full of Pollen is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Other Video GamesHearthstone: How to Win the Card BackJuly 2, 2018Hearthstone / Other Video GamesEvery month, Hearthstone players have an opportunity to earn a new card back for their collection. My best guess is that the majority of players are much more interested in racing to the top of the ladder than whatever the current card back is. Not me. The only reason I participate in Ranked Play is to earn the card back. In this blog, I share what I learned about how to earn the card back every month without getting frustrated and no matter what cards you have or your skill level. They can’t stop you. They can only slow you down. A player must get five wins during a Season in order to earn the card back. This puts the entire focus on how quickly you can win five games. For me, this meant I was getting really frustrated after losing again, and again, and again. All I wanted was the card back. Why did that have to be so difficult? I learned that I had been looking at the game the wrong way. You need five wins to get the card back. The number of losses don’t matter (if you have no interest in climbing the ladder). Realizing this made the game less frustrating for me. I’m going to get five wins eventually. The other players cannot stop me from reaching my goal – they can only slow me down. Start at the beginning of a new Season. I am writing this blog not long after having earned the card back for this Season. Four of my wins were because the other player conceded. One of them conceded immediately after the match started. The fifth player “left”, which I think means there was a problem with their internet connection. Of course, this is not an ideal way to get to five wins. I figure it would be more fun if I’d actually got to play the game, and use some cards, and feel like I did something to earn those wins. But here’s the thing to remember – the game doesn’t care how you won. It doesn’t matter if you used the most popular, internet approved, deck to get those wins, or if you won entirely because the other player quit. Hearthstone sees all wins as having the same value. With that in mind, the easiest way to get five wins is to get into Ranked Play at the very start of a new Season. Why did those players concede? I thought it was odd that so many players I was matched with conceded. After doing a little internet research, I learned that many players concede at the start of a new Season as a form of strategy. NOTE: This does not mean all of the high-level players are doing this. If what I read (in the Blizzard Hearthstone Forum posts, on Reddit, and in various articles about Hearthstone) is correct, many players who intend to climb the ladder intentionally concede a lot at the start of the season. Why? There is a belief that doing so reduces their win/loss rate. In other words, they are attempting to make the game think they are incredibly bad at playing Hearthstone, so the game will match them with other players that are just as terrible. It seems to me (again, assuming this strategy works the way many players believe it does) what happens next is these players, who actually are incredibly good at Hearthstone, start getting matched with players who are really bad at the game. The incredibly good players, with the best, newest, most effective card decks, get matched up with… people like me, who don’t spend money on the game. Or, they get matched up with people who are brand new to Hearthstone. This allows the players who are incredibly good at Hearthstone to rack up a lot of wins in a row at the start of a new Season. They stop conceding and start playing the game against opponents – whom they have the greatest chance of beating. They are basically “farming” for wins, and taking advantage of both the game’s matching algorithm and the players who are not as skilled as they are. I’m guessing this gives them some sort of boost that moves them up the ladder quicker than if they didn’t concede. Players like me, who only want the card back, can actually take advantage of this. Get in at the very start of a brand new Season, and you are extremely likely to be matched with players who intend to concede. The cards you have, and the decks you build, don’t matter. You only need five wins during a Season to get the card back. If you get into Ranked play early in a Season, you will likely get matched with players who concede – and hand you a win. It doesn’t matter what cards you own or what kind of deck you built. Five wins gets you the Angry Chicken’s Crate, which will include the Season’s card back and some other goodies. It doesn’t matter if you lose every match against players who stick around and play the game as intended. Eventually (if you get into the Season very early), you will have five players concede the game. I honestly wish I had figured this out a long time ago, because this knowledge makes Hearthstone a lot less frustrating for me. If you are a very casual Hearthstone player (like me), there is no need to waste time looking up deck builds and crafting the cards you do not have but need for a specific deck. You don’t need to spend money on Card Packs to earn the card back. Get into Ranked Play at the start of a new Season. You can use a Basic deck, wait for five players to concede, earn the card back, and be done with all this until next Season. For what it’s worth, it took me less than a day to earn the card back without winning any matches due to my own efforts. I mean, I tried my best to win, but failed every time. It is entirely possible to earn the card back entirely as a result of wins earned thanks to conceding players. Hearthstone: How to Win the Card Back is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Hearthstone: Year of the Raven CelebrationApril 16, 2018Hearthstone / Other Video GamesHearthstone had a Year of the Raven Celebration shortly before the Year of the Mammoth ended. The upcoming new expansion is called The Witchwood. For a limited time (March 26, 2018 – April 9 – 2018) players received a free Card Pack every time they completed a Daily Quest in Hearthstone. This motivated me to work on Daily Quests. Innkeeper: This year, we’re celebrating the coming year of the Raven. Innkeeper: To celebrate New Years, you’ll get a mystery pack each time you complete a quest! Watch Working on Hearthstone Quests from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I started working on some Hearthstone Daily quests. There were two quests that started chipping away at. The first one was called “Rogue Victory”. Players have to win 3 games with a Rogue Deck. The second one was called “Priest or Warlock Victory”. Players had to win 2 games with either a Priest Deck or a Warlock Deck. Watch Hearthstone: Earning Card Packs by completing Daily Quests from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I got my second win with a Warlock Deck. The match ended when the other player abruptly conceded. Total number of Card Packs earned: 1 My first win with the Rogue Deck happened because the other player immediately conceded. The second win was against a Priest Deck. The third win was against a Shaman Deck. The other player used a card that gave him overload damage against himself. Total number of Card Packs earned: 2 This Card Pack includes cards from the upcoming The Witchwood expansion, which will be released in mid-April. I cannot open this Card Pack until after the expansion launches. Watch Hearthstone: Daily Quests for free Card Packs from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I continue working on some Hearthstone Daily Quests. I got a quest called “Beyond the Dark Portal”, which requires players to play 15 Demons. To make this possible, I destroyed my Warlock Deck and created a new one with as many Demon cards as I had. It went slower than I expected. After playing (and losing) several matches, I had only managed to play a total of 4 Demons. The next video picks up where I left off. Watch Hearthstone: Daily Quests for Free Card Packs (continued) from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I continued working on the “Beyond the Dark Portal” Daily Quest. My Warlock Deck leveled while I was working on that quest, and I unlocked two Warlock cards. Beyond the Dark Portal: Play 15 Demons. Total number of Card Packs earned: 3 Watch Hearthstone: Paladin or Warrior Victory from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I worked on the “Paladin or Warrior Victory” Daily Quest. Players must get 2 wins with either a Paladin Deck or a Warrior Deck. My Paladin Deck leveled up while I was working on this quest. VICTORY! Paladin or Warrior Victory: Win 2 games with Paladin or Warrior. Total number of Card Packs earned: 4 Watch Hearthstone: Destroy Them All and Tactician Daily Quests from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I worked on two quests at the same time: Destroy Them All, and Tactician. Destroy Them All: Destroy 40 minions. Tactician: Play 30 Warrior class cards. Total number of Card Packs earned: 5 I completed two Daily Quests, so I should have earned two free Card Packs. But, only one appeared. What happened? The Bonus Pack for completing the Tactician Daily Quest appeared when I logged into Hearthstone again. It was no longer missing. Total number of Card Packs earned: 6 Watch Heathstone: Working on Shaman Victory Daily Quest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I worked on the Shaman Victory Daily Quest. I’ve neglected my Shaman Deck and never bothered to level it up. So, I took my Level 1 Shaman Deck and attempted to complete this quest. One good thing about this experience is that it forced me to level up my Shaman Deck and unlock some of the cards that it was lacking. I got one out of the three required wins because one of my opponents conceded. Watch Hearthstone: Completing the Shaman Victory Daily Quest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In video above, I took the time to pull things out of my Shaman Deck and replace them with cards that I thought would work better. I removed cards that had Overload (because I don’t understand how to use it properly). My second win was from an opponent who conceded. The third win was one that I actually earned. By the time I was done working on the “Shaman Victory” Quest, I had unlocked 18 out of 20 Shaman cards. Shaman Victory: Win 3 games with Shaman. Total number of Card Packs earned: 7 Watch Hearthstone: Only the Mighty Daily Quest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I worked on the “Only The Mighty” Daily Quest. It took a while to complete, and I got a bit frustrated. I kept going because it is the type of quest that a player can complete if they just keep going. Only the Mighty: Play 20 minions that cost 5 or more. Total number of Card Packs earned: 8 Watch Hearthstone: 3 Victories Daily Quest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the video above, I was working on the “3 Victories!” Daily Quest. The first win was extremely easy to obtain! (My opponent quit at first opportunity.) I decided to use my Mage Deck for this Daily Quest because It felt like I hadn’t played it very much lately. It is the deck I play the most, and I hadn’t gotten any Daily Quests that were specifically for a Mage deck. 3 Victories!: Win 3 games with any class. Total number of Card Packs earned: 9 Watch and Learn!: Watch a friend win in Spectator Mode. I decided to complete this Daily Quest without streaming it. It just felt weird to go on Twitch, play Hearthstone… and then stream someone else’s game. It’s one thing to host someone’s channel on Twitch – but quite another to stream someone in-game without their permission. Total number of Card Packs earned: 10 Watch Hearthstone: Working on Mage or Shaman Victory Daily Quest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In this video above, I started working on the “Mage or Shaman Victory” Daily Quest. Things weren’t going very well, and I was running out of time before the free Card Pack offer ended. I managed to get one win… and then got too frustrated to keep playing. Watch Hearthstone: Completed Mage or Shaman Victory Daily Quest from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv At the start of the video above, I had about an hour or so left before Hearthstone stopped giving players free Card Packs for completing Daily Quests. I was able to complete the “Mage or Shaman Victory” Daily Quest that I started. Time ran out before I could complete other Daily Quests. Mage or Shaman Victory: Win 2 games with Mage or Shaman. Total number of Card Packs earned: 11 For reasons I cannot explain or understand, Hearthstone unexpectedly gave me a second free Card Pack. Total number of Card Packs earned: 12 Next, I started working on a Daily Quest called “Emerald Dream”. It requires players to play 30 Druid class cards. I was able to complete this Daily Quest, but it was too late. The free Card Pack offer had expired. No Bonus Card pack appeared. This limited-time offer was fun, and also frustrating at times. I’m glad I tried it. Watch Hearthstone: Opening free Card Packs from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv Witchwood Supplies: Gear up before venturing forth! Players who logged into Hearthstone on April 12, 2018, received three free Card Packs from The Witchwood expansion (which released that day.) My purpose of logging into Hearthstone was to open the free Card Packs I had earned. Enter the Witchwood: Heroes and horrors await within these cursed woods. Players who logged into Hearthstone on April 12, 2018, also received a free Legendary card from The Witchwood expansion.... Hearthstone: Opening 16 Card Packs While StreamingMarch 14, 2018Hearthstone / Other Video GamesThe best thing about Hearthstone, in my opinion, is the wonderful artwork that is on the cards. I play Hearthstone very casually, and tend to forget when I’ve received a free pack of Hearthstone cards. Just for fun, I decided to open up the 16 card packs that I’d accumulated all in a row. The result was a short, yet interesting, Twitch video. Watch Opening packs of Hearthstone cards from Queenofhaiku on www.twitch.tv In the past, when I opened up a bunch of Hearthstone card packs, I took screenshots of the cards that were in them. Putting all those screenshots into a blog, one at a time, was tedious. Streaming it was much more fun than opening them all by myself. It also made it super easy to include my new Hearthstone cards into a blog post. Hearthstone: Opening 16 Card Packs While Streaming is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Pokémon GO: Luvdisc Valentine’s DayMarch 11, 2018Other Video Games / Pokémon GOThe 2018 Valentine’s Day celebration in Pokémon GO was minimalistic. It featured a newly introduced Pokémon called Luvdisc. This one is pink and shaped like a heart, so it made sense to include it in a Valentine’s Day event. Only one other pink Pokémon was part of the event. That’s a big difference from the plethora of pink Pokémon that were part of the 2017 Valentine’s Day event. Players who logged into Pokémon GO while the Valentine’s Day event was happening got a notification about it. I like these notifications because it makes it easier for me to know when events are going on. The notification says: Wish Luvdisc a Happy Valentine’s Day! Roses are red, violets are blue, Luvdisc loves love, and Pokémon GO does, too! Celebrate Valentine’s Day with us and receive 3x Stardust for each Chansey and Luvdisc caught until February 15 at 1:00 P.M. PST. Stay safe and happy exploring! If I remember correctly, the event only lasted for two days. This didn’t give players a whole lot of opportunity to do this event. Those who decided to play Pokémon GO on Valentine’s Day (or the day after) would unexpectedly be able to participate in the Valentine’s Day event. Those who did not probably were unaware that the event happened. Here is a screenshot of Luvdisc in the wild. I think I managed to catch about four or five of them while the event was going on. They are larger than I expected them to be. Based on the artwork in the event notification, I was expecting Luvdisc to be a swarm of heart shaped creatures. It was a bit disappointing to find out that the artwork didn’t reflect what the Pokémon looked like in game. Here is one of the Luvdisc Pokémon that I caught. It doesn’t appear to evolve into anything, but you can power it up. I’ve been told that Luvdisc is rather useless in Raids, but I can’t confirm that. I don’t do Raids very often, and the one Luvdisc I kept (and powered up) doesn’t have very high hit points. Overall, the 2018 Pokémon GO Valentine’s Day event was amusing for a few hours. Those who missed it didn’t lose out on much.... Plant NannyMarch 7, 2018Other Video Games / Plant NannyPlant Nanny is an adorable app that is designed to remind people to drink more water. It isn’t a video game, but it does include gamification (in a similar way to the Epic Win app). The goal is to grow a variety of cute plants from a seed to Level 4. After a plant hits Level 4, it goes into your permanent garden and grows more seeds for you. Every time you drink water you are supposed to go into the app and give the plant you are currently growing a virtual drink. In order to figure out how much water you need to stay hydrated, the app starts by asking your gender and weight. If your weight changes, you can go into the app and update it. At the time I am writing this blog, I have lost 25 pounds since the time I started using Plant Nanny. The amount of water it wants me to drink has not changed. The plants will start looking sickly if you don’t drink enough water in a certain amount of time. They look absolutely miserable! This is probably to encourage dehydrated people to drink more water, if not for themselves, than to help their virtual plant feel better. It is possible for your Plant Nanny plant to die. You get plenty of warning before it happens. If a plant dies, you have to start over with a new one, which can be purchased with seeds. Here is a look at the types of Plant Nanny plants that I managed to grow to Level 4. Some are easier than others. There is a star rating on each plant type that gives you a clue about their difficulty level. Devil’s Ivy Devil’s Ivy – Level 1 Devil’s Ivy – Level 2 Devil’s Ivy – Level 3 Devil’s Ivy – Level 4 The Devil’s Ivy is now in the garden. Cactus Cactus – Level 1 Cactus – Level 2 Cactus – Level 3 Cactus – Level 4 The Cactus in now in the garden. Dandelion Dandelion – Level 1 Dandelion – Level 2 Dandelion – Level 3 Dandelion – Level 4 The Dandelion is now in the garden. Benjamin Mushroom Benjamin Mushroom – Level 1 Benjamin Mushroom – Level 2 Benjamin Mushroom – Level 3 Benjamin Mushroom – Level 4 The Benjamin Mushroom is now in the garden. I will update this blog after I grow more plants big enough to put into the garden.... TV & Movie ReviewsGrace and Frankie – Season OneJune 2, 2017TV and Movie ReviewsGrace and Frankie is a show on Netflix. It is a Netflix Original. Grace (Jane Fonda) is married to Robert (Martin Sheen). Frankie (Lilly Tomlin) is married to Sol (Sam Waterson). In the very first episode, right at the start, the husbands announce they want to divorce their wives. The reasons why the men want divorces is because they have fallen in love… with each other. And they want to get married. Warning: There are tons of spoilers. Episode 1: The husbands announce they want to divorce their wives because they have fallen in love with each other and want to get married. Robert: “We can do that now.” When Robert married Grace, and Sol married Frankie, same-sex marriage wasn’t legal anywhere in the United States. Robert and Sol have been having a secret love affair for the past 20 years. Later, Sol and Frankie are alone back at their home. Frankie asks Sol if that is why he got Cialis. Sol answers: “Everyone gets Cialis at my age.” Robert and Grace are alone at their home. She is sad. Robert tries to console her. “Were you ever really happy with me?” he asks. Grace thinks about it. She says they didn’t have the most romantic life. “But I thought we were normal”. This indicates that Grace and Robert hadn’t had a sex life together in a very long time. Grace thought the end of their sex life was a normal part of being a couple, or maybe because of their age. Now, she discovers that wasn’t so. She DOES NOT say she was happy with Robert. Robert says that he “wanted more.” The implication is that he wasn’t happy in his marriage with Grace, and found what he needed with Sol. * Both couples have children who are now adults. Sol and Frankie’s sons (Coyote and Nwabudike) try and console their mother. They repeat a lot of the positive encouraging phrases she must have told them. She tells them all that is “bullshit”. Grace and Robert’s daughters, (Brianna and Mallory) are angry about what happened. They immediately take their mother’s side, and don’t want to talk to their father right then. Mallory has kids. She asks “How am I going to explain this to my kids?” I don’t think this question is entirely about her father’s relationship with Sol. It’s also about the sudden divorce. * A chair is delivered to Robert and Grace’s house. She opens the box, and finds a chair that has a photo of Ryan Gosling’s face on the seat. Robert is delighted that the chair arrived so quickly and explains it is a joke between him and Sol. * For the first time, Grace notices that Robert’s office has a framed drawing of a nude man. She notices a small frame on the shelf that contains a old photo of two men, one of whom has taken the arm of the other (as a man might do with a woman). She sees books on the shelf, one of which is called “The Male Member”. And suddenly, she realizes she’s missed all these signs. * Grace and Frankie get into an argument over which one of them is more upset. Frankie says “I lost my best friend. You never liked Robert.” * Robert says he can finally breathe again – now that he’s divorcing Grace to be with Sol. Sol says he feels really guilty because he devastated someone he loves very much. It’s clear that Sol and Frankie were not just spouses, but also good friends. Grace and Robert were not friends. * Grace freaks out about the divorce. “I did everything right. I played by the rules.” She is angry. Grace asks Frankie why she isn’t angry. Frankie says she is heartbroken. * Later, Frankie acknowledges that there were times she “knew” but ignored it. She says Sol once asked her to wear a dildo. She and Grace think that could only mean that Sol was gay. Episode 2: * Sol and Robert spent the night together and are still snuggling in bed. Sol says he wants to go up on the roof and shout: “I am a homosexual and I am in love with Robert Hanson, who is also a homosexual.” Robert smiles, and jokingly talks him out of it. * As the men are getting ready to go to work, Robert says “Just because we’re out now doesn’t mean we’re gonna be gay with a vengeance.” * Two of Frankie’s friends come over to console her and take her to lunch. One of the friends is gay. Sol and Robert aren’t the only gay men in Frankie’s life. Sol sent the two friends over because Frankie won’t answer her phone when he calls her and he was worried about her. * Robert cuts off Grace’s credit card (which she discovers while trying to pay for lunch). It turns out Sol cut off Frankie’s credit card, too. Robert feels absolutely nothing about doing this to Grace – citing that he and Sol are divorce lawyers and that’s what people who are divorcing are supposed to do. Sol feels terrible about it and is upset that he knows Frankie will be upset when she finds out. * Robert asks Sol, “Which is better, feeling terrible with me, or without me.” Sal says “with you.” * Grace sends her daughters to her (and Robert’s) home to get some of her things. (She’s staying at the beach house). The daughters notice the remains of breakfast on the table and realize that Sol spent the night there. They look sad. * Frankie has a fight with Sol and kicks him out of their house. She tells him to go live with Robert. Sol says they weren’t ready to move in together yet. * Later, Frankie asks: “Was any of it real?” That’s a normal question people ask after a breakup. But, Frankie is also asking if her marriage to Sol, who had been having an affair with Robert for 20 years, was ever real. Episode 3: * Robert and Sol are having their children over for dinner. Sol is nervous. Robert tries to calm him by saying they’ve already had lots of dinners together. Sol responds: “That was before I became their new stepmother.” * Mallory and Brianna arrive together for dinner. They wait at the door of the house they grew up in. Brianna wants to just walk in. Mallory stops her and says they can’t do that because it’s not their house anymore. Brianna responds “I’ve lost both of my virginities in that house” and proceeds to just walk right in. * During dinner, Robert and Sol hold hands for a brief moment. Robert’s daughters and Sol’s sons stare at them – not really knowing how to feel about that. * Coyote tells Mallory (who is mad at him) “We’re step people now.” * Brianna and Bud have a conversation in the kitchen. Bud is preparing a cake. Brianna mentions something about how Bud seems fine with what their dad’s are doing. She asks “Would you be cool with it if they had cheated with women?” * After returning to the table, after everyone starts eating cake, an argument ensues where the kids let out some of their anger and frustration. Bud says he is “not allowed to be mad”. When Sol asks why not, Bud answers “because you’re gay.” Episode 4: * Someone who worked with Robert and Sol has died. They are going to the funeral. Sol says that this will be the first time people see him without his wife by his side. Robert says the funeral “is not our coming out party.” * Meanwhile, Grace is pushing Frankie to get ready to go to the funeral early – so they can leave before it becomes Robert and Sol’s coming out party. * Grace and Frankie see Robert and Sol – as a couple – for the first time at the funeral reception. It makes Grace and Frankie sad. * Grace notices that Sol is wearing a tie that she gave to Robert as a Father’s Day present. This makes her angry. Frankie is angry too. “They can’t leave us AND share clothes!” * Robert and Sol haven’t decided what to call each other. Robert think’s they’re too old for boyfriend. “Soulmate?” Sol asks. Robert responds, “No! I don’t even like that one with straight people.” At the funeral reception, Sol tries to use the word partner, but then awkwardly explains that they are business partners at the law firm, but also partners with each other. He confuses the people he was speaking to. * A very old man who must have worked at the same company as the deceased tells Robert and Sol that he knows they are a couple – and that they are brave. He then asks: “When did you know you were attracted to men?” He goes on to say that he had “an experience” when he was in Korea. Sol kindly walks away with him and answers the man’s question. * Robert’s sister tells Grace that she had no idea that her brother was gay. * Later, Robert’s sister accidentally mentions that her daughter is having a baby shower. It becomes clear that Grace was not invited. Robert’s sister explains that the aunties would be there (Robert’s family is Irish) and that there would be drama and it was the daughter’s day. She asks if Grace understands. Grace says of course she understands, it’s for family. After Robert’s sister walks away, Grace looks sad. * Robert gets frustrated with Sol and yells at him for talking to the widow for too long. He yells at Sol about his shoes (that Robert doesn’t like). Robert yells “You’re just not doing anything right.” Sol responds: “Oh my god. You’re angry that I’m not Grace.” Robert sits down and starts to sob. It’s probably the first time he’s cried about the divorce. Sol consoles him, saying something like he “has one, too”. Robert apologizes, and they start using the word “boyfriend”. * Frankie speaks with the widow. The widow says to her: “Oh, I think your situation is much worse than mine.” The widow points out that Frankie might live another 20 years. The implication is that Frankie will be spending those 20 years alone. * As they are leaving the funeral reception, Grace tells Robert she is so mad at him. “I’ve lost everything,” she says. She lost her husband, her house, her family… * Frankie, upset by what the widow said, and by an unfortunate comment Grace said to Robert about Frankie when Grace was expressing her anger at Robert, leaves the funeral with Grace trailing behind her. Sol drives up in his car – to pick up Robert. Frankie gets into the passenger seat out of habit. She quickly realizes what she has done, gets out, and tells Robert “I think this is for you.” Episode 5: * Brianna tells her mother, Grace, that Grace needs a boyfriend. Grace tells her daughter, Brianna “I’m sending that sentence right back to you.” Brianna is single. Her sister, Mallory, is married with two kids. * Brianna shows Grace a profile of a handsome doctor on a dating website, in an effort to convince Grace to make a profile there. Brianna says she has used dating websites and has met some “passable” guys. Brianna mentions that one of the guys had a micropenis. Apparently, Brianna still considered him “passable”. * Grace tries to make a profile on the dating site. She struggles to describe herself. Brianna sees that Grace listed her age as 70 – which is her age. Brianna argues that Grace should say she is 65, because she looks 65. Grace says that wouldn’t be honest. Brianna says it is honest because that’s the age Grace looks. * Grace doesn’t know what to put in the section of the profile marked “turn-ons”. Frankie walks past the couch Grace and Brianna are sitting on and suggests: “That he’s NOT gay!” Brianna tells her mother to say she is “open minded”. Grace hesitates, concerned that it might mean some “weird sex thing”. * Later in the episode, Grace apologizes for saying something unkind about Frankie at the funeral. Frankie accepts her apology, but wants Grace to treat her better. Frankie points out that she is Grace’s friend. Frankie also says “I’m the other person this happened to” – meaning both she and Grace are going through divorces because their husbands are gay and their husbands want to marry each other. * Grace eventually finished filling out her dating profile and posting it. * During the episode, Grace drives Brianna and Frankie to the frozen yogurt shop (at their request). Both Brianna and Frankie are high. Brianna notices that the cashier is named Brian, and that he and her have the same name – except for the “na”. Later, Brianna tells Grace and Frankie that Brian sent her friend request on Facebook. She says “That must have taken a lot of stalking,” followed by “That was sweet.” She smiles. Episode 6: * Someone on the dating website wants to have lunch with Grace. The two of them have been briefly talking on the website for a while. The man wants to have lunch with Grace today – and she doesn’t want to go because she thinks she isn’t ready for that yet. She tells Frankie she likes the attention she gets on the dating website – and likes that she can get that attention and stay home. Frankie encourages her to go to lunch with the man from the dating website. Grace says she doesn’t know him. Frankie informs her that this is what going to lunch is for – to get to know him and to get laid. * Grace realizes that this will be her first date in 40 years. * Frankie gives Grace some condoms. Grace says she doesn’t need them because she’s well past being able to get pregnant. Frankie tells Grace that because of the “penis drugs”, older people are having sex and aren’t using condoms – and are spreading STDs. Frankie says she read that in an AARP article. There is, in fact, an AARP article from 2010 that explains why older people should use condoms. The article is written by Dr. Pepper Schwartz. * An earthquake happens, and Frankie freaks out. Robert and Sol had just made plans for dinner. (They plan to order paella from a restaurant). Immediately after the earthquake is over, Sol tells Robert that Frankie is terrified of earthquakes and that he needs to go help her calm down. Sol says: “It’s her first quake alone, and she only has Grace to comfort her.” Robert immediately responds: “Go!” * Coyote rides his bike over to Mallory’s house to deliver a children’s book called And Tango Makes Three. The book was written by Justin Richardson and Peter Parnell and was published in 2005. The story is about three Chinstrap penguins at the Central Park Zoo, and is based on something that really happened. Roy and Silo were two male penguins in the zoo’s penguin exhibit. Roy and Silo liked to do everything together. A zookeeper noticed that they built a nest together, just like the other penguins couples do. But, Roy and Silo could not lay an egg. One day, the zoo had an extra Chinstrap penguin egg that was produced by another penguin couple who could not care for it. The zookeeper gave the egg to Roy and Silo, who took turns keeping it warm until the egg hatched. The zookeeper named the baby penguin Tango because “it takes two to tango”. Tango is a girl. Coyote takes the book to Mallory because he remembered that Mallory said that her kids were having a difficult time understanding what was happening with their grandfather and Sol. Coyote is working as a substitute teacher, so it makes sense that he had heard of this children’s book. * Grace’s date does not go well. After they are seated, she asks Charles if he’s “done it a lot”. He gives her a funny look. She clarifies that she means “this” and gestures at the table. She wanted to know if he goes to lunch with women he met on the dating website a lot. He obviously thought she was asking him if he had a lot of sex. * Charles tells Grace to watch out for liars on the dating website. It’s an odd comment to start out a new (potential) relationship with. He gives the example of someone who said she loved to play tennis – but he later learned that she was in a wheelchair. It’s hard to know if Charles was making up that example, or if he met someone like that. As the lunch date goes on, Charles gets stranger and stranger. He doesn’t seem to understand the subtle social cues Grace gives him indicating she doesn’t think he’s funny. He tells her if he’s too much to say: “Charlie it’s too much.” Grace immediate responds: “Charlie, it’s too much.” Charlie laughs and doesn’t take her seriously. Not long after that, Charlie starts making inappropriate, and gross, comments about Grace’s mouth and the steak she is eating, and this makes Grace so uncomfortable that she quickly ends the lunch date. * After helping Frankie calm down, Sol asks if she would like to get a bite to eat. They go to lunch. Sol texts Robert that he is going to be late (which leads to a misunderstanding – more on that in a bit). During lunch, Frankie asks Sol how it started with Robert. Sol is a bit taken aback. He didn’t expect to be sharing that today. Frankie honestly wants to know, so Sol tells her. Robert and Sol were at a law conference together, and later got drunk together at the hotel bar. They rode the elevator together. Sol says Robert gave him this look that scared him. The look gave him a feeling. Robert kissed Sol. Frankie asked if it was a big kiss. Sol says they kept kissing until the elevator stopped at their floor – the 26th floor. Sol says his whole body became alive. Frankie asks if that’s when their relationship started. Sol says no, that he and Robert didn’t talk about what happened. Frankie asks: “Why not?” Sol says they couldn’t talk about it – they didn’t know how to talk about it. The relationship between Robert and Sol evolved from sex to love. Sol didn’t want to tell Frankie about it because he loved her, and he loved their family, and he didn’t want to hurt them or lose them. * Grace returns home after the awful lunch date and finds one of Frankie’s art students in the kitchen, eating a ham sandwich. Grace has seen all three of Frankie’s students once before, the day she was trying to rush Frankie to get ready for the funeral. Grace knows the men in Frankie’s art class are all “ex-cons.” Grace is surprised and asks how he got in there. She tells him Frankie wasn’t home. The man says he found the studio empty so he went inside the house to make sure Frankie was ok. The man starts flirting with Grace. She is so surprised, she drops her purse. The condoms Frankie gave her fall out, and the man sees them. He makes a comment, and Grace clarifies that Frankie put those into her purse. It is clear that Grace is attracted to the man. She is a bit flustered. He tells her that he knows about her husband and Frankie’s husband. He says: “Please tell me that if he wasn’t fucking you somebody else was.” Another earthquake tremor happens, and Grace and the man end up passionately kissing in the kitchen (which leads to them making out for a little while before Grace stops it). The man leaves. Grace is smiling. * Later, Grace tells Frankie that one of her students was in the kitchen, eating a ham sandwich. Frankie says “That must be Byron. He loves ham.” Grace doesn’t mention the kissing. * Sol comes home to Robert three hours late. Robert invited some friends over (Al and Eddie, who are a couple). They are eating Paella. Robert and Sol start bickering, and Al and Eddie run away. Robert and Sol have an argument. Robert asks “Why did we blow up our lives if you are just going to go running back to her?” Sol said he texted Robert that he would be late, and thought Robert said it was ok. It turned out there was a miscommunication. The two make up. Robert goes to get some food for Sol. While he isn’t looking, Sol texts Frankie “goodnight”. Episode 7: * Grace comes home from an awful date. Grace tells Frankie that she took her anecdote (about saving a little bird). Frankie isn’t thrilled with that. Grace goes on to say that her date’s anecdote was about his fatty lipoma. He had a tumor that he named Farley – and it had teeth. A lipoma is a slow-growing fatty lump that’s most often situated between your skin and the underlying muscle tissue. It can feel doughy. It is not cancer. * Grace says she has another date tomorrow. Frankie points out that would be three dates in one week. * Brianna is cooking because she has a date coming over. She calls Bud to help her. Bud points out that she destroyed the Brisket, so he’s going to help her make stew out if it. Brianna says stew isn’t a second date food. Bud infers her date is with “Racist Dave”. Brianna corrects Bud – “Border Patrol Dave”. Dave sends Brianna a text, in which he cancels the date. Brianna now calls him “Racist Dave”. Brianna says that she doesn’t know what she wants (meaning in a relationship). Bud says she wants what everyone wants “Someone you can come home to at the end of the day who is happy to see you.” Brianna says she is getting a dog. * A big part of this episode focuses on the Spelling Bee, which is televised. Frankie and Sol watch it every year (it’s one of their rituals). Frankie can’t get Grace interested in the Spelling Bee, and Sol can’t get Robert interested in it. Sol unexpectedly brings Frankie a bread maker and some laser discs. Frankie sees that as an excuse to come over. Sol asks her to come over and watch the Spelling Bee with him. Frankie hesitates, unsure if that’s a good idea now that they are getting a divorce. Sol wants to continue their rituals, like watching the Spelling Bee together. Frankie says that she will be strong and say “no”. * Brianna adopts a foster dog she saw on the internet. The man who is fostering the dog brings him over. The man is cute and near Brianna’s age. She flirts with him – badly. He doesn’t appear to be interested in her, but is excited to give this great dog a forever home. Brianna is not so enthused about the dog. The dog is shy, at first. Brianna says the dog is ugly, and asks if it is the dog she saw on the internet. The foster dog “dad” gives Brianna the food the dog has been eating, and his toys. He makes a joke (about the dog leaving his patio furniture and grill so the other dogs could use it) – which Brianna doesn’t get. Foster dog man says she can call him if she has any trouble. Brianna spends hours trying to get the dog to love her. She fails at it. So, she calls the Foster dog guy, who comes over. He doesn’t see any problem with the dog (who is happily waltzing down the hallway and checking out other rooms.). The Foster dog guy makes a comment implying he thinks Brianna called to get HIM to come over. She basically agrees. They have sex. He leaves right after. Brianna is sad – until the dog leaps into her arms and starts loving her. * Frankie ends up going over to Sol and Robert’s to watch the Spelling Bee with Sol. She brought popcorn and tea. He is thrilled! They have a great time until Robert comes home and looks upset. Frankie leaves. Robert is miffed about Sol hanging out with Frankie. Robert admits that he is scared about Sol’s relationship with Frankie. He didn’t like that Sol didn’t tell him Frankie was coming over. Sol said he didn’t know she was coming over. Sol tells Robert that Frankie will always be part of his life, and that Robert has nothing to worry about. Robert agrees to watch the Spelling Bee with Sol – and they both have fun! * Grace goes on date three (of the week). It is with a man who owns a yacht and is an architect. His “name” on the dating website is “yachtcatect”. Grace thinks that is clever. She gets a table where they are supposed to meet. Unexpectedly, she sees a friend whom she hasn’t seen in years. His name is Guy, and he is a world traveler. But now, he wants to settle down. The yacht guy shows up, but hasn’t seen Grace yet. He is dressed like a television captain – hat, coat, and all. Guy asks Grace if she wants to meet that man. She doesn’t. Guy offers to sneak her out of the restaurant if she will have ice cream with him. They have ice cream together. Guy says he thinks there has always been a spark between them. They slowly start a relationship. He takes Grace to her door, and Grace kisses him. Neither expected that. Frankie sees Grace kiss Guy through the window. She leaves the television on – and the Spelling Bee – and goes upstairs. Episode 8: * Grace lets Frankie know that Guy is coming over for dinner (and she wants Frankie to either leave or stay in her room). Frankie says that Grace and Guy are gonna have sex. Frankie asks Grace if she is worried “because it’s the first time a straight man has seen you naked in 40 years.” Grace says she isn’t worried because she will turn the lights out (and he won’t see her naked). Frankie asks Grace if she is worried about vaginal dryness. Grace responds: “I am now.” * Frankie gives Grace something Frankie refers to as her “secret weapon”. It is a jar of “Frankie’s homemade yam lube.” Frankie calls it “Vag-a-kadabra.” She keeps it in the refrigerator. Grace is disturbed because she’s been eating the yam lube on toast. Frankie reassures Grace that that is good, and that her gynecologist says “You shouldn’t put anything in your vagina that you wouldn’t put in your mouth.” Overall, this advice is not a bad idea. * Grace doesn’t want to hear about the yam lube. Frankie says “It’s not a dildo. It’s a facilitator!” Frankie also says that she makes dildos. * Grace tells Frankie that men and women cannot be friends. Frankie disagrees. She is friends with Sol, and several other men, including Jacob (who grows the yams Frankie uses in her lube). Grace later informs Frankie that Jacob was flirting with Frankie. This takes Frankie by surprise. * Guy comes over for dinner with Grace. They sit on the couch afterward making boring small talk. Eventually, Grace asks: “Do you want to have sex?” Guy responds: “Oh boy yes.” Grace does, in fact, keep the lights out and does not let Guy see her naked. * The next day, Frankie asks Grace how the sex was, and wants to hear details. Grace says Guy “was no slouch in the boudoir.” Cut scenes make it clear that Grace and Guy had sex, but it was far from being good sex. Frankie asks if the sex was bad. Grace doesn’t really answer. Frankie asks Grace if she had an orgasm. Grace angrily responds: “You’re a child!” Frankie concludes, “So, that’s a no.” * Later, Frankie tries to encourage Grace to tell Guy what she likes in bed. She asks if he knows that clitoral stimulation is important. Grace is mortified – and it’s only her and Frankie who can hear this conversation. Grace says she has never talked about her clitoris. * The next day, Grace gets off the phone and tells Frankie “Well, Guy and I made plans for him to have another orgasm tonight.” * Frankie realizes that Jacob is flirting with her. She tells Grace, who gives Frankie some advice – but Frankie isn’t skilled at flirting. Eventually, she let’s Jacob know that Grace thought he was flirting with her, and so she tried to flirt with him – but is bad at it. Jacob says he thought Frankie was having a heart attack. The two of them smoke pot together. Right before Jacob leaves, he tells Frankie that he WAS flirting with her. * Guy comes over. He says he brought a flashlight. (He injured himself trying to find the bed in the dark the other night). He wants to take Grace upstairs. She stops, plays some music, and guides Guy through dancing with her. This is the closest Grace has probably ever gotten to telling a sexual partner what she likes. The dance becomes a metaphor for sex. Episode 9: * Grace got an invite to Robert and Sol’s wedding. She and Frankie make fun of the script (which is florid and loopy and overdone). Frankie asks: “I wonder how they decided whose name goes on top.” That conversation quickly ends. Typically, wedding invitations go one of two ways: (1) The parents who are hosting the wedding are listed, followed by the parents who are not hosting the wedding – and then it states that the parents are inviting people to the wedding. (2) If the couple us hosting the wedding themselves, the name of the bride always appears first (or “on top”). Neither Grace nor Frankie want to consider which of their husbands is “on top” in the bedroom, or to wonder if the order of names on the invitation match that situation. * Frankie, after seeing the wedding invitation, asks Grace to pull her finger, which Grace refuses. Frankie was asking for help – because she tried to remove her wedding ring the day of the funeral but it was stuck on her hand. Grace helps Frankie take off the wedding ring. * Frankie is making another batch of her “Vag-a-kadabra” homemade yam lube. Brianna comes over (to pick up her dog that Frankie was babysitting). Brianna asks what Frankie is making, and Frankie tells her. Brianna responds: “Mom, Frankie verbally molested me!” Surprisingly, it is Grace who explains the virtues of the lube that Frankie is making. The reason is because Brianna took over Grace’s company when she retired. Grace thinks Brianna could sell the lube because it works, and cites a statistic of how many women have dry vaginas (especially older women). This, of course, grosses out Brianna. Grace says: “It’s all natural – from farm to vagina.” Frankie says: “Personal lubricant is for everyone.” Grace makes Brianna take a jar of the lube with her to work. * Frankie calls out Grace for lying. Guy likes golf, and hoagies, and Grace is pretending to like those things too – but she really doesn’t like those things. Frankie keeps insisting that Grace needs to tell Guy the truth. Eventually, Grace says that when you are in a new relationship you lie and pretend to like things that you don’t like. Grace is worried that Guy will break up with her if he learns that they don’t like the same things. Grace is afraid of losing Guy if she is honest with him. Frankie encourages her to be honest with Guy, anyway. * Grace takes a small revenge on Robert by asking him to come over while Guy is there. Robert is coming over to borrow Grace’s wedding book – a huge binder that apparently has tons of information that is useful for people who are planning huge weddings. Grace wants Robert to know that she has a boyfriend. Robert comes over to get the wedding book and sees that Guy is there – and is overjoyed! They are friends. They are happy to see one another. Grace makes it clear that she and Guy are in a relationship. Robert is surprised, but seems ok with that. Guy says that he and Robert should get together – and Robert agrees and says he will call Guy. Grace says the she will attend Robert’s wedding – with Guy as her date. Later, Grace goes golfing with Guy, and Robert shows up. Guy says he invited Robert. The three go golfing, with Grace trying to quietly tell Robert that she doesn’t want him there. She accuses him of trying to flirt with Guy. Guy hits the ball very far, and Robert congratulates him. The two men put their arms around each other, and Guy recites part of a poem (written by Rumi) It turns out that Robert said he had no one to officiate the wedding, and Guy, who is an officiant, volunteered. He hoped Robert liked the poem so he could use it at the wedding. Robert later tells Grace that he thought having Guy officiate was perfect because Sol wanted a multicultural wedding and Guy has been around the world. * Brianna takes the yam lube to work and repeats what Grace said about it, and the “personal lubricant is for everyone” statement that Frankie told her. She puts some yam lube into small containers and asks her team to try it for themselves, and then come back the next day to talk about it how it made them feel. Brianna wants to move the company in a new direction with this product. Brianna mentions dry vaginas a lot – grossing out one of her team members. The team is made up of a woman (who just broke up with her boyfriend) a guy who is straight and may or may not be single, and a guy who is gay. The guy who is gay does not want to hear about vaginas. Brianna ends up using the yam lube with a co-worker – Barry, who is an accountant. She has sex with someone she not only works with but also is one of her employees. The next day, when the team is sharing their experiences with the yam lube, Brianna insists she used the lube “with herself”. * Frankie gets upset because Grace got an invitation to Robert and Sol’s wedding, but she did not. She makes an unexpected visit to Sol, who is living with Robert. Frankie brings him a chip and dip plate shaped like a sombrero. She also used the bread maker Sol brought her to make bread – which she brought to Sol – along with “better” (a non-dairy form of butter she hand made.) Sol asks why she brought him those things. She said she was there to remind him to get a flu shot – and that this is the last time she will remind him – because they need to have boundaries. He agrees, and the two try and work on that. Before she leaves, she tells Sol she is upset that Grace got an invite and she did not. Sol insists that Robert mailed Frankie an invite. This leads to a big, confusing, fight between Sol and Robert about why Frankie’s invite didn’t arrive. (Which gets resolved later.) Later, Sol visits Frankie (who is still living at the beach house with Grace). Frankie is in her studio, working on some art. Sol hands Frankie her invitation. She sets it aside – with a pile of mail, which has Frankie’s invitation. She made some art on the envelope, and forgot about it. Sol and Frankie get serious and ask their subconsciouses (which they have given names to) if Frankie really wants to go to Sol’s wedding. She discovers that she doesn’t want to go because it would be too painful. Sol is sad, but understands. They start acknowledging that they need to work on “divorce stuff”. * Frankie got so caught up with Sol that she accidentally blows off Jacob (the yam man). She stands him up on a lunch date, and he sends her a text. They reschedule, and she stands him up again (before rushing over to meet with him.) Jacob gently breaks up with her. She’s not ready to date yet. * Eventually, Grace starts being honest. She tells Guy that she doesn’t like golf, or hoagies (and adds some other things she doesn’t like). He accepts it. She tells him she was afraid that he would walk away if she told him, and that was scary, especially since she really likes him. Being honest solidified their relationship. Grace them goes over to Robert’s to tell him that Guy can’t be his officiant because Guy is her boyfriend. Robert shrugs that off and accepts. He tells Grace that he and Sol are getting into big fights about planning the wedding and maybe they should just elope like Sol wanted. Sol didn’t want a big wedding. Grace asks Robert what he wants. Robert wants the big wedding. He wants to tell the world that he loves Sol. Grace encourages Robert to keep planning the wedding, and points out that wedding planning is stressful. Grace says Robert would know that if he helped plan their wedding or the wedding of his daughter. There is a moment where they wonder if things would have gone differently if they had both been honest with each other about how they were feeling years ago. They decide that things would have gone the way they did anyway, but might have been less bad. Episode 10: * The episode starts with Robert and Sol, and Grace, and Frankie, and Bud in an elevator. They had just signed divorce papers. The elevator gets stuck, and Grace freaks out because she is claustrophobic. The episode is a “flashback” episode to events that took place long before the events in Episode 1 did. * The “flashback” takes place at the beach house where Grace and Robert, and Frankie and Sol, are spending the Labor Day weekend. Bud, Coyote, and Brianna are also there. Robert and Sol planned to tell their wives that they had become a couple and wanted a divorce. * Robert and Sol start trying to tell Grace and Frankie – when Mallory walks in with her husband. Mallory is super pregnant, and therefore, was not expected to arrive at all. This interrupts what Robert and Sol were trying to say – so it doesn’t get said. * Frankie is over the moon about Mallory’s pregnancy. Mallory’s husband says he sees pregnant women at work all the time, but none of them are as excited as Frankie is. Sol explains that Frankie “never got to do it herself.” Both Coyote and Bud are adopted. It has been established before this episode that Sol and Frankie are both Jewish. This makes me wonder if they chose not have biological children because they both carry a recessive gene for Tay-Sachs. * Mallory spends a lot of time in the pool. She asks Coyote to come over so she could talk to him. She asks Coyote how much cocaine he is on. He says he is naturally energetic. (Shortly before that, Coyote and Mallory’s husband smoked pot together, and Coyote snorted cocaine.) They talk a little about her pregnancy. Coyote starts to say something, that Mallory stops him from saying. She says something about “the thing we agreed never to talk about.” Coyote says “Imagine me with a 9 year old.” I think this means that Mallory and Coyote were a couple nine years ago and they either had a pregnancy scare (that turned out not to be a pregnancy) or Mallory had an abortion. Based on the timeline – Coyote and Mallory probably were in high school when the pregnancy (or pregnancy scare) happened. * Grace makes a mean comment about Frankie not knowing anything about pregnancy because she hasn’t been pregnant. Later, after Mallory unexpectedly gives birth at the beach house, fully clothed, while the family watches, Grace apologizes. She tells Frankie something like that she didn’t feel like a mother until she held her baby in her arms. Frankie says “Me too.” * Grace, who has been on the phone handling work related things for most of the day, later tells Robert that she wants to retire and give the business to Brianna. Grace says she hopes that her retiring will rekindle the relationship between her and Robert. * Fast forward to them all stuck in the elevator, and Robert explains why he stayed with Grace. “My heart broke for you, and I had to give you what you wanted.” * Bud reveals something he feels guilty about. That weekend in the beach house, he was sleeping on the couch. Robert and Sol were on the porch outside that room. Bud woke up and saw Robert and Sol kissing. Bud felt guilty about not telling his mom about that. Frankie and Grace reassure Bud that even if he had told – they wouldn’t have believed him. Frankie says “You gave me five more years with your father.” Episode 11: * Guy has been spending a lot of time at the beach house. Today, he admits that he “ambien eats” after Frankie notices more food missing from the refrigerator. Guy goes shopping to replace what he ate while he was asleep. He also says he “ambian orders” on Amazon, and has purchased the same pair of shoes, while sleeping, four times. * Frankie tells Grace she thinks Grace is going too fast with Guy. Grace says she is lucky to have him. She points out most men their age date younger women “who don’t have sagging breasts and chin hair.” * Frankie’s art student, (the one that kissed Grace during the earthquake), comes in the house to say goodbye. He is going to Mexico. (All of Frankie’s art students are ex-cons and all are adults.) Grace is flustered. He kisses her. Frankie comes in with the student’s painting – and sees them kiss. Grace says it was a goodbye kiss, to which Frankie points out that means there was a hello. Grace ends up telling Frankie about the day of the earthquake when the student first kissed Grace. * Robert and Sol are tasting food so they can pick a caterer for their wedding. The caterers have come over and are preparing food. Frankie calls Sol and tells him “Grace kissed a convict”. When Sol gets off the phone, he tells Robert about Grace kissing a convict. Robert smiles and says: “Good. She deserves some fun.” Sol is surprised by that response, and points out “but Grace is dating your friend Guy.” Robert says something like “but they aren’t married”. Long story short, Sol asks Robert if he kissed anyone else while they were together. Robert does not immediately respond – and Sol gets very upset. Later, Robert admits he slept with someone. Sol demands to know who. This conversation is happening while the caterers (who are a gay couple) are there. Sol says “We know five gay people in the world and two are in the kitchen.” It turns out Robert slept with one of the caterers, 12 years ago, when Robert and Sol were broken up. The caterer tries to console Sol by saying that he and Robert were incompatible. This does not make Sol feel any better. The caterer mentions something about how gay couples don’t have to fit into heterosexual norms. Later, Sol asks Robert “Are we doing this wrong?” He is referring to their upcoming wedding. He is worried they are getting out of one box and going into another. Eventually, Robert and Sol make up after talking things out. They end up choosing these caterers because their food is delicious. * Grace discovers that Frankie told Sol about her “kissing a convict” – and that Sol told Robert. She is absolutely livid! She tells Frankie that she is a private person and expected her to keep what she shared a secret. They argue, and Frankie tries to apologize. At this moment, Guy returns with the food he bought for Frankie. He overhears that Grace kissed a convict – that day – shortly after he left. Guy leaves, but comes back hours later. When Guy returns, he tells Grace that he is in love with her. Grace gives him a hug, but doesn’t say anything. She looks troubled by this news. * Later, Frankie tries to make amends by giving Grace one of her most embarrassing secrets. It is a VHS tape. The tape is a sex tape that she and Sol recorded in the 80′s, while wearing gladiator costumes. Frankie tells Grace she can watch it, laugh at it, tell the kids, put it on the six-o’clock news, do whatever she wants with it. Grace asks: “Can I burn it?” Frankie responds: “Please do.” Frankie says that the idea of watching yourself have sex is much better than actually watching yourself have sex. Frankie offers to give Grace $50 and another one of her secrets. Grace accepts. Frankie says: “I once made out with a monkey.” It turns out she made out with Mickey Dolenz from The Monkees. Episode 12: * Frankie makes a video on her phone saying she is moving on from Sol. She takes off her wedding ring (forever) and puts it into a box. * Bud and Coyote are tasked with throwing their father, and Brianna and Mallory’s father, a bachelor party. Bud and Coyote don’t know what to do. Mallory quickly puts together ideas for food and drinks, gets supplies, etc. Brianna thinks the Dads need to have a tacky bachelor party with jokes about balls. Bud and Coyote think the Dads want a classy party. Coyote sent invitations that had a cowboy in “assless chaps” on them. A friend of the Dads, named Nelson, arrives unexpectedly. Nelson is from Utah and doesn’t really approve of same-sex marriage. This makes the Dads feel like they HAVE TO keep the party very classy. The party is boring, so Bud and Coyote call Brianna for help. She orders a huge, pink, penis – that functions like a mechanical bull – and has it placed on the front lawn of the Dad’s home. Robert and Sol freak out. Nelson gets mean – telling Robert and Sol he doesn’t mind that they are homosexuals, but doesn’t want them to “throw it” into his face. Robert nearly punches Nelson, but Sol stops him. Meanwhile, the rest of the guests – all men (most of whom are heterosexual) are lined up around the penis/mechanical bull, waiting for their turn. Brianna’s idea made the party fun. Robert and Sol choose to stay inside – and do not want to ride the mechanical penis that is on their front lawn. * Frankie is sad – and Grace tries to cheer her up. They end up doing a “Say Yes” night. It is something that Frankie and Sol used to do. You have to say “yes” to everything that is offered the whole night – until you go home or get arrested. Frankie and Grace end up having fun. The fun includes accepting whiskey flights from two men at the bar Frankie selected. The two men are around the same age as Frankie and Grace. Frankie and Grace end up dancing on the bar and get kicked out. Meanwhile, Frankie’s car got towed. Frankie decides that, for those reasons, this “Say Yes” night is at least in “the top five”. * Grace admits to Frankie that when Guy told her that he was falling in love with her, Grace didn’t say it back. Episode 13: * Inside Frankie’s studio, near the door, there is a bumper sticker that has been posted sideways. It says “Viva Gore Lieberman 2000”. It is a political bumper sticker that was promoting Al Gore for President and Joe Lieberman for Vice President. The bumper sticker was for the 2000 election. * Grace wants to break up with Guy, but has been avoiding it. She says she is afraid that if she breaks up with him she might be alone forever. Frankie says that Grace needs to vlog about it. That evening, Grace had dinner with Guy and they watched two movies together. Grace didn’t break up with Guy, but still wants to. Guy comes downstairs and starts eating lasagna. Grace breaks up with him, and he takes it quite well. He offers to leave, but Grace insists that he stay because it was the middle of the night. She sleeps on the couch. The next morning, Frankie finds Grace on the couch and asks about Guy. Grace says she broke up with him. Guy comes downstairs and, based on his mood and words, doesn’t seem to be aware that Grace broke up with him. Frankie figures out the problem. “It was an Ambien breakup”. Guy was sleep-eating when Grace broke up with him. Grace eventually takes Frankie’s advice and vlogs (using FaceTime). She mentions Guy, and Robert, and then unexpectedly mentions a man named Phil whom she was in a relationship with. She discovers what she wants in a relationship, and that she isn’t getting it with Guy. Later, Grace tells Frankie that she has broken up with Guy (for real this time). * Robert is trying to write his vows but is having difficulty. It is important to Sol that they both write their own vows. Sol has already written his. Robert’s daughters find them and feel all kinds of emotions – so what Sol wrote must have been really good. Robert eventually writes a ridiculously long thing that was supposed to be vows but sounds like something written for a court case. Brianna asks her dad “Are you suing Sol for his love?” Brianna and Mallory take away the legal brief and edit it into something beautiful (and very appropriate as wedding vows). * Frankie goes to the home she and Sol once shared because it is moving day. They sold the house and need to pack up things and take them away. Frankie, Sol, Coyote, and Bud are going through boxes and sharing memories. They have a big, family hug. Sol says they should light the Shabbat candles one more time. The family agrees. Sol lights the candles and begins a prayer, but then gets too emotional and starts crying. Frankie sends their sons to go do the plans they had that night, and consoles Sol. Sol says “I have so much love for all of you my heart….” Frankie finishes “Hurts?” Sol nods. Frankie and Sol kiss, and they end up having sex. Both of them look quite distressed about that afterwards. * Grace comes home and finds Sol in the beach house. Frankie is not there. Sol looks extremely upset, and he’s not making a lot of sense. He says he wanted to make sure Frankie was ok. Grace eventually figures out that they slept together. She yells at Sol and tells him to go away, and that she will take care of Frankie. Sol is afraid to go home. To summarize, Grace convinces Sol that he has to tell Robert about what happened between him and Frankie, “or live the rest of your life the way you spent the past 20 years.” Sol goes home, still visibly upset. The viewer can hear Robert practicing his vows by reading them out loud as Sol stands at the front door, gathering courage to go inside. It doesn’t appear that Sol can hear Robert. Frankie was out on the beach. Frankie says something about not realizing it was over until now, and that Grace figured out it was over right away. Frankie says that sleeping with Sol “didn’t feel right”. She explains, “It felt like we don’t go together anymore.” This review of Grace and Frankie – Season One is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Notes About Things in Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt – Season 1April 24, 2017TV and Movie ReviewsUnbreakable Kimmy Schmidt is a Netflix Original TV series that is about a woman who is rescued from a doomsday cult. Kimmy is trying to make a new life. The show is goofy and weird. I put together some notes about things that stuck in my mind after watching each episode. Warning: There are spoilers. Episode 1: * Kimmy and her “sisters” were taken into a bunker by the Reverend Richard Wayne Gary Wayne. He told the girls that the world had ended at Y2K (2000) and that nothing was left outside. People really did believe that something would end at Y2K, but it wasn’t the end of the world – it was the end of computer networks. Computer analysts speculated that the all the computer networks would crash at midnight on January 1, 2000. This would, they said, cause mass dysfunction because of how many things relied on those computer networks (including banking, satellites, etc). Way back in the 1970s, computer programs included a date code that started with 1900. Every year, the computers would automatically go up one year. By 1999, people started realizing that the computers would not be able to go to 2000, because they hadn’t been programmed that way. One speculation was that the computers would just roll the year over to 1900 – which would obviously screw up a lot of things. Of course, the world didn’t end at Y2K, and the computers somehow managed not to revert back to 1900. So, it makes sense that Kimmy and her “sisters” would believe that the world ended at Y2K. * Bunkers exist. President Kennedy urged Americans to build bomb shelters to protect them from nuclear fallout in the event of a nuclear war. A year later, the Cuban Missile Crisis happened, and some people built bomb shelters – just in case. Today, people who call themselves “Preppers” build or purchase bunkers (or bomb shelters) for their families to live in – just in case the world ends or anarchy happens. So, what I’m trying to say is it would be plausible that Reverend Richard Wayne Gary Wayne had a bunker. * Doomsday cults also exist, but I couldn’t find any that held people in an underground bunker. * Kimmy had a Baby-Sitter’s Club book when she was in the bunker. That series was published in 1986. It was a series designed for middle-school aged girls to read. That fits the timeframe of when Kimmy would have been kidnapped and taken to the bunker. * Kimmy and her “sisters” were on TV (as “the mole women”). Her “sister” Gretchen says that she met Reverend Richard Wayne Gary Wayne after he bought some of her hair on Craigslist. Apparently, it is possible to buy human hair on Craigslist. Episode 2: * Titus mentions something about needing to pay Columbia House or his tapes wouldn’t be sent to him. Columbia House would let people buy 11 cassette tapes for a penny. Then, they would sign you up for membership in a club or service, and you would start getting monthly shipments of cassette tapes – which you would be billed for. The process is called “negative billing” and (may not be legal anymore). Columbia House originally sold record albums, and later sold compact discs. * Kimmy realizes that Xanthippe, the bratty stepdaughter of Jacqueline (the woman who hired Kimmy) has been telling her friends a lie. Xanthippe said she had a boyfriend who was a surfer and that they had sex on the beach, and they only meet at night. Kimmy figures out that the story that Xanthippe is telling matches the story in The Baby-Sitter’s club Mystery #12. She threatens to tell Xanthippe’s friends. This would, of course, embarrass the stepdaughter who was trying to look cool to her friends. Those books are made for middle schoolers, and the stepdaughter is a high schooler. * The Baby-Sitter’s Club Mystery #12 includes a surfer named Thrash, who meets Dawn (one of the Baby-Sitters Club girls who has moved to California). Thrash calls Dawn “kelea” (after a Hawaiian goddess). Thrash is about 20, and Dawn thinks he’s too old for her (but she has a crush on him.) Thrash fakes his death and disguises himself, but Dawn figures that out. He then tampers with another surfer’s board (because that guy tampered with his) – and there’s some kind of surfing competition going on. The book does not involve any characters having sex on the beach. Episode 3: * Titus shows Kimmy an old photo of himself. He is wearing a t-shirt that says Dole – Kemp – ‘96. Bob Dole (Republican) was running for president. His running mate was Jack Kemp. They lost to Democrats Bill Clinton and Al Gore. * In the same photo, Titus had a “flat top” haircut, that was really tall. It was probably inspired by the “flat top” worn by Kid (of Kid ‘n Play). * Kimmy is given a smartphone to use. She flips it over and asks: “Is that a Macintosh?” People used to call computers made by Apple “Macintosh” computers, or “a Macintosh”. That changed to “Mac” later – but Kimmy would have been in the bunker when that happened. Episode 4: * Kimmy drags a huge tube television into the apartment. She says she can’t believe people throw away good TVs. Titus insists the TV must be broken and won’t work. Somehow, when Kimmy plugs it in – the TV works. * Jacqueline (whom Kimmy calls Mrs. Voorhees) tells Kimmy she needs to send a photo of herself to Buckley’s school. One of Kimmy’s jobs is to pick him up from school. Kimmy asks where there is a Sears Portrait Studio. The last of the Sears Portrait Studios closed in 2013. Jacqueline teaches Kimmy how to take a selfie (after explaining what a selfie was.) * Titus and Kimmy go to a video arcade because Titus needs to use the photo booth to make headshots for his audition. Kimmy comes back from the arcade and says she didn’t like how she looked in the selfie, and wants to use a different photo. The photo she wants to use is a “Baby-o-matic” photo that shows what Kimmy and Titus’s baby would look like. It is hideous. Today, there are several apps for that. Episode 5: * Kimmy invites her mole woman “sister” Cyndee to visit her in New York. Cyndee brings with her a boyfriend that Titus is convinced is gay. Later, it turns out that Cyndee knows Brandon is gay, but doesn’t care. He was her middle school crush and after leaving the bunker, she set out to achieve all of the plans she made when she was in the bunker. The reason I put this into this post is because I’m also watching Grace and Frankie (another Netflix original series) at the same time. Two completely different shows that handle the concept of a woman dating/married to a gay man in very different ways. Episode 6: * Kimmy is trying to get her GED. She is attending an adult education class in a public school. The teacher has totally given up and plays VHS movies instead of teaching math. The teacher has tenure, which he believes means he can never be fired no matter what he does. In reality, tenure gives a teacher the right to due process. It means that a tenured teacher cannot be fired without a school presenting evidence that the teacher is incompetent or behaves unprofessionally. Or, they have to prove that there is no funding for whatever class, course, or subject the teacher teaches. In this case, Kimmy’s teacher could be fired because he is clearly incompetent. Kimmy talks to the school secretary, who makes it clear that this teacher has been incompetent for years. Teachers do not automatically get tenure. There is a probationary period of three or four years before a teacher can get tenure. Once they have tenure, it is possible for a teacher to be laid off (which happened to a lot of teachers in 2008-2009 during the recession.). A union cannot prevent an incompetent teacher from being fired or competent one from being laid off. In short, the room that Kimmy’s teacher showed her, that looked like a teacher’s lounge where all the teachers were sitting and reading magazines – and getting paid to do it – doesn’t exist. * Somewhere in this episode, The Expos baseball team is mentioned. This team started as the Montreal Expos. They moved to Washington D.C. in 2005. Kimmy is surprised to hear that the Expos moved. She would have been in the bunker by the time the Expos played their first game as the Washington Nationals. The Washington Nationals used a red cap that had a curly W on it – which was originally used by the Washington Senators. Episode 7: * Jacqueline went to China and returned with her husband. Kimmy asks “Was everything there upside down?” This is an another example of Kimmy’s limited education before she was kidnapped and put in the bunker. In an earlier episode, it is revealed she never finished eight grade. In the previous episode, Kimmy tries to enroll in a Middle School, but is told she cannot do that – and that she should get her GED instead. * Jacqueline tells Kimmy that she thinks her husband is having an affair. She says that he is on the phone, and laughing, and she wants to know who he is talking to. Kimmy suggests “Maybe Gallagher?” Gallagher is a comedian best known for his Sledge-O-Matic sketch (in which he smashes a watermelon with a sledgehammer). He is still touring today. * Jacqueline decides to hold a fancy party and invite the person she thinks her husband is having an affair with. She has a plan to catch him cheating on her. Kimmy is working at the party, and needs to look fancy (which Titus helps her with). Kimmy was able to hire Titus to sing at the party. Before the party starts, Kimmy tells Jacqueline that she feels like she’s on Bravo. “They still show operas, right?”, Kimmy asks. Bravo is an American basic cable and satellite television network and flagship channel. It launched on December 1, 1980. Bravo originally focused on programming related to the fine arts and film. In the early 2000s, Bravo changed its format and started focusing on reality shows, fashion and makeover shows, and celebrities. Kimmy would have been in the bunker when Bravo changed its format. * At the party, an attractive man with an accent starts talking to Kimmy. He is a guest, and he makes an excuse about why he ended up arriving to the party early. The man assumes that Kimmy is also a guest, so she decides to pretend that she is a guest. The man notes that Kimmy has arrived early, too. Kimmy tells him that her assistant put the wrong time into her PalmPilot. The PalmPilot 1000 was introduced by U.S. Robotics in 1996. It cost $299, had 128k of memory and a monochrome, touch-screen display. 3Com acquired U.S. Robotics in 1997. In 1998, 3Com had to stop using the name “Pilot” because of a legal dispute with the Pilot Pen company. The PalmPilot became the Palm. The Palm III organizer was based on the Palm 3.0 OS. It cost $399. By 1999, more than five million PalmPilots had been sold. 3Com started selling the first Palm device with a wireless antenna, the Palm VII, for $599. Today, Palm and the PalmPilot are no longer used because people use smartphones instead. Kimmy has a iPhone (which Jacqueline gave to her earlier in this season). It seems that Kimmy doesn’t quite understand that the status of having an iPhone would be much greater than having a PalmPilot. When Kimmy was a kid, having a PalmPilot meant you were rich and important. This is likely why she told the man that she had a PalmPilot when she was pretending to be a guest. Episode 8: * Kimmy uses Titus’s Walkman. It plays cassette tapes. It runs out of batteries while she was using it. Kimmy was singing “Unbelievable” by EMF. When the batteries die, she says “Unbelievable!” The song topped the Hot 100 Chart in 1991. * Kimmy tried to have her GED classmates meet together as a study group in the library. Almost all of them stopped coming. Kimmy goes down the list of classmates, noting what happened to them. “Fatima got deported,” Kimmy says. * Jacqueline tells Kimmy that she is getting a divorce. She tells Kimmy about friends of hers who got divorced. One friend’s ex-husband “died on top of his girlfriend”. Kimmy asks, “You mean… like bunk beds?” * Titus starts his new job at a themed bar and grill. To make a long story short, he is dressed as a werewolf. Kimmy is excited. “You’re a werewolf! Just like in the Bible!” * Kimmy finally tells Jacqueline that she was a “mole woman”. Kimmy tells her this because she is trying to show Jacqueline that women can be strong (so Jacqueline will go through with her divorce). To paraphrase, Kimmy tells Jacqueline that she and her “sisters” ate bags of dirt and passed it into a kiddy pool to survive. Jacqueline says she hopes that was a metaphor. Kimmy says it wasn’t a metaphor – they needed the iron. Scientific American posted an article in 2012 about geophagia (people and animals eating dirt and/or clay). The article noted that dirt can contain iron. it also noted that dirt can also contain parasites. Episode 9: * Kimmy has turned 30. She says she hit the big 30-oh. She probably meant the big three-oh. * Kimmy throws herself a birthday party and invites friends. Somehow, the detective that found her (when she was in the bunker) arrives at her apartment with his teenage daughter. He wants to give Kimmy her birthday present. Kimmy is not happy to see them. The detective (Randy) married her mother while Kimmy was in the bunker. Her mom and the detective had a baby girl (the teenager that the detective has brought with him). Then, her mom disappeared. Kimmy tells them to leave. (They do, but then appear at the party later.) The daughter (who is named Kymmi “Kee- Me”) is played by Kiernan Shipka – who played Sally Draper on Mad Men. I find this interesting because I finished watching all seven seasons of Mad Men right before I started watching Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt. * Kimmy asks Titus to select the playlist for her birthday party. She says “I haven’t been to a Sam Goody since 1988.” The last Sam Goody store closed in 2012. It was in San Diego. Kimmy is in New York City. * During the party, the detective (Kimmy’s stepfather) gives Kimmy a necklace that has a locket on it. Later, she takes it off and her stepsister, Kymmi, grabs it, saying it is hers and that it belonged to her mother. Kimmy points out that they have the same mother. The heart shaped locket on the necklace holds a photo of Kimmy and a photo of Kymmi. * Kymmi says she wants to go to the Olive Garden in New York City that has three floors. It exists. Episode 10: * Kimmy’s boyfriend, Logan (who she met at Jacqueline’s party) wants Kimmy to stop being friends with Dong (who she met at the GED class). Logan and Dong got into a physical fight at Kimmy’s birthday party. * Logan apologizes to Kimmy for the fight, and says he overreacted because he is not used to obstacles. Kimmy asks “What would the Care Bears say” about how Logan has been acting. He responds: “It would depend on the Care Bear.” Kimmy accepts this response. * Kimmy tells Titus that she decided to stay with Logan, and that she will have to say goodbye to Dong. Titus responds: “Oh no! Am I gonna teach you about birth control?” He seems appalled by the idea. Kimmy says “not yet.” In another scene, it becomes clear that Kimmy understands kissing but doesn’t have a clue what making out or sex is supposed to be like. * Xanthippe calls Kimmy a bitch. Kimmy responds: “You mean, the thing that makes puppies? Thanks!” * Kimmy goes to the restaurant that Dong delivers food from to say she can’t see him anymore. She discovers that immigration came and took almost everyone who worked there away while Dong was out making deliveries. Now, he needs to find someplace else to live because immigration is after him. Season One of Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt was released in 2015. I’m watching it in 2017. What may have been an uncomfortable joke in 2015 has become reality for undocumented immigrants in the United States in 2017. Kimmy brings Dong to her apartment (which she shares with Titus) and tells Dong he can sleep on her couch. After they get there, she tells Dong that Logan is her boyfriend and she can only be friends with Dong. * Long story short, Xanthippe creates this ridiculous scene in an effort to encourage her mother to decide to let Xanthippe live with her father. Kimmy ends up kissing Dong. He leaves, saying he will find a new place to live. There is chemistry between them. * Logan later tells Kimmy that he was the one that called immigration. He thinks he’s hilarious. Kimmy breaks up with him, and rushes to find Dong before he gets on a bus. They become a couple. Dong says that he is still worried about immigration coming for him – and says it would be safer if he and Kimmy got married. Again, what was a dramatic moment in the 2015 TV show is something that has become reality for some people in the United States in 2017. That being said, the rules have changed, and American citizens who were married to undocumented immigrants have actually had their spouse deported (or prevented from entering the country.) Episode 11: * Kimmy gets summoned to testify at a trial against Reverend Richard Wayne Gary Wayne. She doesn’t want to go. * Kimmy talks to Jacqueline about all the things she’s worried about. Kimmy worries about getting Jacqueline through her divorce. She is worried about maybe marrying Dong. And now, she’s worried about the trial. Jacqueline takes Kimmy to a spin class called “Spiritual Spinning.” Jacqueline says it gets her mind off of everything except herself. * This is the episode where it is revealed that Jon Hamm is playing Reverend Wayne Gary Wayne. Jon Hamm played Don Draper on Mad Men. So, that’s two people from Mad Men (which I finished watching before I started watching this) who have appeared in Season 1 of Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt. * The trial is a farce. Kimmy’s “sister” Cyndee keeps calling Kimmy, leaving messages and texts, in the hopes that she will come to the trial. Kimmy and Cyndee have smartphones and know how to use them. Gretchen arrives at the trial still dressed like she was in the bunker. * Titus helps Kimmy see that the Spiritual Spinning class is basically a cult. It’s run by an (apparently) charismatic man, who tells them what to think (and what NOT to think about) and who rewards some of them with extra attention. Kimmy eventually gets what Titus is saying. She agrees it is a cult, and asks “Why does this keep happening?” This realization makes Kimmy decide to go to the trial and testify against the Reverend. But first, Kimmy shows the entire spin class that the guy running it is a fraud. Episode 12: * Kimmy and Titus ride a bus to Indiana so Kimmy can testify at the trial against Reverend Richard Wayne Gary Wayne. Titus is reading a magazine called “Land Mall”. It appears to be the bus version of Sky Mall, a magazine that people find on airplanes. Sky Mall is filled with stuff for people to buy (most of which are things that no one really needs). Land Mall doesn’t exist. * Later in the episode, Titus is wearing a t-shirt that has Z 101 FM on it. He got the t-shirt because he was on the air (probably talking about the trial Kimmy is testifying at). The Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt aired in 2015. I am watching it in 2017. Right now, Z 101 FM is a Spanish language radio station from Santo Domingo in the Dominican Republic. * This episode reveals what the real purpose of the “Mystery Crank” in the bunker was. Episode 13: * Part of this episode, and the previous one, mentions viral videos. The man who sings in the intro of the show warns Titus that having a video go viral isn’t necessarily a good thing. The viewer can assume that the intro of the show was a remixed viral video that included an interview he gave to a TV crew as the “mole women” were being rescued from the bunker. Titus, who gave a hysterically bad interview on TV in the previous episode, had become the star of a viral video (when someone else remixed it). He is certain that the video will make him famous – and that being famous will solve all his problems. The first season of Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt takes place on 2015. If I remember correctly, at that time, videos that went viral made the news (and made it onto multiple news channels and websites). That doesn’t really happen anymore. * The trial against Reverend Richard Wayne Gary Wayne takes an unexpected turn when Kimmy introduces a video tape that … oddly enough… is sort of a remix of its own. Each clip had the date and time it was taken right there on the screen. * The first season of Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt wraps up the main storyline of the show. It also starts some new storylines that will probably be picked up in the next Season. Notes About Things in Unbreakable Kimmy Schmidt – Season 1 is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Where did the Children Come From in “The Lobster”?April 13, 2017TV and Movie ReviewsThe Lobster is a bizarre dystopia where everyone must be part of a couple. Those who become single are sent to The Hotel where they have 45 days to “fall in love” with a new partner (who, ideally, also falls in love with them.) Those who do not manage to pair up with someone are turned into animals. It’s a very dark and disturbing film, and you probably shouldn’t watch this one if you have recently had a romantic relationship come to an end. Warning: There are spoilers in this post. I’m not revealing why the movie is called “The Lobster.” And, I’m leaving out a whole lot of things that happen in the movie. The movie focuses on David (played by Colin Farrell), who has come to The Hotel. His wife of 11 years left him, which means he is now single. There is no indication that they had children. The check-in process at The Hotel is depressing. David arrives with his brother, who has been turned into a dog. He is allowed to keep his-brother-the-dog, but must keep him in the hotel room. People who arrive at The Hotel have almost all of their belongings taken from them, including their clothing. The Hotel gives everyone identical outfits to wear. The men are given some slacks (of two different colors) and some shirts. Women are given multiple, identical, blue dresses and multiple flowered dresses. Everyone is given just enough clothes to get through their stay (including socks and underwear.) My guess is the purpose of this is to make everyone look as much like everyone else as possible. There is a moment when the camera focuses on a group of the saddest looking people, most of whom look depressed and unattractive, sitting in their underwear, waiting to be assigned a room. At first glance, I found it difficult to believe that any of these people had a good chance of finding a new partner. David is asked the same question all guests are asked: Are you heterosexual or homosexual? At first, he answers: “heterosexual”. But then, he recalls that there was a man… so he declares himself “bisexual”. The Hotel does not allow that. If I remember correctly, the person checking David in says that he is not allowed to be bisexual. They tried that, and it messed up their system. So, David thinks about it a little while, and decides to declare himself heterosexual. I thought it was interesting that The Hotel placed no stigma at all upon a person’s sexual orientation. Being heterosexual was accepted. Being homosexual was accepted. Being bisexual was acceptable, too (and would still be if The Hotel could work that orientation into their system.) Later, David finds himself as part of a group that includes both men and women. Presumably, there are other groups: one made up entirely of men, and the other made up entirely of women. We never see those groups in the movie. Each person is asked by The Manager what animal they want to be turned into if they are unable to find a partner. The idea is that a person who cannot find a human partner might have better luck finding a partner after they have been turned into an animal. The Hotel doesn’t place any sigma upon a person’s sexual orientation – but they do have some very strange rules regarding sex and masturbation. No one is allowed to masturbate while they are at The Hotel. There is a scene that involves David and The Maid. She is kind of grinding on him, but in a way that seems very mechanical and unappealing. It’s a service that is being provided. The Maid stops before David reaches orgasm. It appears that the purpose of this is to… encourage the male guests to find a woman to become a couple with? There is a severe punishment for the men who masturbate in The Hotel. It is disturbing, but not as disturbing as the punishments that The Loners have for those who kiss or have sex. The Loners are a group of people who escaped from The Hotel and are living in the forest. The point I’m trying to make is that the people who are in The Hotel aren’t allowed to have sex with anyone else – until after they have become a couple. The Loners are not allowed to have sex with anyone, ever (but they are allowed to masturbate – so long as they are doing it alone.) So, where are the children in “The Lobster” coming from? There is a point in the movie where two people have officially declared that they are in love. The new couple is removed from the group and given a hotel room to share. If that works out, the couple will spend some time together on one of the small yachts that is owned by the hotel. The new relationship is closely monitored by the staff of The Hotel, as well as by the Hotel Manager and her husband. They want to make sure the couple is really a couple before releasing them from The Hotel. The Manager tells the new couple that if they have any tensions, any arguing, that they cannot resolve themselves, they will be assigned children. She says that usually helps a lot. People don’t want to argue around children. Things do no go super smoothly with this couple, and we see them later with a daughter that looks to be about eight years old. Where did this child come from? The couple could not be the child’s biological parents because not enough time has passed for them to have an eight-year-old daughter. Without giving too much away, there are scenes from The City. It seems to be the place where couples live. Everyone there is a couple. The police stop a few single people and basically ask for their papers. There aren’t any children present. Now, I suppose it’s possible that The City is a place that is only for adults, and that children aren’t allowed there. Maybe the kids are in school (or daycare) when the parents go to The City. It’s also possible that all of these couples have relationships that are smooth enough that they didn’t end up being assigned children. Later in the movie, there is a part where one of The Loners introduces a few other Loners to her parents. She doesn’t look anything like her parents, so one can assume she was an assigned child. “The Lobster” is a movie that gives the viewer just enough story, and leaves them to imagine the parts that aren’t specifically laid out for them. The movie didn’t give me any answers about where the assigned children come from. Here are my best guesses about that: 1. The children are “orphans”. A couple that has been assigned a child (or more than one child) breaks up. The parents become singles. In this world, people cannot be single. So, someone – maybe The Hotel – takes the children away from both parents. This allows each parent to find a new partner, or to be turned into an animal if they are unable to find a new partner. The former parent can focus all of their attention on finding a new partner without worrying about what happened to their assigned children. There must be a large orphanage somewhere (and it probably isn’t located in The City). The children become “orphans”. They might get assigned to new parents one day. 2. The children are from accidental pregnancies. Two people at The Hotel become a couple. They have lots of sex. They are either not using any kind of birth control, or their birth control of choice fails. The woman gets pregnant. There are no examples in the movie of a couple that is raising their biological child together. Maybe this accidentally produced child is automatically sent to the orphanage after he or she is born. This child would one day be assigned to another couple (who need a child because they cannot resolve their differences and are arguing too much.) It is possible that all of the adults in the movie were raised in an orphanage (until they were assigned parents). If so, then the couple with the accidental pregnancy would consider it quite normal to send their newborn to the orphanage. This society highly values couples, and places a huge stigma on single people. The society doesn’t seem to give much thought to children (or who raises them). 3. The children are “test tube babies” or clones or are produced in some way that doesn’t involve a typical pregnancy. Viewers must accept the premise that The Hotel is quite capable of turning a person into an animal. From there, it doesn’t seem too difficult to imagine that The Hotel collects DNA from the guests, and sends that DNA to a lab for the purpose of making babies. 4. The children are coming from an entirely different society that has an abundance of children and not nearly enough parents to raise them. Maybe the other society doesn’t care if people are single, or part of a couple, and also doesn’t care who decides to have sex with whom. Sometimes, a pregnancy occurs. Parents can decide for themselves if they want to raise the child or send it away for someone else to raise. 5. The children are coming from a situation that I haven’t thought of. Where did the Children Come From in “The Lobster”? is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on PayPal.me. Thank you!... Things from Mad Men that are Different from Today – Season SevenApril 8, 2017TV and Movie ReviewsSeason Seven was the final season of Mad Men. I was kind of sad to have reached the end of the story, but I liked how it ended. I can always re-watch it if I want to. My husband and I watched the entire series of Mad Men on Netflix. I took notes on the things in Mad Men that are different from today. Before you read this post, you might want to read what I wrote about previous Seasons: Mad Men Season One Mad Men Season Two Mad Men Season Three Mad Men Season Four Mad Men Season Five Mad Men Season Six Warning: There are spoilers. Episode 1: Don flies to California where his wife, Megan, is living. She has a tiny black and white television. He buys her a huge console television. The thing is so heavy that it requires two big men to carry it inside. It looks like a cabinet with the television embedded in it, and I think it had built in speakers on either side of the TV. This was a top-of-the-line, expensive, color television…. that Megan didn’t want. Episode 2: * Don wakes up to a buzzing noise. It is coming from his alarm clock, which can be described as an analog electric alarm clock. The numbers flip over. * Don and his daughter, Sally, are at a diner. She wants to call her friends. Don put two quarters on the table. Sally takes the quarters, gets up, walks across the diner, and puts the quarters into the payphone that is on the wall. Today, Sally would have picked up her smartphone and made the call (or would have borrowed her dad’s smartphone to make the call). Episode 3: * Harry finally tells one of the other partners that he’s been lying – for a long time – about there being a computer that he uses to figure out the best ad placement for television ads. He’s been lying to the customers about it, too. There is no computer. This revelation sparks a conversation about the company needing to invest in a computer. Today, its hard to imagine an entire office without computers. * Betty goes on a field trip with her son, Bobby. She is a chaperone. Betty and Bobby ride on the school bus with his classmates, teacher, and a few other moms. Betty smokes a cigarette on the way, and ashes out the window. Episode 4: * The creative’s lounge is taken away from them because the office is going to put a computer there. It takes up that entire space. The only thing this computer could do was “crunch numbers” – literally computing. * The computer is an IBM 360. It is a mainframe computer that was accessed by remote terminals. It had 8,000,000 characters in bulk core storage. Monthly rentals ranged from $27,000 for a basic configuration to $115,000 for a typical large multi system configuration. * The “System/360″ became available for delivery in 1965. The office in Mad Men is getting it installed in 1969. Today, most offices do not invest in computers that are four years old. * Harry asks the IBM guy who is overseeing the computer installation to tell him where to find a keypunch service. The IBM 360 ran on punch cards. A keypunch service had people (often women) whose job it was to put a deck of blank cards into a hopper. The worker would type an operator command, and the hopper machine would feed one card at a time into a punch station. A series of dies punched holes into an individual card. Harry needed a service to make those cards for the office’s computer. * In order to operate the mainframe, a person needed to – by hand – put the stack of punchcards, in a specific order, into the mainframe one by one. * I have personally done that a few times when I was a little kid (because my dad sometimes took me to work with him.). Dropping the punch cards on the floor was a complete disaster. It meant you had to stop entering the cards, stop the computer, take the time to put the cards back in order, and start putting them into the computer again. If you accidentally put one card into the computer in the wrong order – the computer wouldn’t work. Once all the punchcards were correctly entered, you had to wait around for the mainframe to process them before you could start working from a terminal. * Don uses a typewriter at his desk to get some work done. He has a piece of white paper, then a sheet of carbon, then another piece of white paper sandwiched together. The purpose of this was so Don could make two copies of what he was typing at the same time. Episode 5: * There is now a secretary who sits at the terminal inside the room the giant computer is in. She appears to be typing something into the terminal. Behind her is a computer with a magnetic reel tape drive. * The giant mainframe computer makes a constant humming noise. The computer room always has the doors closed because it needs to be in an air conditioned room. Episode 6: * Peggy is working on an ad campaign for Burger Chef. She and Don decide to come up with a new idea rather than what they originally planned. Peggy mentions something about the ad including a mother who is picking up Burger Chef for her family on the way home from work. Don says “Mothers who work is too sad for an ad.” Peggy points out that he is surrounded by mothers who work. This doesn’t change Don’s mind. They end up going with a completely different idea. Episode 7: * This episode focuses on the Moon Landing. Everyone watches the rocket lifting off on television. Then, they watched the first space walk on television. * Peggy is in Indiana with Don, Pete, and Harry because they are pitching to Burger Chef the next day. Peggy went out to get alcohol, but Indiana was dry on Sundays – meaning stores could not sell alcohol. She ends up having to buy two cans of beer from the hotel clerk. Indiana was dry on Sundays until July 1, 2016. The laws changed on that date to allow distilleries, breweries, and wineries to sell alcohol on Sundays. The laws still did not allow people to buy alcohol and bring it home with them on a Sunday. Episode 8: * Don has an answering service. He calls and a female worker answers and tells him who called him and when. The service is not work related – it is taking calls from women in Don’s social life. * Joan and Peggy are talking to their client, Topaz pantyhose, about a problem. L’Eggs pantyhose – a competitor – is a lower price and is selling more than Topaz. L’Eggs pantyhose came in a plastic egg shaped container. Episode 9: * I didn’t see anything new in this episode, that you don’t see today (that hadn’t already been mentioned in this post or in posts about previous seasons.) Episode 10: * Sally’s friend Glenn comes to visit. He is now 18 years old. Glenn, and a female friend he brought with, ask Sally to go to Playland with them. Glenn reveals that he has joined the military and will be going to Vietnam. Sally gets very upset about this and rushes to her room. Later, Glenn returns, knowing that Sally is not there. (She was on a class trip.). Glenn came to see Betty. Betty gives Glenn a beer. The legal drinking age in New York was 18 until 1982 – when it went up to 19. On December 1, 1985, the legal drinking age in New York moved up to age 21. * Don was running late for work, so he shaves at his desk in his office while his secretary fills him in about what is scheduled for the day. He uses a battery powered electric razor. Those types of razors increased in popularity in the 1960s. * The office has a darkroom which Stan (one of the creatives) uses to develop film – usually for ad campaigns. People have to knock on the door before coming in because opening the door lets light into the room. Doing that at the wrong time can completely destroy film. Episode 11: * Peggy and Stan are working with children for an ad campaign. There is a table of toys in front of the kids. One of the toys is a metal slinky. Episode 12: * The office gets absorbed by McCann. They lose the computer that took over the creative’s lounge. Harry says that McCann has a team of people who do statistics – so they don’t need the computer. * McCann has an informal “ladies club”. The women who work there get together to complain about work (and drink). * Peggy’s last remaining creative guy chooses not to go to McCann. He is still at the old office. He says he is still being paid, so he thought he’d “make some long distance calls”. Long distance calls were very expensive at the time. Episode 13: * Don has gone on an impromptu road trip. He doesn’t carry luggage. Instead, he has a large paper bag with a change of clothes in it. The bag says Sears. Today, a lot of Sears stores are closing. Episode 14: * Don’s road trip continues. This time he is carrying a bag from Penney’s. The bag probably came from JC Penney’s (which, today, is also closing a lot of stores.) Things from Mad Men that are Different from Today – Season Seven is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Things from Mad Men that are Different from Today – Season SixApril 7, 2017TV and Movie ReviewsAs my husband and I watched our way through Mad Men, I took notes about things that are in the show that are different from today. This post is about Mad Men Season Six. We watched the entire series on Netflix. Before you read this, you might want to read what I wrote about previous Seasons: Mad Men Season One Mad Men Season Two Mad Men Season Three Mad Men Season Four Mad Men Season Five Warning: There are spoilers. Episode 1: * Megan uses a Kodak Instamatic camera to take a photo of Don while they are on a work/vacation in Hawaii. The Kodak Instamatic was launched in 1963. It used a 126 film cartridge. The Kodak Instamatic 104 was released in 1968. It had a holder for a single flashbulb on the top of the camera. Take a photo with the flashcube, and cock the camera for the next exposure (meaning – roll the film for the next photo). The flashcube would turn 90 degrees to bring the next flashbulb into position automatically. * The maid was vacuuming while Don was watching TV. The television had two squiggly lines of interference across it – one near the top of the screen and one near the bottom. It was not a common problem, and the TV went back to normal when after the vacuum was shut off. Episode 2: I did not see anything in this episode that was different from today (and that wasn’t already mentioned in this list or the lists about previous seasons.) Episode 3: * The news in the background on televisions in various scenes discuss the Vietnam War. It has been said that Vietnam was the first “television war”, or the first “living-room war” (the room people watched television in.) Being able to sit in your home, in front of your TV, and watch what was happening in a war far away had an effect on people. At first, TV stations were trying to be upbeat – providing wire reports or a battlefield roundup. Later, things got darker and some “horror of war” was televised. The ability to watch the war on TV had an effect on people’s opinion about the war. In 1968, the Tet Offensive happened. It appears that this is what the television news is talking about in this episode of Mad Men. Episode 4: * Joan and her friend Kate go to a restaurant where there is a telephone at every table. The name of the restaurant is “Ma Bells”. The name is a play on The Bell Telephone Company. Ma Bells was the creation of Restaurant Associates. The restaurant actually existed. Every table had a telephone on it. People called their order into the kitchen. The telephones could also be used to call someone who was sitting at another table. * Megan and Don go out to dinner with Megan’s coworker and boss (who are a married couple.). During the dinner, it is revealed that the couple are “Swingers” who are interested in swinging with Megan and Don. Swingers were people who had open relationships. Some were heterosexual, and some were bisexual. Being a swinger became popular in the late 1960s, when the “free love” movement was taking place and casual sex was becoming an accepted thing among some people. Swingers felt it was natural to have sexual desires outside of your relationship, and to act on those desires (if the desired person was consenting.) Episode 5: * This episode focused on when Martin Luther King Jr. was shot and killed. * Someone (I forgot who) turns on a black and white television. A bright dot appears in the center of the screen, which becomes a horizontal line, that eventually spread out over the screen. This was how televisions at the time warmed up if they had not been turned on in a while. * Don takes Bobby to watch a movie. They see “The Planet of the Apes.” At the end of the movie, it’s clear that Bobby liked it. Don asked “Do you want to see it again?” Bobby does, so they stay in their seats and watch the movie again. This wasn’t unusual and was allowed at the time. Episode 6: * I didn’t see anything in this episode that hasn’t already been mentioned in this list (or the lists I put together about previous episode) Episode 7: * Pete’s mother comes to his apartment. The handyman calls Pete to let him know she is there. Pete tells the handyman to fix his mother a drink. The ice cube tray is made out of aluminum. It has a quick release handle on it that you pull up to crack the ice cubes. Today, ice cube trays are plastic and you twist them to crack the ice. Episode 8: * The office is visited by a “doctor” (brought in by one of the partners of the company that Don’s company merged with). The man is not really a doctor. He was brought to “fix everyone up.” Don agrees to see the “doctor” because he is suffering from a bad cough. The “doctor” injects several of the men in the office with an unknown concoction. Based on the actions of the men who took this injection – it appears that at least some of it is amphetamine. The “doctor” appears to be somewhat based on a real person named Max Jacobson who was known as “Dr. Feelgood”. Jacobson did have a background as a doctor – but was known for mixing up unknown ingredients (along with amphetamine) and injecting that into the (often famous) people who came to him for help. Jacobson “treated” JFK, Marylin Monroe, Eddie Fisher, and others. Episode 9: * Don stops at a gas station and tries to get the gas station attendant’s attention. It was a full service gas station (which was standard at the time). People did not pump their own gas – the attendant did it for them. The gas station attendant would fill the tank, check the tire pressure, check the oil, and wash the cars windows. People paid for the gas, but the other services were provided for free. Gas stations used to hand out trinkets as well – for travelers to collect. (drinking glasses, key chains, calendars, road maps, etc). There are some places in the United States today where people are required by law to allow a gas station attendant to pump their gas for them. It is no longer a common practice – and does not come with the extra services. Episode 10: * Joan tells a potential client that Harry works on figuring out where to place television ads “with a computer as big as this room”. The first personal computer wasn’t introduced until 1975 – and they were kits that people had to put together themselves. * This episode focused on the 1968 Democratic National Convention that took place in Chicago. * Megan watches the violence that took place outside the DNC. She calls Don, who is watching it, too, (while away on business). Megan says she can’t vote – but still cares about what’s going on. Megan is Canadian. She was from Quebec. * There is a lava lamp on the desk in the Creatives Office. The lava lamp was created by Edward Craven Walker (who was a British accountant). He sold the U.S. manufacturing rights in 1965 to a company named Lava Lite. In 1968, lava lamps were marketed to executives. Episode 11: * The office, which is in New York, receives fresh oranges from California from Sunkist (who is a client). In a previous episode, Roger’s daughter told him that her husband had this great idea about investing in refrigerated trucks that ship produce. This indicates that it was not easy to obtain fresh oranges from California if you lived in New York. Those oranges were a big deal. * Sylvia and Arnold (Don’s neighbors) have a son, Mitchell, who is 18. He returned his draft card as a form of protest of the Vietnam War. After Mitchell dropped out of school, the military re-classified him 1-A. This designation meant that it was extremely likely that Mitchell would be drafted and sent to Vietnam. Mitchell tells his problem to Megan (who relays the problem to Don). Megan said that Mitchell was “going to run”. This meant that Mitchell was going to leave the United States and go to Canada in order to avoid being drafted. Megan considers helping Mitchell because she has family in Canada. Much of this episode is about how to solve Mitchell’s problem. Episode 12: * I didn’t notice anything new in this episode (that wasn’t already mentioned in this post or in posts from previous seasons.) Episode 13: * Sally get suspended from boarding school because she used a fake ID with her mother’s name on it and bought alcohol for herself and the other girls. Betty calls Don, all upset. Betty tells Don that the reason why “nothing is working” and “the bad is beating the good” is because Sally is “from a broken home.” That’s not a phrase people use today in regards to a child from a family where the parents got divorced and remarried. Things from Mad Men that are Different from Today – Season Six is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me on Patreon or at PayPal.me. Thank you!... CockatielsFluffy CockatielJune 8, 2018CockatielsI was having a really bad physical health day and was exhausted. Morris flew down the hall, perched on my computer monitor, and kept me company. He usually has a short attention span, but today, he stayed put and got fluffy and comfy. Fluffy Cockatiel is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. The photo in this post is not allowed to be posted on other websites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Relaxing Flock of CockatielsJune 10, 2016CockatielsLittle flock of cockatiels, relaxing together as the sun sets Relaxing Flock of Cockatiels is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. The photo in this post is not allowed to be posted on other websites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Throwback Thursday: NapJune 9, 2016CockatielsThrowback Thursday: Max loved to take naps on me (2011) Throwback Thursday: Nap is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. The photo in this post is not allowed to be posted on other websites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Throwback Thursday: ReadingJune 9, 2016CockatielsThrowback Thursday: Max was attempting to read over Shawn’s shoulder. Meanwhile, Gordo was simply getting comfy on the couch. (2011) Throwback Thursday: Reading is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. The photo in this post is not allowed to be posted on other websites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!... Sort of Sharing a PillowJune 8, 2016CockatielsMorris and Poke can share a pillow together! They aren’t quite ready to share the pillow with Pepper, though. Sort of Sharing a Pillow is a post written by Jen Thorpe on Book of Jen and is not allowed to be copied to other sites. The photo in this post is not allowed to be posted on other websites. If you enjoyed this blog post please consider supporting me at PayPal.me. Thank you!...
